Mise En

102283-Catalog 102283-Catalog 102283-Catalog 786210 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

2014-09-27

: Pdf 536491-Attachment 536491-Attachment 786210 Batch8 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 445 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

1.1

In 1898 Thomas & Betts was founded in New York. The corporate

head quarters now reside in Memphis, Tennessee with the company

being listed on the New York stock exchange. Thomas & Betts has now

over 100 years of experience of successfully supplying quality products

to the market by using innovative design and manufacturing

techniques. Thomas & Betts is a global player having presence in

Europe, North & Central America, Australia and the Far- & Middle East.

Worldwide the 12,000 employees are dedicated to ensuring that

Thomas & Betts is fast, flexible and customer focused.

The basis of Thomas & Betts product superiority has always been

innovative engineering. No other company can match our record of

“firsts” in product development that increases performance whilst

reducing installation time and human error. To name three:

The first Solderless Lug, a boost to safety in complex electrical instal-

lations.

Color-Keyed

system of compression connectors designed to ensure

that proper installation procedures were used, quickly became the

industry standard.

The original Ty-Rap

cable ties were introduced to manage complex

wire harnesses used in aircraft manufacturing. The Ty-Rap

cable ties

are designed to make the task of fastening, bundling, clamping and

managing wires easier and quicker for professional applications as well

as home improvement specialists and do-it-yourself enthusiasts and

can be used in the most adverse conditions: heat, humidity, cold…

When reliability and performance are required, knowledgeable professio-

nals

turn to the original Ty-Rap

cable tie.

The first Ty-Rap

cable ties were used in 1958,

which means that in 2008 we celebrate the

50th anniversary of Ty-Rap

The European Headquarters are located at

Rhode-St-Genèse near Brussels. From a logistics

point of view we have a Centralised European Distribution Centre in La

Louvière, Belgium, supplying to our customers throughout Europe.

Our manufacturing sites throughout Europe include Germany, France,

Hungary, UK and The Netherlands.

Whilst one of our main business remains in the Electrical Products,

Thomas & Betts also has leading brands along with significant market

share in Emergency Lighting, Safety Systems, Steel Structures, Commu-

nications, Electronic Systems Protection, Earthing and Lightning

protection.

Maintaining the technical excellence of existing products along with

new product innovation is part of our core competence as we continue

to provide competitive solutions to our customers across the world.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Your European Connection

EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS

Thomas & Betts

200 Chaussée de Waterloo

B-1640 Rhode-St-Genèse

Belgium

Tel: +32 (0) 2 359 82 00

Fax: +32 (0) 2 359 82 01

EUROPEAN Customer Service

Garocentre

Rue de l'Yser 260/D11

B-7110 Houdeng-Goegnies

Belgium

Tel: +32 (0) 64 88 63 88

Fax: +32 (0) 64 88 65 50

UNITED KINGDOM

Wilford Road

Nottingham NG2 1EB

United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0)115 964 3700

Fax: +44 (0)115 986 0538

FRANCE

Route de Saint-Martin d'Ordon

89330 Piffonds

France

Tel: +33 386 86 48 55

Fax: +33 386 86 48 44

Service Client

Tel: +33 (0)1 41 83 16 95/96

Fax: +33 (0)1 41 83 16 97

ITALY

Via Paracelso 26

Centro Colleoni

I-20041 Agrate Brianza - Milano

Italia

Tel: +39 039 657 90 28/22/34

Fax: +39 039 657 90 77

Servizio Clientela

Tel: +39 039 657 90 32

Fax: +39 039 657 90 80

MIDDLE EAST

Thomas & Betts Ltd.Br.

Office 107 5EA East Wing

Dubai Airport Free Zone

PO Box 54567

Dubai

United Arab Emirates

Tel: +9714 609 1635

Fax: +9714 609 1636

GERMANY

AUSTRIA / SWITZERLAND /

EAST EUROPE /

THE NETHERLANDS / NORDIC

Thomas & Betts Vertriebs GmbH

Lindberghstrasse 5

D-64625 Bensheim

Deutschland

Tel: +49 (0) 6251 669 0

Fax: +49 (0) 6251 669 155

Customer Service

Tel: +49 (0) 6251 669 199/165/132

Fax: +49 (0) 6251 669 176

1.1

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Fastening systems 4

Electrical and mechanical

spring steel fasteners 146

Heat shrink systems 224

Conduit & fittings 260

Termination systems 338

Index 446

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Make sure it’s secure

with Ty-Rap®cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

Features & Benefits 8

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb 10

Product reference structure 10

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural 11

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black 12

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural - Euroslot packaging 13

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black - Euroslot packaging 14

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Workbench boxes 15

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Coloured 16

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Multi-coloured 17

Printed cable ties 17

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Flame retardant 18

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised 19

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised + UV-resistant 20

Polyamide 4.6 cable ties - Extra high temperature 21

Polyamide 12 cable ties - UV-resistant 22

Polypropylene cable ties - Weatherable 23

Detectable cable ties 24

Fluoropolymer cable ties - ECTFE 25

Fluoropolymer cable ties - ETFE 26

Special ties with steel locking barb 27

Integrated mounting hole cable ties 27

Panel mounting cable ties 28

Blind mounting cable ties 29

Integrated peg / nail cable ties 31

Releasable cable ties 32

Cable ties with identification tag 36

Identification tags 38

Cable support system with metallic locking barb 39

Pre-assembled Deltec cable ties 39

Strap on reel 40

Double locking heads 41

Deltec Kits 42

Cable spacers, bases, hangers 42

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Make sure it’s secure

with Ty-Rap®cable ties

Thomas & Betts invented the Ty-Rap®cable tie to solve the

problem of harnessing the hundreds of wires used in

manufacturing aircraft and revolutionised the world of

fastening. Today, the Ty-Rap®brand remains the bench-

mark for excellence and innovation in wire management.

Thomas & Betts’ broad offering of cable ties is designed to make

the task of fastening, bundling, clamping and managing wires

easier and quicker for industrial applications, construction, com-

munications, utility and OEM professionals as well as home im-

provement specialists and do-it-yourself enthusiasts.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Ty-Rap®Premium Cable Ties with

Steel Locking Barb to bundle,

secure and manage your cables

When strength, aesthetics, reliability and performance are re-

quired, knowledgeable professionals turn to the original and the

best source for cable ties and accessories.

The corrosion-proof, non-magnetic stainless steel locking device

inside the tie head guarantees the strongest and most durable

locking you will ever find on the market. Ty-Rap®can be used in

the most adverse conditions: humidity, heat, cold,…

Engineered for labour savings and high performance, Ty-Rap®

cable ties are commonly used in a variety of applications.

When you choose a Ty-Rap®cable tie from Thomas & Betts, you

can count on quality, performance and innovation to make your

work easier.

“The Grip of Steel” Non-Magnetic Stainless Steel Locking Barb – marine grade

type 316 - that firmly anchors inside the tie head, ensures a strong, reliable and long

lasting fastening under adverse conditions.

Rounded Edges, on the head and the strap, provide a comfortable

handling of the ties and prevent sharp edges from damaging the cables.

This gradual transition from the strap to the head protects the material

against breaking at this most critical point. The edges of the head are

also rounded off to offer maximum protection from injury.

Smooth, Notchless Body, reduces stress concentration points, making the

Ty-Rap

ties stronger and thinner than conventional ties with notched bodies.

The low-profile design of the head allows secure tying in tight spaces.

No serration, means infinite adjustment (tensioned right every time).

Ribbed and Stippled Surface,

to prevent the tie from slipping around and along the bundle under vibration

conditions and external shock.

Angled Tail (turned up)

for fast and easy insertion into the locking head

and ideally suited to being picked up from a flat work area.

Non-Slip Tail, for an easy grip

and pulling through the head during tensioning.

Extensive Range of Approvals:

Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas, UL, VG and MIL.

Most Extensive Choice of Special Materials:

in addition to Polyamide 6.6 (standard, UV-resistant, heat stabilised, flame retardant,

heat stabilised / UV-resistant), Polyamide 4.6 (extra high temperature) and Polyamide 12,

the Ty-Rap

ties are available in Polypropylene, Fluoropolymer (ECTFE), Fluoropolymer

(ETFE) and the recently introduced Detectable Polyamide 6.6 and Detectable Polypropylene.

UL 94 V-0, UL 94 V-2 and UL 94 HB.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Features & Benefits

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

UV-resistant Flame

retardant

Heat

resistant

Weather-

proof

Low

temperature

flexibility

Radiation

resistant

Chemically

resistant

Low smoke

Wide Range of Size Combinations:

several lengths up to 1143 mm, in 6 typical widths with

a tensile strength up to 780N, to fasten cable bundles

with a diameter up to 330mm.

Wide Choice of Colours:

10 standard colours are available, along

with a range of special colours and the

capability to supply customised pre-printed

ties on demand, in any one of the 10 standard

colours.

Dedicated Tooling,

to ensure that the excess end of the Ty-Rap

tie

is automatically cut off and the slight over cut

retracts into the head, eliminating the risk of

injury from protruding sharp edges.

Different Types of Packaging,

including the unique “workbench boxes” for fast

working without problems or losses. Recyclable packaging

for a better contribution to the environment.

Outstanding Range of Special Ties,

all with the famous stainless steel locking device:

ties with mounting hole or integrated peg/nail,

panel mounting ties, identification ties with integrated label,...

Broad Range of Mounting Bases and Accessories.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

Detectable

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Product reference structure

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Example:

To the standard Product Reference, you can add special order codes for: material, packaging size, material properties and colours.

TY XXXXM

Tie

Material

Dimension Code

TY 25 MC 5 X

– Standard,

Polyamide 6.6

H – Heat stabilised

Polyamide 6.6

(+105 °C)

HT – High temperature

resistant Polyamide 4.6

(+150 °C)

C – Polyamide 12

P – Polypropylene

Z – ETFE Fluoropolymer

V – ECTFE Fluoropolymer

D–

Toughened weatherable

acetal*

–Standard,

1000/500 pieces

B – Workbench box,

1000 pieces

5 – Small bags

100/50 pieces

X – UV-resistant

■

X-A – UV-resistant

■

and heat stabilised

(+105°C)

FR –

Flame-retardant

▲

according to

UL 94 V-0

-NDT– Detectable

Polyamide 6.6

-PDT– Detectable buoyant

Polypropylene

●

RAL (TY23, TY24

and TY25 only)

= natural

0 = black 9017

1 = brown 8004

2 = red 3027

3 = orange 2003

4 = yellow 1018

5 = green 6017

6 = blue 5012

7 = purple 4005

8 = grey 7032

9 = white 9001

Note:

When ordering types

conforming to MIL 3367,

colour “9” corresponds to

“natural”

Packaging size Material properties Colour

●Available in 1000/500 packs only

■UV-resistant material, colour: black

▲Flame-retardant material, colour: milky white (approx. RAL 1013)

* Only for Deltec cable ties

Rack

Bag with Euroslot

Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Ty-Rap

cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance levels at

machine-side and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and should

remain sealed until ready for use.

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural

The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap

cable ties are shown on pages

8 and 9.

• Standard version (Polyamide 6.6), to cover most indoor applications

• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to

780N, to cover the most demanding applications

• Wide range of colours

• Packaging: OEM bulk quantities in recyclable polythene bags

• Also available in small bags with Euroslot (see page 13) and in

workbench boxes (see page 15)

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural (other colours see page 16)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY23M MS-3367-4 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TY232M – 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000

TY234M – 356 2.4 1.0 2 - 102 80 1000 ERG50

TY24M MS-3367-5 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000 WT193A

TY242M – 204 3.6 1.1 2 - 50 180 1000

TY26M – 284 3.6 1.1 2 - 76 130 1000

TY244M – 368 3.6 1.1 2 - 103 130 1000

TY25M MS-3367-1 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50

TY253M MS-3367-7 295 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 78 220 1000 ERG120

TY28M MS-3367-2 361 4.8 1.4 3.5 - 102 220 1000 WT193A

TY271M – 150 7.6 1.5 6 - 31 540 500

TY272M – 223 6.9 1.6 6 - 50 540 500

TY27M MS-3367-3 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 90 540 500 ERG120

TY275M – 457 6.9 1.6 6 - 127 540 500 L-500-EU

TY277M – 617 6.9 1.6 6 - 177 540 500

TY29M MS-3367-6 771 6.9 1.5 6 - 229 540 500

TY53510M – 889 8.2 1.7 to 254 780 50 WT3D

TY54513M – 1143 8.2 1.7 to 330 780 50 L-500-EU

Description of product reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

****

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black

The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap

cable ties are shown on pages

8and9.

• UV-resistant version, especially recommended for outdoor appli-

cations

• Also available in heat stabilised + UV-resistant version, for outdoor

applications that also require a resistance to high temperature

(+105 °C). See page 20 (TY...MX-A series)

• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to

780N, to cover the most demanding applications

• Packaging: OEM bulk quantities in recyclable polythene bags

• Also available in small bags with Euroslot (see page 14) and in

workbench boxes (see page 15)

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY23MX MS-3367-4 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TY232MX – 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000 ERG50

TY234MX – 356 2.4 1.0 2 - 102 80 1000 WT193A

TY24MX MS-3367-5 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000

TY242MX – 204 3.6 1.1 2 - 50 180 1000

TY26MX – 284 3.6 1.1 2 - 76 130 1000

TY244MX – 368 3.6 1.1 2 - 103 130 1000

TY25MX MS-3367-1 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50

TY253MX MS-3367-7 295 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 78 220 1000 ERG120

TY28MX MS-3367-2 361 4.8 1.4 3.5 - 102 220 1000 WT193A

TY271MX – 150 7.6 1.5 6 - 31 540 500

TY272MX – 223 6.9 1.6 6 - 50 540 500 ERG120

TY27MX MS-3367-3 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 90 540 500 L-500-EU

TY275MX – 457 6.9 1.6 6 - 127 540 500

TY277MX – 617 6.9 1.6 6 - 177 540 500

TY29MX MS-3367-6 771 6.9 1.5 6 - 229 540 500

TY53510MX – 889 8.2 1.7 to 254 780 50 WT3D

TY54513MX – 1143 8.2 1.7 to 330 780 50 L-500-EU

Description of product reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

***

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Natural - Euroslot packaging

The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap

cable ties are shown on pages

8 and 9.

• Standard version (Polyamide 6.6), to cover most indoor applications

• Packaging in small polythene bags with Euroslot, ideal for display

and point-of-sales promotion (rack)

• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to

780N, to cover the most demanding applications

• Very convenient for small series production: 100 pieces (for cable

ties from 2.4 mm to 4.8 mm width) or 50 pieces (for cable ties

7.0 mm width and above)

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural**

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY523MR MS-3367-4 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 100

TY5232MR – 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 100

TY5234M* – 356 2.4 1.0 2 - 102 80 100 ERG50

TY524MR MS-3367-5 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 100 WT193A

TY5242MR – 204 3.6 1.1 2 - 50 180 100

TY526MR – 284 3.6 1.1 2 - 76 130 100

TY5244MR – 368 3.6 1.1 2 - 103 130 100

TY525MR MS-3367-1 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 100 ERG50

TY5253MR MS-3367-7 295 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 78 220 100 ERG120

TY528MR MS-3367-2 361 4.8 1.4 3.5 - 102 220 100 WT193A

TY5271MR – 150 7.6 1.5 6 - 31 540 50

TY5272MR – 223 6.9 1.6 6 - 50 540 50

TY527MR MS-3367-3 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 90 540 50 ERG120

TY5275M* – 457 6.9 1.6 6 - 127 540 50 L-500-EU

TY5277M* – 617 6.9 1.6 6 - 177 540 50

TY529M* MS-3367-6 771 6.9 1.5 6 - 229 540 50

* Product References TY5234M, TY5275M, TY5277M and TY529M have no Euroslot

** For other colours, please contact your Sales Office

*** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

E49405

*** *** *** ***

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - UV-resistant black - Euroslot packaging

The main characteristics of the Ty-Rap

cable ties are shown on pages

8and9.

• UV-resistant version, especially recommended for outdoor applica-

tions

• Packaging in small polythene bags with Euroslot, ideal for display

and point-of-sales promotion (rack)

• Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to

780N, to cover the most demanding applications

• Very convenient for small series production: 100 pieces (for cable ties

from 2.4 mm to 4.8 mm width) or 50 pieces (for cable ties 7.0 mm

width and above)

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY523MXR MS-3367-4 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 100

TY5232MXR – 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 100

TY5234MX* – 356 2.4 1.0 2 - 102 80 100 ERG50

TY524MXR MS-3367-5 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 100 WT193A

TY5242MXR – 204 3.6 1.1 2 - 50 180 100

TY526MXR – 284 3.6 1.1 2 - 76 130 100

TY5244MXR – 368 3.6 1.1 2 - 103 130 100

TY525MXR MS-3367-1 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 100 ERG50

TY5253MXR MS-3367-7 295 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 78 220 100 ERG120

TY528MXR MS-3367-2 361 4.8 1.4 3.5 - 102 220 100 WT193A

TY5271MXR – 150 7.6 1.5 6 - 31 540 50

TY5272MXR – 223 6.9 1.6 6 - 50 540 50 ERG120

TY527MXR MS-3367-3 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 90 540 50 L-500-EU

TY5275MX* – 457 6.9 1.6 6 - 127 540 50

TY5277MX* – 617 6.9 1.6 6 - 177 540 50

TY529MX* MS-3367-6 771 6.9 1.6 6 - 229 540 50

* Product References TY5234MX, TY5275MX, TY5277MX and TY529MX have no Euroslot

** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

** ** **

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Workbench boxes

• An attractive packaging option for high volume manual assembly:

1000 pieces in a workbench box - easy to reach, hence timesaving

• This user-friendly packaging allows fast working without prob-

lems or losses

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black**

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free,

UV-resistant (black)

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Colour Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYB23M MS-3367-4 natural 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TYB23MX MS-3367-4 UV-resistant black 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TYB232M – natural 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000 ERG50

TYB232MX – UV-resistant black 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000 WT193A

TYB24M MS-3367-5 natural 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000

TYB24MX MS-3367-5 UV-resistant black 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000

TYB25M MS-3367-1 natural 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 1000

ERG50, ERG120

TYB25MX MS-3367-1 UV-resistant black 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 1000 WT193A

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

** For other colours, please contact your Sales Office.

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

****

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Coloured

•

Wide choice of colours: 10 standard colours are available, along with

a range of special colours and the capability to supply customised

pre-printed ties on demand, in any one of the 10 standard colours.

•

Several lengths and 6 typical widths with a tensile strength up to

780N, to cover the most demanding applications

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour See table

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

**** **

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY23M-* MS-3367-4 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TY232M-* – 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000

TY234M-* – 356 2.4 1.0 2 - 102 80 1000 ERG50

TY24M -* MS-3367-5 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000 WT193A

TY242M-* – 204 3.6 1.1 2 - 50 180 1000

TY26M-* – 284 3.6 1.1 2 - 76 130 1000

TY244M-* – 368 3.6 1.1 2 - 103 130 1000

TY25M-* MS-3367-1 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50

TY253M-* MS-3367-7 295 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 78 220 1000 ERG120

TY28M-* MS-3367-2 361 4.8 1.4 3.5 - 102 220 1000 WT193A

TY271M-* – 150 7.6 1.5 6 - 31 540 500

TY272M-* – 223 6.9 1.6 6 - 50 540 500

TY27M-* MS-3367-3 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 90 540 500 ERG120

TY275M-* – 457 6.9 1.6 6 - 127 540 500 L-500-EU

TY277M-* – 617 6.9 1.6 6 - 177 540 500

TY29M-* MS-3367-6 771 6.9 1.5 6 - 229 540 500

TY53510M-* – 889 8.2 1.7 to 254 780 50 WT3D

TY54513M-* – 1143 8.2 1.7 to 330 780 50 L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

For cable ties in a specific colour, replace * in the Product Reference by the colour code:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 7 = purple, 8 = grey and 9 = white

For example: TY23M-1 defines a brown TY23M cable tie. Contact your Sales Office for product availability.

** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales office for approvals limitations

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Multi-coloured

• Multi-coloured TY25M cable ties in a single, convenient package

• Supplied in bags of 100 ties containing ten ties of each of the ten

standard colours (TY25M-0 to TY25M-9)

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to + 85°C

Colour Black, brown, red, orange, yellow,

green, blue, purple, grey, white

(10 ties of each colour)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

E49405

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY525M-CLRS 186 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 45 220 100 ERG50, ERG120, WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Printed cable ties

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts extends its highly respected existing capabilities in

cable tie manufacture with its in-house printing equipment in order to

respond flexibly to customer requirements and to allow rapid delivery.

This service is offered for ties having a width of minimum 4.6 mm

(batches of minimum 5,000 ties approximately)

• The cable tie is printed using a Hot foil transfer process

• The print is highly durable

• The basic character set is in accordance with DIN1451- (3 mm

character height)

• Text colours: Red, Orange, Yellow, Bright-Yellow, Green, Blue,

Brown, Dark-Brown, Black, White

Please contact your Sales Office for other character sets and special

stamping designs.

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Flame retardant

• Flame retardant version. Ideal for use when low flammability and

low smoke are necessary such as public transport, tunnels, etc.

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour White

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

E49405

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY23MFR 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000 ERG50

TY232MFR 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000 WT193A

TY24MFR 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000

TY25MFR 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50, ERG120

TY28MFR 360 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 102 220 1000 WT193A

TY27MFR 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 540 500 ERG120, L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised

• Heat stabilised version, for applications up to 105°C.

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C

Colour Natural (may have a greenish tint)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

E49405

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYH23M / TYHB23M 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TYH232M 203 2.4 1.0 2 - 50 80 1000

TYH24M 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 130 1000 ERG50

TYH242M* 208 3.6 1.1 2 - 50 130 1000 WT193A

TYH26M 284 3.6 1.1 2 - 76 130 1000

TYH25M 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50

TYH253M* 290 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 78 220 1000 ERG120

TYH28M 360 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 102 220 1000 WT193A

TYH272M* 222 7.6 1.6 6 - 50 540 500 ERG120

TYH27M 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 540 500 L-500-EU

TYH29M* 771 6.9 1.5 6 - 229 530 500

* Not UL recognised

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Polyamide 6.6 cable ties - Heat stabilised + UV-resistant

• Heat stabilised + UV-resistant version, for outdoor applications

that also require a resistance to high temperature (+105°C)

•

For OEM and MRO applications like: transportation, lawn / garden /

farm / construction equipment, recreational vehicles

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, heat stabilised,

Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

E49405

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY23MX-A 92 2.3 0.9 2 - 16 80 1000

TY24MX-A 140 3.6 1.1 2 - 29 180 1000 ERG50, ERG120*

TY25MX-A 186 4.8 1.2 3.5 - 45 220 1000 WT193A

TY27MX-A 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 89 540 500 ERG120, L-500-EU

* ERG120 can not be used with TY23MX-A and TY24MX-A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Polyamide 4.6 cable ties - Extra high temperature

• Extreme continuous temperature rating: -40°C to +150°C (in air)

• For high temperature environments in industrial, OEM, MRO and

commercial construction applications such as: metal processing,

paper mills, lighting, automotive

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 4.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +150°C

Colour Light green

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Extra high temperature resistant,

Halogen free, Silicon free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYHT23M 92 2.3 0.9 2 - 16 80 1000

TYHT25M 186 4.8 1.2 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG120*, ERG50

TYHT28M 360 4.8 1.3 3.5 - 102 220 1000 WT193A

TYHT27M 340 6.9 1.6 6 - 89 540 500 ERG120, L-500-EU

TYHT277M 617 7.0 1.6 6 - 177 540 500

* ERG120 can not be used with TYHT23M

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Polyamide 12 cable ties - UV-resistant

• Polyamide 12 UV-resistant version, remains flexible in cold & dry

environments.

• Ages better and has a better chemical resistance than Polyamide 6.6

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 12

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYC25MX 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 150 1000 ERG50

TYC525MX 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 150 100 ERG120

TYC28MX 360 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 102 150 1000 WT193A

TYC272MX 222 7.6 1.6 6 - 50 380 500

TYC27MX 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 380 500 ERG120

TYC527MX 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 380 50 L-500-EU

TYC29MX 771 7.6 1.6 6 - 229 380 500

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Polypropylene cable ties - Weatherable

• Polypropylene weatherable version, for increased resistance to

chemicals

• Resistant against inorganic acids, polyhydric alcohols, neutral and

basic salts

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polypropylene

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYP23MX 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 50 1000

TYP25MX 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 130 1000 ERG50

TYP28MX 360 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 102 130 1000 WT193A

TYP27MX 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 270 500 ERG120, L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Detectable cable ties

The new Ty-Rap

Detectable Cable Ties from Thomas & Betts incor-

porate a unique compound (patent pending) that can be detected by

X-Ray equipment, metal detectors and visual inspection equipment.

Particularly recommended for applications in food, pharmaceutical

and other contamination-sensitive industries using detection systems,

where cable tie installation residuals (cut tails) are not allowed in the

finished product.

• Detectable by metal detectors set at minimum 1.5 mm diameter

ferrous sphere

• Detectable by X-Ray equipment

• Bright blue colour for an easy visual detection

• Help achieve the HACCP EU-Directive

• Available in standard Polyamide 6.6 or in buoyant Polypropylene

version for liquid-processing applications

• Available in 4 different sizes in convenient small bags with Euroslot

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6 or Polypropylene

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Bright blue

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (Polyamide 6.6)

UL 94 HB (Polypropylene)

Other properties Halogen free, silicone free

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

1.1

Product Ref. Material Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from...to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

DETECTABLE POLYAMIDE 6.6

TY523M-NDT Polyamide 6.6 92 2.4 2 - 16 80 100 ERG50, WT193A

TY525M-NDT Polyamide 6.6 186 4.8 3.5 - 45 220 100 ERG50, ERG120

TY528M-NDT Polyamide 6.6 360 4.8 3.5 - 102 220 100 WT193A

TY527M-NDT Polyamide 6.6 340 7.0 6 - 90 540 50 ERG120, L-500-EU

DETECTABLE POLYPROPYLENE

TY523M-PDT Polypropylene 92 2.4 2 - 16 50 100

TY525M-PDT Polypropylene 186 4.8 3.5 - 45 130 100 ERG50, WT193A

TY528M-PDT Polypropylene 360 4.8 3.5 - 102 130 100

TY527M-PDT Polypropylene 340 7.0 6 - 90 270 50 ERG120, L-500-EU

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Fluoropolymer cable ties - ECTFE

• Outstanding characteristic: lower smoke density when burnt

• Recommended for applications where smoke generation is a con-

cern, such as plenum areas

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Fluoropolymer ECTFE

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -46°C to +140°C

Colour Maroon

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Other properties UV-resistant, low smoke

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

E49405

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYV23M 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000 ERG50

TYV523M 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 100 WT193A

TYV25M 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50, ERG120

TYV525M 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 100 WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Fluoropolymer cable ties - ETFE

•

ETFE Fluoropolymer

version, resistant to chemicals and to radiation

• Non-outgassing properties for zero gravity applications

• The best all around plastic material for cable ties

• Typical applications include: nuclear, power plants, space industry,

etc.

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Fluoropolymer ETFE

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -46°C to +150°C

Colour Aquamarine

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Other properties UV-resistant, Silicone free, inert to most

solvents and chemicals, hydrolytically

stable, radiation resistant. Non-outgassing

properties for zero gravity applications.

Premium cable ties with steel locking barb

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYZ23M* 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 1000

TYZ523M* 92 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 100

TYZ25M 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000 ERG50

TYZ525M 186 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 100 ERG120**

TYZ28M 360 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 102 220 500 WT193A

TYZ528M 360 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 102 220 100

TYZ27M 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 540 100 ERG120, L-500-EU

TYZ527M 340 7.0 1.6 6 - 90 540 50

* Product Ref. TYZ23M and TYZ523M are UL listed (E49405), all other items are UL recognized

** ERG120 not to be used on TYZ23M

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

E49405

Integrated mounting hole cable ties

• Can be directly mounted onto a support with screws, bolts or rivets

• Mounting and bundling in one maintenance-friendly assembly.

•

Typical application: cable harness manufacture and pre- and end-

mounting of bundles and parts. Maintenance friendly mounting of

cables, tubes and parts in all types and sizes of machines and

installations - indoor and outdoor.

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free

Silicone free

Special ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

E49405

approved

VG95387

part 4, type B

TY...M, TY...MX TYF35M, TYF535M

Product Ref. Colour Diameter of Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity Tooling

mounting hole L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY33M natural 3.0 102 2.3 0.9 2 - 16 80 1000

TY533M natural 3.0 102 2.3 0.9 2 - 16 80 100

TY33MX UV-resistant black 3.0 102 2.3 0.9 2 - 16 80 1000 ERG50

TY533MX UV-resistant black 3.0 102 2.3 0.9 2 - 16 80 100 WT193A

TY34M natural 4.4 151 3.5 1.0 2 - 29 180 1000

TY534M natural 4.4 151 3.5 1.0 2 - 29 180 100

TY34MX UV-resistant black 4.4 151 3.5 1.0 2 - 29 180 1000

TY534MX UV-resistant black 4.4 151 3.5 1.0 2 - 29 180 100

TY635M natural 4.0 198 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000

TY635MX UV-resistant black 4.0 198 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000

TY35M natural 5.1 199 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000

TY535M natural 5.1 199 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 100

ERG50

TY35MX UV-resistant black 5.1 199 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000

ERG120

TY535MX UV-resistant black 5.1 199 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 100

WT193A

TY1435M natural 6.7 198 4.7 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 1000

TY37M natural 6.7 356 7.7 2.0 6 - 90 540 500

TY537M natural 6.7 356 7.7 2.0 6 - 90 540 50

ERG120

TY37MX UV-resistant black 6.7 356 7.7 2.0 6 - 90 540 500

L-500-EU

TY537MX UV-resistant black 6.7 356 7.7 2.0 6 - 90 540 50

TYF35M natural 4.0 186 4.7 1.2 3.5 - 45 220 1000

ERG50, ERG120

TYF535M natural 4.0 186 4.7 1.2 3.5 - 45 220 100

WT193A

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

***

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Panel mounting cable ties

• Fastening and clip-mounting in one

• Fast pre- or on-site-assembly for a range of panel thickness up to

4.0 mm

• Fast and secure clip-mounting

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free

Silicone free

Special ties with steel locking barb

E49405

TY...

696-...

Product Ref. Colour Diameter Length Width Thickness Bundle Minimum Suitable for Quantity Tooling

of mounting L W diameter tensile board/wall

hole from ... to strength thickness from to

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [mm] [pieces]

ANCHOR TYPE

TY54SM natural 4.5 - 5.2 150 3.5 1.0 2 - 32 130 0.1 - 2.5 1000 ERG50

TY54SMX UV-resistant black 4.5 - 5.2 150 3.5 1.0 2 - 32 130 0.1 - 2.5 1000 ERG120**

TY38M natural 6.4 - 6.7 200 4.7 1.3 3.5 - 44

220 1.0 - 4.0

1000 WT193A

TY38MX UV-resistant black 6.4 - 6.7 200 4.7 1.3 3.5 - 44

220 1.0 - 4.0

1000

STANDARD TYPE

696-41836 natural 5.8 - 7.5 197 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45

220 2.2 - 3.7

1000 ERG50 , ERG120

696-41836X UV-resistant black 5.8 - 7.5 197 4.8 1.1 3.5 - 45 220 2.2 - 3.7 1000 WT193A

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

** ERG120 only to be used with TY38M and TY38MX

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Blind mounting cable ties

Special ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

• Suitable for hard-to-reach areas

• Fast hidden mounting on walls and vehicle chassis

• Twist off the locking head

• Pull the tie end through the fastening hole

• Place locking head on tie end

• Pull tight and cut off excess

• In the locked state, the locking head neatly covers the mounting

hole

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free

Silicone free

E49405

Product Ref. Colour Diameter Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity Tooling

of mounting L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYG34M natural 6.4 - 7.0 160 3.6 1.1 2 - 32 180 1000

TYG534M natural 6.4 - 7.0 160 3.6 1.1 2 - 32 180 100

ERG50

TYG34MX UV-resistant black 6.4 - 7.0 160 3.6 1.1 2 - 32 180 1000

WT193A

TYG534MX UV-resistant black 6.4 - 7.0 160 3.6 1.1 2 - 32 180 100

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Blind mounting cable ties

• Suitable for hard-to-reach areas

• Fast hidden mounting on walls and vehicle chassis

• Ideal for mounting on vehicle chassis. Can still be released before

final tensioning

• In the locked state, the locking head neatly covers the mounting

hole

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour UV-resistant black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Special ties

Product Ref. Diameter of Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity Tooling

mounting hole L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY41M 8.1 - 17.3 244 5.7 1.7 5 - 60 300 500 ERG120

TY541M 8.1 - 17.3 244 5.7 1.7 5 - 60 300 50

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Integrated peg / nail cable ties

• TY545MX, with integrated nail for mounting onto wood or similar

materials

• TY544MX, with integrated peg for mounting onto porous concrete

or similar materials (masonry)

• Very simple application

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour UV-resistant black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Special ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

TY544MX

TY545MX

Product Ref. Diameter of Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Mounting Quantity Tooling

mounting hole L W from ... to tensile strength hole depth

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [mm] [pieces]

TY544MX 6.4 200 4.6 1.0 3.5 - 45

220 25 min.

50 ERG50, ERG120

TY545MX – 200 4.7 1.0 4.7 - 38.1 220 – 50 WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Releasable cable ties

Special ties

• For temporary but strong bundling, especially during control box

wiring

• Very simple application

• Available in 2 lengths for different applications

• May be re-used many times

• No tooling necessary

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Pull end of tie through head. Turn tie end back on itself and insert

into side of clip. To open, release tie end from clip and open tie.

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity

L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYR505 190 4.7 1.19 10 - 44 220 100

TYR508 364 4.7 1.19 10 - 102 220 100

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

Releasable lashing ties with incorporated fastener

• Rugged one-piece construction, for heavy-duty applications

• Releasable and re-usable, ideal for temporary installations

• Fast and durable

• Easy handling

• No tooling necessary

• Specially developed accessories, like the wall plug TC5359 and

the mounting bases TC5355 to TC5357 (see page 95 for details)

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour UV-resistant black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Special ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Introduce the cable tie tail into the lower slot in the head. Tighten the tie

and pull it back. Slide in the tie under the catch from the side until it snaps

into position.

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity

L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY409 483 12.7 2.0 45 - 121 890 100

TY5409 483 12.7 2.0 45 - 121 890 25

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Releasable 2-piece lashing ties, pre-assembled version

• Heavy-duty lashing ties, in cut lengths with pre-assembled heads

• Also available on reel with separate heads (see page 35)

• UV-resistant Polypropylene, ideal for applications where chemical

resistance is important (heads in weatherable rigid Polyamide 6.6)

• Extremely robust (670N)

• Easily releasable & reusable

• 2 types of head: type A: no mounting hole

type B: with mounting hole

• Typical applications: Indoor and outdoor fastening of cables, pipes

and other parts in industry, shipbuilding, chemical industry etc

Technical Information

Material - Tie Weatherable Polypropylene

Material - Head Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range Head: -40°C to +85°C

Tie: -55°C to +110°C

Colour UV-resistant black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free

Special ties

TY54XXPX

TY53418PX

Product Ref. Diameter of Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity

mounting hole L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY53418PX 6.9 457 13.2 1.9 45 - 127 670 25

TY5418PX – 457 13.2 1.8 45 - 127 670 25

TY5424PX – 610 13.2 1.8 10 - 178 670 25

TY5442PX – 1067 13.2 1.8 10 - 305 670 10

TY5460PX – 1524 13.2 1.8 10 - 457 670 10

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

Releasable 2-piece lashing ties on reel with separate heads

• Heavy-duty lashing ties on reel with separate heads

• Also available in cut lengths with pre-assembled heads

(see page 34)

• UV-resistant Polypropylene, ideal for applications where chemical

resistance is important (heads in weatherable rigid Polyamide 6.6)

• Extremely robust (670N)

• Easily releasable & reusable

• 2 types of head: type A: no mounting hole

type B: with mounting hole

• Typical applications: Indoor and outdoor fastening of cables, pipes

and other parts in industry, shipbuilding, chemical industry etc.

•Product Ref. 696-41563: lashing tie on reel (300 m), in weather-

able Polypropylene

•Product Ref. 696-41562: separate head, type A (no mounting

hole), weatherable Polyamide 6.6 (200 pieces)

•Product Ref. 696-41614: separate head, type B (with mounting

hole), weatherable Polyamide 6.6 (200 pieces) Mounting hole:

Ø 6.9 mm

•Product Ref. TY4100PX: kit containing 30 m of lashing tie on

reel + 50 separate heads, type A

Technical Information

Material - Tie Weatherable Polypropylene

Material - Head Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range Head: -40°C to +85°C

Tie: -55°C to +110°C

Colour UV-resistant black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free

Special ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

696-41563

TY4100PX

696-41614

696-41562

696-41563

Product Ref. Lashing tie, dimensions Separate locking heads Min. tensile strength

length width thickness Quantity type of assembly

[mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces] [N]

696-41563 300 13.2 1.8 – – 670

696-41562 – – – 200 Type A, no mounting hole 670

696-41614 – – – 200 Type B, with mounting hole 670

TY4100PX 30 13.2 1.8 50 Type A, no mounting hole 670

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Cable ties with identification tag

• Identification ties with incorporated label for durable marking and

tying

• Label forms onto the bundle for types TY512M, TY51M and pro-

trudes for ties TY532M and TY53M

• Type 51M is MIL (MS-3368-5) approved

• Trouble-free installation

• Simple marking on the roughened writing surface using the special

marking pen WT163M-1 (black ink) or WT163M-3 (red ink) - See

page 38

• All edges are rounded to make installation easier

• Available in bulk packaging (500 / 1000 pieces) or in small pack-

aging (100 pieces)

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Special ties with steel locking barb

TY53M, TY553M, TY532M, TY5532M

TY51M, TY551M, TY512M, TY5512M

E49405

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Label Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength dimensions

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [mm] [pieces]

TY51M MS-3368-5 92 2.4 1.0 10 - 16 80 25.4 x 7.9

500

TY551M MS-3368-5 92 2.4 1.0 10 - 16 80 25.4 x 7.9

100

TY512M – 210 2.4 1.0 10 - 51 80 25.4 x 7.9

1000 ERG50

TY5512M – 210 2.4 1.0 10 - 51 80 25.4 x 7.9

100 WT193A

TY53M – 102 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 20.6 x 9.3

500

TY553M – 102 2.4 1.0 2 - 16 80 20.6 x 9.3

100

TY532M – 212 2.4 1.0 2 - 51 80 20.6 x 9.3 1000

TY5532M – 212 2.4 1.0 2 - 51 80 20.6 x 9.3 100

For other materials and colours contact your Sales Office

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Cable ties with identification tag

• Identification ties with incorporated label for durable marking and tying

• Label forms onto the bundle

• 5 different versions, up to 4 straps, in bulk and small packaging

• 4 versions (up to 3 straps) are Mil-specified

• Trouble free installation

• Labelling of bundles up to 102 mm diameter

• Simple marking on the roughened writing surface using the special

marking pen WT163M-1 / WT163M-3 (black or red)

• All edges are rounded and surfaces smoothed to make installation

easier

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide 6.6

Material - Locking barb 316 grade stainless steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Approvals MIL: MS-3368 -1, -2, -3, -4

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Special ties with steel locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

E49405

48M,

TY5

48M

46M,

TY5

46M

TY46MD, TY546MD

TY46MT, TY546MT

TY46MF, TY546MF

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Label Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength dimensions

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [mm] [pieces]

TY48M MS-3368-2 360 4.8 1.1 19 - 102

220 13.1 x 57.2

1000

TY548M MS-3368-2 360 4.8 1.1 19 - 102

220 13.1 x 57.2

100

TY46M MS-3368-1 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45

220 13.1 x 27.0

1000

ERG50

TY546M MS-3368-1 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45

220 13.1 x 27.0

100

ERG120

TY46MD MS-3368-3 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45

220 x 2 29.7 x 27.0

500

WT193A

TY546MD MS-3368-3 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45

220 x 2 29.7 x 27.0

TY46MT MS-3368-4 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45

220 x 3 46.0 x 27.0

500

TY546MT MS-3368-4 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45

220 x 3 46.0 x 27.0

100

TY46MF – 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45 220 x 4 63.1 x 27.0 250

TY546MF – 184 4.8 1.1 9.5 - 45 220 x 4 63.1 x 27.0 50

For other materials and colours contact your Sales Office

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 10

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Identification tags

Special ties

• Optimally suited for fast and long-lasting writing on Polyamide

surfaces

• Fast-drying ink

• The ink is resistant to humidity, oil and light solvents

•Nontoxic

• Available in 2 colours of ink

•Product. Ref.

WT163M-1:

black ink

•Product. Ref.

WT163M-3:

red ink

• Tie fastening labels

• For use in combination with the special marking pen WT163M-1

& WT163M-3 from Thomas & Betts, or with a hot foil marking

• For secure labelling of bundles, parts etc

• Available in 3 shapes to suit all design requirements

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

TC223-TB

TC123-TB to

TC128-TB

TC224-TB to

TC228-TB

Product Ref. Height Width Label Area for label For tie width Weight Quantity

A B thickness height width up to

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TC123-TB 19.6 32.0 0.3 9.5 32.0 4.8 17 1000

TC124-TB 19.6 38.0 0.3 9.5 38.0 4.8 18 1000

TC125-TB 19.6 44.7 0.3 9.5 44.7 4.8 19 1000

TC126-TB 19.6 51.0 0.3 9.5 51.0 4.8 31 1000

TC128-TB 19.6 63.5 0.3 9.5 63.5 4.8 35 1000

TC223-TB 19.6 32.3 1.0 18.0 24.0 4.8 37 1000

TC224-TB 19.6 38.0 0.5 9.5 38.0 4.8 34 1000

TC225-TB 19.6 44.7 0.5 9.5 44.7 4.8 40 1000

TC226-TB 19.6 51.0 0.5 9.5 51.0 4.8 39 1000

TC228-TB 19.6 63.5 0.5 9.5 63.5 4.8 51 1000

Special marking pen

Special ties

Pre-assembled Deltec cable ties

• Provides a strong, long-life and cost saving method of securing

communication and overhead cables

• Double locking head with corrosion resistant locking barbs in copper

alloy

• Proven years of service: designed to last a minimum of

20 years outdoor

• No sharp edges: operator friendly, cable friendly!

• Easy to install, low installation costs

• Extremely robust ties, with high tensile strength (1110N) after fas-

tening

• Available either in pre-cut and pre-assembled lengths, or on reels

with separate heads for total flexibility

• Choice of specific spacers and accessories

• Month and year of manufacture stamped into strap material

Technical Information

Material - Strap & head Toughened weatherable acetal

Material - Locking barb Marine grade, corrosion-resistant

copper alloy

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Colour Black

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, superior

resistance to moisture and salt environments

Cable support system with metallic locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Product Ref. Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W max. strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYD510M 1300.5 10.0 390 1110 100

CSS-100 254.0 12.7 60 1110 50 WT3D

TYD5135M 342.9 12.7 90 1110 25 L-500-EU

CSS-160 406.4 12.7 110 1110 50

TYD5270M 685.8 12.7 200 1110 10

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Note: the recommended maximum continuous static loading for the Deltec straps is 90 N per strap. For best results suggested spacing is 35 to 40 cm.

It is the responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Straponreel

• Strap on reel, with separate head

• Total flexibility & no waste: cut at the desired length

• Easy to store: reduced inventory

• User friendly

Technical Information

Material Toughened weatherable acetal

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Colour Black

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, superior resis-

tance to moisture and salt environments

Cable support system with metallic locking barb

Product Ref. Length per reel Width Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W strength

[m] [mm] [N] [reels]

TYD-50R 15.2 12.7 1110 1 WT3D

696-41794 304.8 12.7 1110 1 L-500-EU

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Note: the recommended maximum continuous static loading for the Deltec straps is 90 N per strap. For best results suggested spacing is 35 to 40 cm. It is the

responsibility of the user to determine whether or not their application meets our recommendation.

Double locking heads

Technical Information

Material - moulding Toughened weatherable acetal

Material - locking barb Marine grade, corrosion-resistant

copper alloy

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Colour Black

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, superior resis-

tance to moisture and salt environments

Cable support system with metallic locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Product Ref. Length Width Height Quantity

LWH

[mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

TYD-LH 21.6 19.1 12.6 25

696-41795 21.6 19.1 12.6 1000

To be assembled with Deltec strap on reel see page 40

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

Deltec Kits

• Convenient kits containing several reels of strap and separate

locking heads, to provide all you need to be efficient on the field

• 2 configurations to match your need

Cable support system with metallic locking barb

Product Ref. Reels Locking heads

Length per reel Quantity Quantity

[mm] [reels] [pieces]

CSS-5K 15.2 5 150

CSS-10K 15.2 10 300

Cable spacers

Cable support system with metallic locking barb

• Stackable height in 12.7 mm increments, for any desired spacing

and all cable sizes - no need to stock multiple sizes of individual

height spacers

• Designed to retain strap on each side and cradle the cable, providing

restricted movement of spacer and preventing damage to cable

• Suitable for coaxial cables

• Can be used for parallel routing or for perpendicular cables

Technical Information

Material Weather-resistant polypropylene

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Colour Black

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free

cable tie

cable

Product Ref. Length Width Height Quantity

LWH

[mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

TCP5255 53.3 30.5 12.7 25

TCP360 53.3 30.5 12.7 100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.1

CSS-H

CSS-B

Product Ref. Dimensions Mounting hole Quantity

A B C D E diameter

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

CSS-B 48.4 14.3 7.1 15.1 5.6 6.7 (2x) 50

CSS-H 22.5 22.2 29.8 13.6 8.3 6.9 50

Note: see pages 79 to 100 for other mounting bases in Nylon

Base and hanger

• To secure the cables to all types of surfaces

Technical Information

Material Zinc plated steel

Colour Metallic

Cable support system with metallic locking barb

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Ty-Fast®, Col-Ty™,

Safe-Ty™ and Ty-Grip™

All plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

All-plastic cable ties 48

Product reference structure 48

Standard cable ties 49

Standard cable ties - Jar 50

Extra-long cable ties 51

Heavy-duty cable ties 52

UL 94 V-0 flame retardant cable ties 53

Special all-plastic cable ties 54

Integrated mounting hole cable ties 54

Releasable panel mounting cable ties 55

Releasable cable ties 56

Cable ties with identification tag 57

Special double-headed ties 58

Low profile in-line fasteners 59

Hook & Loop fasteners 60

Heavy-duty installation ties 62

Heavy-duty double headed installation ties 62

Accessories 63

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Ty-Fast®, Col-Ty™,

Safe-Ty™ and Ty-Grip™

All plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts offers a complete range of all plastic cable

ties to cover the most demanding applications.

Ty-Fast®All plastic ties

The all-plastic cable ties are available in lengths from 91 mm to

1214 mm and widths from 2.4 mm to 13.2 mm, offering a loop

tensile strength up to 1120 N. Those cable ties will satisfy

bundling requirements up to 381 mm. Those cable ties are halogen

and silicone free Polyamide 6.6 and are available in 12 different

colours.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

All plastic ties

Heavy duty installation ties

Low profile inline fasteners

Hook & loop fasteners

Ty-Fast®cable ties meet international standards such as UL,

Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas,

Mil-Specifications and QPL. State-of-the-art robotic and raw

material handling equipment assures product and material

integrity throughout the manufacturing process. The integrally

formed Polyamide pawl combines low insertion and high locking

strength.

A rounded, low-profile head makes for less snags, tails have im-

proved two-sided finger grip design that helps the operator grasp

and pull ties snug. The Sure Grip tab keeps the tail from popping

out while being threaded, then holds it securely for final tightening

by hand or tool.

Heavy duty installation ties

Col-Ty™ - the heavy-duty installation tie - is mainly used for securing

and bundling of cables in the utility and construction industries.

Col-Ty™ - made of Polyamide 12 - is ideal for hazardous environ-

ments, low temperatures and humidity. Col-Ty™ is conform to

EDF HN33/S/62 and its low profile double locking head with ser-

ration on the outer side of the tie eliminates the risk of damage

to the cable.

Low-profile inline fasteners

The Safe-Ty™ design from Thomas & Betts is ideal for use where

precision bundling is required and clearance is a necessity. A

unique saddle back design curves to form a snug fit around the

bundle, and allows for easy pull-trough in bulkheads and any

other tight spaces.

Hook & loop fasteners

Ty-Grip™ cable ties are very easy to release and re-use, making

them ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or

continuous access is required. There is no risk of over-tightening

the cables, which makes the Ty-Grip™ hook & loop fasteners ideal

for specific applications in fiber optics, computer network wiring,

telecom cables, etc.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Product reference structure

All-plastic cable ties

Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Ty-Fast

cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance levels at machine-

side and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and should remain sealed until

ready for use.

1.2

Example:

TY XXXX

Tie Dimension Code

TY 18

100 X100

Standard cable

ties with a

width up to

13.2 mm

for lengths

from 91 mm

up to

1214 mm

18 = 2.4 mm / (80N)

40 = 3.6 mm / (180N)

50 = 4.6 mm / (220N)

120 = 7.6 mm / (540N)

175 = 8.8 mm / (780N)

250 = 13.2 mm / (1120N)

All product references are made

of halogen free Polyamide 6.6,

UL 94 V-2, operating

temperature -40°C to +85°C

blank = natural

X = black, UV-stabilized

1 = brown

2=red

3 = orange

4 = yellow

5 = green

6=blue

7=purple

8=grey

9 = white

20 = black

39 = Heat stabilised, temperature

range: -40°C to +105°C, natural

* X = outdoor use, UV-stabilised,

(UL 94 HB for TY...-120X range),

black

Tie Length Code

Tie Width /

Tensile Strength Code

Additional code for

packaging

Colour / Material

[Blank] =

Bulk packaging (1000 /

500 / 50 ties according

tothesizeofthetie)

50 = 50 ties in a bag

with Euroslot

(only for Prod. Ref.

TY400-120)

100 = 100 ties in a bag

with Euroslot (not

available for Prod. Ref.

TY400-120 & TY800-

120)

Standard cable ties

State-of-the-art robotic and raw material handling equipment assures

product and material integrity throughout the manufacturing process.

• The integrally formed Polyamide pawl combines low insertion and

high locking strength

• A rounded, low-profile head makes for less snags

• Tails have improved two-sided finger grip design that helps the

operator grasp and pull ties snug

• Sure Grip tab keeps the tail from popping out while being

threaded, then holds it securely for final tightening by hand or tool

• Quick and easy pull through increases productivity, reduces opera-

tor fatigue

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 (*)

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural as standard colour (*)

Approvals MIL: MS 3367-x (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

(*) For other materials and colours see the product reference structure

page 48

All-plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

Product Ref. MIL Spec. Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TY075-18 MS-3367-4 91 2.4 1.6 - 20 80 1000

TY100-18 – 112 2.4 1.6 - 25 80 1000

TY125-18 – 136 2.4 1.6 - 32 80 1000

TY200-18 – 203 2.4 1.6 - 50 80 1000 ERG50

TY125-40 MS-3367-5 141 3.5 1.6 - 32 180 1000 WT193A

TY200-40 – 205 3.5 1.6 - 50 180 1000

TY300-40 – 290 3.5 1.6 - 76 180 1000

TY400-40 – 368 3.5 1.6 - 102 180 1000

TY175-50 MS-3367-1 186 4.6 1.6 - 44 220 1000 ERG50

TY225-50 – 226 4.6 1.6 - 57 220 1000 ERG120

TY300-50 – 291 4.6 1.6 - 76 220 1000 WT193A

TY400-50 MS-3367-2 366 4.6 1.6 - 102 220 1000

TY200-120 – 219 7.6 4.8 - 50 540 500 ERG120

TY400-120 MS-3367-3 375 7.6 4.8 - 102 540 500 L-500-EU

TY800-120 – 706 7.6 4.8 - 203 540 50 WT3D

** Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales office for approvals limitations

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 48

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

** ** ** **

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Standard cable ties - Jars

• Ty-Fast®cable ties packed in an attractive plastic jar

• Ideal product for the distribution market

• Different dimensions in the same packaging: 112 mm x 2.4 mm,

141 mm x 3.6 mm and 186 mm x 4.7 mm

• Tensile strength from 80N to 220N

• Available in 3 different packaging configurations: 1 in natural

cable ties and 2 in black cable ties

• Ideal product when small volumes are needed for various appli-

cations

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black) Halogen free,

Silicone free

All-plastic cable ties

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

Product Ref. Content Colour Mil Spec. Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

JTN-500 TY100-18-100 natural - 112 2.4 1.6 - 25 80 2 x 100 ERG50, WT193A

TY125-40-100 natural MS-3367-5 141 3.6 1.6 - 32 180 1 x 100

TY175-50-100 natural MS-3367-1 186 4.7 1.6 - 44 220 2 x 100 ERG50, ERG120, WT193A

JTB-500 TY100-18-X-100 UV-resistant black - 112 2.4 1.6 - 25 80 2 x 100 ERG50, WT193A

TY125-40-X-100 UV-resistant black MS-3367-5 141 3.6 1.6 - 32 180 1 x 100

TY175-50-X-100 UV-resistant black MS-3367-1 186 4.7 1.6 - 44 220 2 x 100 ERG50, ERG120, WT193A

JTB1-500 TY100-18-X-100 UV-resistant black - 112 2.4 1.6 - 25 80 2 x 100 ERG50, WT193A

TY125-40-X-100 UV-resistant black MS-3367-5 141 3.6 1.6 - 32 180 2 x 100

TY175-50-X-100 UV-resistant black MS-3367-1 186 4.7 1.6 - 44 220 1 x 100 ERG50, ERG120, WT193A

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 48

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Extra-long cable ties

• Extremely long ties (up to 1214 mm)

• Robust construction (780N), for demanding applications where

superior tensile strength is required

• The extra long Ty-Fast®ties are available in natural colour for indoor

applications and in UV-resistant black for outdoor applications

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black)

Halogen free, Silicone free

All-plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405

Product Ref. Colour Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

L-36-175-0-L UV-resistant black 930 8.8 5 - 273 780 50

L-36-175-9-L Natural 930 8.8 5 - 273 780 50 WT3D

L-41-175-0-L UV-resistant black 1036 8.8 5 - 305 780 50 L300FR

L-41-175-9-L Natural 1036 8.8 5 - 305 780 50 L-500-EU

L-48-175-0-L UV-resistant black 1214 8.8 5 - 381 780 50

L-48-175-9-L Natural 1214 8.8 5 - 381 780 50

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Heavy-duty cable ties

• Extremely robust ties (1120N), for demanding applications where

extreme tensile strength is required

• Available in natural colour for indoor applications and in UV-

resistant black for outdoor applications

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black)

Halogen free, Silicone free

All-plastic cable ties

Product Ref. Colour Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TYL300M natural 300 13.2 75 1120 50

TYL300MX UV-resistant black 300 13.2 75 1120 50 L-500-EU

TYL546M natural 546 13.2 140 1120 50

TYL546MX UV-resistant black 546 13.2 140 1120 50

Description of Product Reference structure: see page 48

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

UL 94 V-0 flame retardant cable ties

•

Similar to our Ty-Rap

range of flame retardant ties, these all-plastic

ties are made from low smoke flame retardant Polyamide 6.6 and

meet the requirements of UL 94 V-0.

•

Ideal for use where low flammability and low smoke are necessary

such as public transport / buildings, tunnels etc.

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Milky white

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Other properties Limited fire hazard (low smoke)

Halogen free, Silicone free

All-plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Product Ref. Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TS1025HF 100 2.5 2 - 24 90 100

TS1435HF 140 3.5 2.5 - 36 180 100 ERG50

TS2045HF 200 4.5 3 - 51 220 100 WT193A

TS2845HF 280 4.5 5 - 76 220 100

TS3645HF 360 4.5 5 - 101 220 100

ERG120, L-500-EU

TS3675HF 360 7.5 5 - 101 540 100 WT3D

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Integrated mounting hole cable ties

• Cable tie can be directly mounted onto a support with screws,

bolts or rivets.

• Mounting and bundling in one maintenance-friendly assembly.

• Cable harness manufacture and pre- and end- mounting of bundles

and parts.

• UV-resistant version, especially recommended for outdoor appli-

cations

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black

(see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black)

Halogen free, Silicone free

Special all-plastic cable ties

E49405

Product Ref. Colour Length Width Fixing Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W screw size from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

L-5-30MH-0-C UV-resistant black 152 3.3 M4 2 - 32 130 100 ERG50

L-5-30MH-9-C natural 152 3.3 M4 2 - 32 130 100 WT193A

L-7-50MH-0-C UV-resistant black 208 4.7 M5 2 - 44 220 100 ERG50

L-7-50MH-9-C natural 208 4.7 M5 2 - 44 220 100 ERG120

L-11-50MH-0-C UV-resistant black 314 4.7 M5 2 - 76 220 100 WT193A

L-11-50MH-9-C natural 314 4.7 M5 2 - 76 220 100 WT3D

L-14-50MH-0-C UV-resistant black 382 4.7 M5 2 - 102 220 100

L-14-50MH-9-C natural 382 4.7 M5 2 - 102 220 100

L-14-120MH-0-C UV-resistant black 382 7.6 M6 5 - 102 540 100 ERG120

L-14-120MH-9-C natural 382 7.6 M6 5 - 102 540 100 L-500-EU, WT3D

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Releasable panel mounting cable ties

• Fastening and clip-mounting in one

• Fast pre- or on-site-assembly for a range of panel thickness up to

2.7 mm

• Fast and secure clip-mounting

• For use in 6.35 mm mounting hole

• Product References containing xxx-PMR-xxx are releasable

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black)

Halogen free, Silicone free

Special all-plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

E49405

Product Ref. Colour Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

STANDARD PANEL MOUNTING TIES

L-5-50PM-0-C UV-resistant black 147 4.8 2 - 25 220 100 ERG50, ERG120

L-5-50PM-9-D natural 147 4.8 2 - 25 220 1000 L-500-EU

L-7-50PM-0-C UV-resistant black 208 4.8 2 - 44 220 100 WT193A

L-7-50PM-9-C natural 208 4.8 2 - 44 220 100

RELEASABLE PANEL MOUNTING TIES

TB-4-50PMR-9-C-EU* natural 110 4.8 2 - 22 220 100 ERG50, ERG120

L-5-50PMR-0-C UV-resistant black 147 4.8 2 - 25 220 100 L-500-EU

L-5-50PMR-9-C natural 147 4.8 2 - 25 220 100 WT193A

L-7-50PMR-0-C UV-resistant black 208 4.8 2 - 44 220 100 WT1-TB, WT2-TB

L-7-50PMR-9-C natural 208 4.8 2 - 44 220 100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

* Not UL registered

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Releasable cable ties

Special all-plastic cable ties

• Easy releasable and re-usable. UV-resistant version, especially

recommended for outdoor applications.

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black

(see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black)

Halogen free, Silicone free

Product Ref. Colour Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

L-5-50R-0-C UV-resistant black 150 7.5 3 - 32 220 100

L-5-50R-9-C natural 150 7.5 3 - 32 220 100

L-8-50R-0-C UV-resistant black 198 7.5 3 - 51 220 100 ERG120

L-8-50R-9-C natural 198 7.5 3 - 51 220 100 L-500-EU

L-10-50R-0-C UV-resistant black 298 7.5 3 - 76 220 100 WT3D

L-10-50R-9-C natural 298 7.5 3 - 76 220 100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

E49405

Cable ties with identification tag

• Identification ties with incorporated label for durable marking and

tying.

• Simple marking on the roughened writing surface using the special

marking pen WT163M-1 (black ink) or WT163M-3 (red ink)

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Special all-plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

L-4-18ID-9-C

L-7-50ID-9-C

Product Ref. Length Width Label Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W dimensions max. strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

L-4-18ID-9-C 102 2.5 7.9 x 24.7 19 80 100 ERG50

L-4-18ID-9-M 102 2.5 7.9 x 24.7 19 80 1000 WT193A

L-7-50ID-9-C 200 4.7 30 x 13.3 44 220 100 ERG50, ERG120

L-7-50ID-9-M 200 4.7 30 x 13.3 44 220 1000 WT193A, L-500-EU

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

E49405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Special double-headed ties

• The double-headed ties allow the parallel routing of two bundles

of cable with one single tie.

• Available in 3 different lengths.

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Special all-plastic cable ties

Loop 1

Loop 2

Product Ref. Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W Loop 1 Loop 2 strength

from ... to from ... to

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

TB-50RLDH 200 4.8 2.5 - 47 2.0 - 45 220 1000 ERG50, ERG120

TB-12-50RLDH 300 4.8 2.5 - 72 2.0 - 70 220 1000 WT193A

TB-15-50RLDH 370 4.8 2.5 - 100 2.0 - 97 220 1000 L-500-EU

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Low profile in-line fasteners

The Safe-Ty™ design from Thomas & Betts is ideal for use where

precision bundling is required and clearance is a necessity. A unique

saddle back design curves to form a snug fit around the bundle, and

allows for easy pull-through in bulkheads and any other tight spaces.

• Low-profile, contoured head reduces clearance required for the

bundle and enhances the appearance of your harness

• The safe-guard wall eliminates exposure to sharp edges

• The saddle back fits snug against the contour of the wiring

harness

• Sizes and colours available to accommodate various requirements

• Recommended in all applications where the aesthetics and the

user’s safety can be a concern (thanks to the rounded edges):

playgrounds, supermarket displays,...

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free

Silicone free

Special all-plastic cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Product Ref. Colour Length Width Bundle diameter Minimum Quantity ** Tooling

L W D from ... to tensile strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

SF100-18 natural* 118 2.4 3.2

3.2 -

25.4

100 / 1000

SF100-18X

UV-resistant black

118 2.4 3.2

3.2 -

25.4

100 / 1000 ERG50

SF200-18 natural* 206 2.4 3.2

3.2 -

50.8

100 / 1000 WT193A

SF200-18X

UV-resistant black

206 2.4

3.2

3.2 - 50.8

100 / 1000

SF175-50 natural* 201 4.7

4.5

4.7 - 44.5

220

100 / 1000

SF175-50X

UV-resistant black

201 4.7

4.5

4.7 - 44.5

220

100 / 1000 ERG50

SF300-50 natural* 288 4.7

4.5

4.7 - 76.2

220

100 / 1000 ERG120

SF300-50X

UV-resistant black

288 4.7

4.5

4.7 - 76.2

220

100 / 1000 WT193A

SF400-50 natural* 369 4.7

4.5

9.5 - 101.6

220

100 / 1000 L-500-EU

SF400-50X

UV-resistant black

369 4.7

4.5

9.5 - 101.6

220

100 / 1000

SF400-120 natural* 370 7.6

6.9

9.5 - 101.6

540

100 / 1000

SF400-120X

UV-resistant black

370 7.6

6.9

9.5 - 101.6

540

100 / 1000 ERG120

SF600-120 natural* 533 7.6

6.9

9.5 - 152.4

540

100 / 1000 L-500-EU

SF600-120X

UV-resistant black

533 7.6

6.9

9.5 - 152.4

540

100 / 1000 WT3D

* For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference: 0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey and

9 = white. For example: SF-175-50-2 (red)

** Standard quantity = 1000. For bags of 100 add -100 to the product reference, for example. SF100-18-100.

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Safe-Ty™ cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance levels at machine-

side and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and should remain sealed until

ready for use.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Hook & Loop fasteners

Special cable ties

These handy ties are very easy to release and re-use, making them

ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or continuous

access is required.

• Quick bundling and re-adjustable tension

• No risk of over-tightening the cables, which makes the Ty-Grip™

Hook & Loop fasteners ideal for specific applications in fibre

optics, computer network wiring, telecom cables, etc.

• Multiple colours available for identifying specific bundles

• Different sizes available to accommodate varying bundle diameters

• Screw-mount and self-adhesive mounting bases provide multiple

mounting options

Technical Information FO Series

Material hook side Polyamide

Material loop side Low density Polyethylene

Temperature range -20°C to +104°C

Colour Standard colour: black - see note after table

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Peel-off strength 0.8N/cm

Technical Information FOL Series

Material hook Polyamide

Temperature range -20°C to +93°C

Colour Standard colour: black - see note after table

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Peel-off strength 0.8N/cm

Product Ref. Maximum bundle ø Length Width Tensile strength Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N][pieces]

FO SERIES LOOP TIES

FO200-40-0 50.8 228.6

12.7

180 10

FO200-50-0 50.8 228.6

19.1

220 10

FO350-40-0 88.9 330.2

12.7

180 10

FO350-50-0 88.9 330.2

19.1

220 10

FOL SERIES BUCKLE TIES

FOL300-50-0 76.2 304.8

19.1

220 10

FOL500-50-0 127.0 457.2

19.1

220 10

Standard colour: black

Replace “-0” in the Product Reference by the corresponding colour code: 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow,

5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey and 9 = white

For example: FO 200-40-2 defines a red FO200-40 type fastener

Contact your Sales Office for Product Availability in the other colours

FO series loop ties are ideal for wrapping pre-determined bundle

diameters thanks to the convenient slotted head.

FOL series buckle ties provide added strength and stability thanks to

the high performance polyamide buckle.

Hook & Loop fasteners

These handy ties are very easy to release and re-use, making them

ideal for applications where changes are anticipated or continuous

access is required.

• Quick bundling and re-adjustable tension

• No risk of over-tightening the cables, which makes the Ty-Grip™

Hook & Loop fasteners ideal for specific applications in fibre

optics, computer network wiring, telecom cables, etc

• Multiple colours available for identifying specific bundles

• Different sizes available to accommodate varying bundle diame-

ters

• Screw-mount and self-adhesive mounting bases provide multiple

mounting options

Technical Information FOS and FOR Series

Material hook side Polyamide

Material loop side Low density Polyethylene

Temperature range -20°C to +104°C

Colour Standard colour: black - see note after table

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Peel-off strength 0.8N/cm

Special cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

FOS series strip ties are pre-cut which makes bundling easy.

FOR series rolled hook and loop allows customers to conveniently cut

pieces to desired lengths, eliminating waste.

Product Ref. Maximum bundle ø Length Width Tensile strength Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

FOS SERIES STRIP TIES

FOS150-50-0 38.1 152.4

19.1

220 10

FOS320-50-0 81.3 304.8

19.1

220 10

FOS500-50-0 127.0 457.2

19.1

220 10

FOR SERIES ROLLED STRIP

FOR180-50-0 Various 4572.0

19.1

220

Standard colour: black

Replace “-0” in the Product Reference by the corresponding colour code: 1 = brown, 2 = red, 3 = orange, 4 = yellow,

5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey and 9 = white

For example: FOS150-50-2 defines a red FOS150-50 type fastener

Contact your Sales Office for Product Availability in the other colours

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Heavy-duty double headed installation ties

• For securing and bundling of cables in the utility and construction

industries

• Low profile double locking head*

• Serrations on the outer side of the tie eliminates the risk of damage

to the cable

• Ideal for hazardous environments, low temperatures and humidity

• Conform to EDF HN33/S/62

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 12

Temperature range -40°C to +80°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Other properties UV-resistant

Heavy-duty installation ties

Double locking head

Single locking head

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Bundle diameter Minimum tensile Quantity Tooling

L W from ... to strength

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N][pieces]

CT-9-180-0-C* 180 9 1.8 10 - 42

440 100

CT-9-260-0-C 260 9 2.0 15 - 62

520 100 L300-FR

CT-9-360-0-C 360 9 2.0 25 - 92

520 100 L-500-EU

CT-9-500-0-C 510 9 2.4 74 - 140

550 100 WT3D

CT-9-750-0-C 760 9 2.4 74 - 220 550 100

* Product Ref. CT-9-180-0-C has a single locking head

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Accessories

• Wall plug suitable for ø 8 mm hole

• Simply drill hole and hammer the plug in

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 11/12

Temperature range -40°C to +80°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Other properties UV-resistant

Heavy-duty installation ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.2

Product Ref. L Ød1 S H I F f Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

CT-5359 43.1 9.6 13.2 16

6.3 9.5

2.4 100

Product Ref. L I S H F d2 Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

CT-3401 22.9 10.5 17.6 13.8 9.4 5.9 100

• Use 5 mm screw

• Cradle for ties up to 9 mm wide

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 11/12

Temperature range -40°C to +80°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Other properties UV-resistant

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Ty-Met™ Stainless Steel

cable ties

1.3

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

Features & Benefits 68

Ball-Lock Type - uncoated 69

Ball-Lock Type - coated 70

Ladder Type - uncoated 71

Ladder Type - coated 72

Releasable Type 73

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

1.3

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Ty-Met™ Stainless Steel

cable ties

The Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties are the ultimate solution

to install your cables in extreme conditions and hazardous

areas, indoor and outdoor, such as the petrochemical and

food processing industries, power stations, mining, ship-

building, offshore and other aggressive environments.

The Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties provide a high mechanical

strength combined with chemical durability and temperature

resistance.

They are available in three different types:

• Ball-Lock Type: quick and reliable self-locking mechanism

• Ladder Type: easy application and strong locking system

• Releasable Type: can be unfastened for re-use

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties:

the ultimate solution to install

your cables in extreme conditions

and hazardous areas

All types are available in a broad range of lengths and two different

widths, providing extreme levels of tensile strength. Two grades of

non-magnetic stainless steel (304 & 316) and a coated and an

uncoated version are available to cover most applications.

Ty-Met™ cable ties have international approvals such as UL,

Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register and Det Norske Veritas.

Two grades of non-magnetic stainless steel are available:

- 304 grade stainless steel, for standard applications

- 316 grade (marine grade) stainless steel, for extra corrosion

resistance

Available in uncoated version (for high temperature applications)

or in fully coated version with non-toxic, halogen free Polyester

coating, for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands

and for an improved insulation between dissimilar materials.

Halogen free, corrosion proof and resistant to salt water.

A range of dedicated hand tools completes the product offering.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Features & Benefits

The Ty-Met™ stainless steel ties are available in three different

types:

•Ball-Lock Type: quick and reliable self-locking mechanism

•Ladder Type: easy application and strong locking system

•Releasable Type: can be unfastened for re-use

Stainless steel cable ties

Ball-Lock Type

Rounded edges and smooth surfaces, for

fast and safe hand installation

Angled / rounded tail,

for safer handling and easier insertion

Uncoated or fully coated

with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester

Easy application and strong self-locking mechanism (steel ball), with low insertion force

Ladder Type

Low profile, flat head (no sharp edges),

for easy and safe installation

Larger slot at the end,

allows the use of a hook-type tool

Uncoated or fully coated

with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester

Self-locking mechanism (pawl and ratchet)

Releasable Type

Additional ears canbebentbackoverthefas-

tened tie to increase the tensile strength

Can be installed by hand,

and if necessary, the slots at the end

allow the use of a hook-type tool

Fully coated

with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester

The unique buckle design allows the tie to be unfastened for re-use

UV-resistant Fire-proof Heat

resistant

Low temperature

flexibility

Weatherproof Radiation

resistant

Chemically

resistant

Ball-Lock Type - uncoated

Stainless steel cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

E49405*

***

TYPE

APPROVED

PRODUCTS

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the

Product References. Contact your Sales Office for

approvals limitations

• “Ball-Lock” self-locking mechanism

• Uncoated version, for high temperature applications

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications

• Two grades of non-magnetic stainless steel:

- 304 grade stainless steel, for standard applications

- 316 grade (marine grade) stainless steel, for extra corrosion

resistance

• Dedicated tooling: either Prod. Ref. CT3 for manual cutting, or

Prod. Ref. CT6 for tension setting tool with automatic cutting

• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions

and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: Petrochemical

and food processing industries, power stations, mining, ship-

building, offshore, other aggressive environments

Technical Information

Material A. 304 grade non-magnetic stainless steel

B. 316 grade non-magnetic stainless steel

Temperature range -80°C to +538°C

Colour Metallic

Flammability rating Absolutely fireproof

Other properties UV-resistant

Product Ref. Product Ref. Length x Material thickness

Max. bundle

Tensile strength Quantity Tooling

Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel 316 width [mm]

[mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

YLS-4.6-100A YLS-4.6-100B 100 x 4.6

0.26

440

100

YLS-4.6-125A YLS-4.6-125B 125 x 4.6

0.26

440

100

YLS-4.6-150A YLS-4.6-150B 150 x 4.6

0.26

440

100

YLS-4.6-200A YLS-4.6-200B 200 x 4.6

0.26

440

100

YLS-4.6-300A YLS-4.6-300B 300 x 4.6

0.26

440

100

YLS-4.6-360A YLS-4.6-360B 360 x 4.6

0.26

100

440

100

YLS-4.6-520A YLS-4.6-520B 520 x 4.6

0.26

150

440

100

YLS-4.6-680A YLS-4.6-680B 680 x 4.6

0.26

200

440

100

YLS-4.6-840A YLS-4.6-840B 840 x 4.6

0.26

250

440

100

YLS-4.6-1000A YLS-4.6-1000B 1000 x 4.6

0.26

300

440

100

YLS-4.6-1200A YLS-4.6-1200B 1200 x 4.6

0.26

365

440

100

YLS-4.6-1400A YLS-4.6-1400B 1400 x 4.6

0.26

425

440

100 CT3

YLS-7.9-100A YLS-7.9-100B 100 x 7.9

0.26

1110

100 CT6

YLS-7.9-125A YLS-7.9-125B 125 x 7.9

0.26

1110

100

YLS-7.9-150A YLS-7.9-150B 150 x 7.9

0.26

1110

100

YLS-7.9-200A YLS-7.9-200B 200 x 7.9

0.26

1110

100

YLS-7.9-300A YLS-7.9-300B 300 x 7.9

0.26

1110

100

YLS-7.9-360A YLS-7.9-360B 360 x 7.9

0.26

100

1110

100

YLS-7.9-520A YLS-7.9-520B 520 x 7.9

0.26

150

1110

100

YLS-7.9-680A YLS-7.9-680B 680 x 7.9

0.26

200

1110

100

YLS-7.9-840A YLS-7.9-840B 840 x 7.9

0.26

250

1110

100

YLS-7.9-1000A YLS-7.9-1000B 1000 x 7.9

0.26

300

1110

100

YLS-7.9-1200A YLS-7.9-1200B 1200 x 7.9

0.26

365

1110

100

YLS-7.9-1400A YLS-7.9-1400B 1400 x 7.9

0.26

425

1110

100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Ball-Lock Type - coated

• “Ball-Lock” self-locking mechanism

• Fully coated version with non-toxic, halogen free Polyester coating,

for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands and for

an improved insulation between dissimilar materials.

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications

• 316 grade (marine grade) stainless steel, for extra corrosion resis-

tance

• Dedicated tooling: either Prod. Ref. CT3 for manual cutting, or

Prod. Ref. CT6 for tension setting tool with automatic cutting

• Applications: Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions

and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as: petrochemical

and food processing industries, power stations, mining, ship-

building, offshore, other aggressive environments

Technical Information

Material 316 grade non-magnetic stainless steel

Coating Polyester

Temperature range -80°C to +150°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating Absolutely fireproof

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, non toxic

Stainless steel cable ties

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

***

TYPE

APPROVED

PRODUCTS

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References.

Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

Product Ref. Length x Material thickness

Max. bundle

Tensile strength Quantity Tooling

width

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

YLS-4.6-100BC 100 x 4.6

0.36

440

100

YLS-4.6-125BC 125 x 4.6

0.36

440

100

YLS-4.6-150BC 150 x 4.6

0.36

440

100

YLS-4.6-200BC 200 x 4.6

0.36

440

100

YLS-4.6-300BC 300 x 4.6

0.36

440

100

YLS-4.6-360BC 360 x 4.6

0.36

100

440

100

YLS-4.6-520BC 520 x 4.6

0.36

150

440

100

YLS-4.6-680BC 680 x 4.6

0.36

200

440

100

YLS-4.6-840BC 840 x 4.6

0.36

250

440

100

YLS-4.6-1000BC 1000 x 4.6

0.36

300

440

100

YLS-4.6-1200BC 1200 x 4.6

0.36

365

440

100

YLS-4.6-1400BC 1400 x 4.6

0.36

425

440

100 CT3

YLS-7.9-100BC 100 x 7.9

0.36

530

100 CT6

YLS-7.9-125BC 125 x 7.9

0.36

530

100

YLS-7.9-150BC 150 x 7.9

0.36

530

100

YLS-7.9-200BC 200 x 7.9

0.36

530

100

YLS-7.9-300BC 300 x 7.9

0.36

530

100

YLS-7.9-360BC 360 x 7.9

0.36

100

530

100

YLS-7.9-520BC 520 x 7.9

0.36

150

530

100

YLS-7.9-680BC 680 x 7.9

0.36

200

530

100

YLS-7.9-840BC 840 x 7.9

0.36

250

530

100

YLS-7.9-1000BC 1000 x 7.9

0.36

300

530

100

YLS-7.9-1200BC 1200 x 7.9

0.36

365

530

100

YLS-7.9-1400BC 1400 x 7.9

0.36

425

530

100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

Ladder Type - uncoated

The Ladder Type stainless steel ties from Thomas & Betts have a flat,

low profile head for easy application.

• Strong self-locking mechanism (pawl and ratchet), requires no

time consuming crimping or folding operations

• Flat and low profile head (no sharp edge), for easy installation

• Corrosion resistant 316 grade stainless steel for high mechanical

and chemical durability

• Uncoated version for high temperature applications

• Increased usable length (slots up to the end of the tail), allows

larger bundle diameters with the same tie length

• Larger slot at the end, allows the use of a hook-type tool

• Applications:

Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions

and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as:

petrochemical

and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuil-

ding, offshore and other aggressive environments

Technical Information

Material 316 grade stainless steel

Coating Uncoated

Temperature range -80°C to +538°C

Colour Metallic

Flammability rating Absolutely fireproof

Other properties UV-resistant

Stainless steel cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

TYPE

APPROVED

PRODUCTS

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Max. Bundle Minimum Quantity Tooling

L W T diameter tensile strength

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

YLD-7-150-B 150 7.0

0.30

445 100

YLD-7-225-B 225 7.0

0.30

445 100

YLD-7-300-B 300 7.0

0.30

445 100 CT1-TB

YLD-7-450-B 450 7.0

0.30

139

445 100 CT2-TB

YLD-7-610-B 610 7.0

0.30

190

445 100 CT3

YLD-12-150-B 150 12.0

0.35

890 100 CT4-TB

YLD-12-225-B 225 12.0

0.35

890 100 CT5

YLD-12-300-B 300 12.0

0.35

890 100 WT3S

YLD-12-450-B 450 12.0

0.35

139

890 100

YLD-12-610-B 610 12.0

0.35

190

890 100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

***

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

Ladder Type - coated

The Ladder Type stainless steel ties from Thomas & Betts have a flat,

low profile head for easy application.

• Strong self-locking mechanism (pawl and ratchet), requires no

time consuming crimping or folding operations

• Flat and low profile head (no sharp edge), for easy installation

• Corrosion resistant 316 grade stainless steel for high mechanical

and chemical durability

• Fully coated version with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester coa-

ting, for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands and

for an improved insulation between dissimilar materials

• Increased usable length (slots up to the end of the tail), allows

larger bundle diameters with the same tie length

• Larger slot at the end, allows the use of a hook-type tool

• Applications:

Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions

and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as:

petrochemical

and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuil-

ding, offshore and other aggressive environments

Technical Information

Material 316 grade stainless steel

Coating Polyester

Temperature range -80°C to +150°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating Absolutely fireproof

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, non-toxic

Stainless steel cable ties

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

TYPE

APPROVED

PRODUCTS

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Max. Bundle Minimum Quantity Tooling

L W T diameter tensile strength

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

YLD-7-150-BC 150 7.0

0.41

445 100

YLD-7-225-BC 225 7.0

0.41

445 100

YLD-7-300-BC 300 7.0

0.41

445 100 CT1-TB

YLD-7-450-BC 450 7.0

0.41

139

445 100 CT2-TB

YLD-7-610-BC 610 7.0

0.41

190

445 100 CT3

YLD-12-150-BC 150 12.0

0.46

890 100 CT4-TB

YLD-12-225-BC 225 12.0

0.46

890 100 CT5

YLD-12-300-BC 300 12.0

0.46

890 100 WT3S

YLD-12-450-BC 450 12.0

0.46

139

890 100

YLD-12-610-BC 610 12.0

0.46

190

890 100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

***

Releasable Type

Stainless steel cable ties

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.3

The Releasable Type stainless steel ties from Thomas & Betts have a

unique buckle design that allows the ties to be unfastened for re-use.

• Releasable and re-usable

• Corrosion resistant 316 grade stainless steel for high mechanical

and chemical durability

• Fully coated version with non-toxic, Halogen free Polyester coating,

for a superior protection of cables and installer’s hands and for an

improved insulation between dissimilar materials

• Fast, easy and reliable installation - can be installed by hand and if

necessary, the slots at the end of the tie allow the use of a hook-

type tool

• The additional ears can be bent back over the fastened tie to in-

crease the tensile strength

• Applications:

Installation of cables and pipes in extreme conditions

and hazardous areas, indoor and outdoor, such as:

petrochemical

and food processing industries, power stations, mining, shipbuil-

ding, offshore and other aggressive environments

Technical Information

Material 316 grade stainless steel

Coating Polyester

Temperature range -80°C to +150°C

Colour Black

Flammability rating Absolutely fireproof

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, non-toxic

TYPE

T Y P E

APPROVED

A P P R O V ED

TYPE

APPROVED

PRODUCTS

Product Ref. Length Width Thickness Max. Bundle Minimum Quantity Tooling

L W T diameter tensile strength

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [pieces]

YRL-5-150-BC 150 5.0

0.61

334 (1334 for DNV)

100

YRL-5-230-BC 230 5.0

0.61

334 (1334 for DNV)

100

YRL-5-330-BC 330 5.0

0.61

334 (1334 for DNV)

100

YRL-5-450-BC 450 5.0

0.61

130

334 (1334 for DNV)

100

YRL-5-650-BC 650 5.0

0.61

195

334 (1334 for DNV)

100 CT1-TB

YRL-10-150-BC 150 10.0

0.61

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100 CT2-TB

YRL-10-230-BC 230 10.0

0.61

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100 CT4-TB

YRL-10-330-BC 330 10.0

0.61

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100

YRL-10-450-BC 450 10.0

0.61

130

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100

YRL-10-650-BC 650 10.0

0.61

195

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100

YRL-10-750-BC 750 10.0

0.61

225

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100

YRL-10-900-BC 900 10.0

0.61

270

1112 (2000 for DNV)

100

Description of materials and properties: see pages 134 to 145

For tooling specifications: see pages 122 to 133

* Some approvals may not be applicable to all the Product References. Contact your Sales Office for approvals limitations

***

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Mounting Bases,

Cable Clamps & Other

Fastening Accessories

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

Overview 78

Mounting bases 79

Cable clamps 101

Accessories for flat cables 109

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

To complement the range of premium cable ties,

Thomas & Betts has also developed an extensive range of

mounting bases, cable clamps and other fastening acces-

sories, to provide a professional solution to the most

demanding applications in cable management.

A wide range of material is offered, from the classic Polyamide

6.6 to the high performance

Fluoropolymer ETFE

for applications

in tough conditions.

To better suit each kind of applications, these products exist in a

wide choice of shape & design, and with different mounting

methods, from self-adhesive to glue and / or screw mounting.

Ty-Rap®and Ty-Fast®

Accessories

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Mounting Bases,

Cable Clamps & Other

Fastening Accessories

In particular, with the new high performance mounting bases

(TC345 series), Thomas & Betts is now offering a mounting base

that leads the industry with more features and better performance:

- new design & materials, for increased performance

- special adhesive formulation, specifically for Nylon Mounting

bases

Typical applications include wiring in:

- control boxes & machine control devices

- office equipment & home appliances

- military & medical equipment

- lighting & electronic equipment

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Overview

Self-adhesive mounting bases and clamps for screw and

rivet mounting

The main difference between a mounting base and a cable clamp is

the way the cable bundle can be mounted: while the cable bundle is

attached directly to the clamp, the mounting base requires a cable tie

to hold the bundle.

Thomas & Betts offers a wide range of mounting bases and cable

clamps,

which can be self-adhesive or for screw and rivet mounting.

• Standard material: Polyamide 6.6

• Available in different types / material to suit any application

• Available in a wide range of sizes

• Temperature range: -40°C to +85°C (+105°C for short periods)

• Low profile design

• Easy to install

• Extremely strong and durable adhesive

• The self-adhesive film is foam backed (0.8 mm) to compensate

for any irregularities on the mounting surface

• When applicable Thomas & Betts accessories are UL recognised

Typical applications

Wiring of:

• Control boxes

• Vehicles

• Office equipment

• Machine control devices

• Machine construction

• Military equipment

• Aeronautics

• Railway industry

• Electronic equipment

• Home appliances

• Lighting

• Medical equipment

Mounting Bases & Accessories

1.4

Mounting bases

Cable clamps

2-way entry

• Can be used in 2-way entry style for cable ties having a width up

to 7.6 mm

• For cable ties having a width up to 4.8 mm, the mounting bases

can be used in 4-way entry style

• Choice of 3 materials: standard Polyamide 6.6 (natural), UV-resistant

Polyamide 6.6 (black), Polyamide 6.6 flame retardant and ETFE

Fluoropolymer (aquamarine)

• Supplied either on a rubber based (synthetic polymer) closed cell

foam adhesive (installation: self-adhesive and/or screw) or with-

out self-adhesive (installation: screw and/or 2-component glue*)

Technical Information

TC347, TC347A, TC5347AR, TC347X

and TC5347AX

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Colour (see table)

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Technical Information

TC347FR (Flame retardant)

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Colour Natural

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Technical Information

TCZ347 (Fluoropolymer)

Material ETFE Fluoropolymer

Temperature range -46°C to +150°C

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Colour Aquamarine

Other properties Silicone free, inert to most solvents and

chemicals, hydrolytically stable, radiation

resistant

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Colour Mounting Dimensions

For tie width Mounting Quantity

method H W L

up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

TC347 natural screw / glue*

7.8

28.6 28.6 7.6 4.4 (2x) 1000

TC347X UV-resistant black screw / glue*

7.8

28.6 28.6 7.6 4.4 (2x) 1000

TC347FR natural / flame retardant screw / glue*

7.8

28.6 28.6 7.6 4.4 (2x) 1000

TCZ347 aquamarine screw / glue*

7.8

28.6 28.6 7.6 4.4 (2x) 500

TC347A natural self-adhesive / screw

8.5

29.0 29.0 7.6 4.4 (2x) 1000

TC5347AR natural self-adhesive / screw

8.5

29.0 29.0 7.6 4.4 (2x) 100

TC5347AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive / screw

8.5

29.0 29.0 7.6 4.4 (2x) 100

* Glue = Product Ref. TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

4-way entry - high performance

• New design & materials, for increased performance

• Low profile shape (height: 5.1 mm), to save space and reduce the

torque forces on the mounting base

• Ramped cable tie entries, for easier insertion of the cable tie

• Longer struts (up to the edges of the base), for better adhesion

• Special adhesive formulation (specifically for Nylon mounting

bases) for high pull-off strength

• 2 kinds of self-adhesive material:

- rubber-based, for immediate adhesion (15 minutes set-up time)

- acrylic based, to have the possibility of repositioning the mounting

base initially (set-up time: 24 to 72 hours)

• Two holes to have the possibility to use additional screws, for even

stronger installations when required

• Supplied on two-up lining, for easy removal of the lining

Technical Information

Material - Moulding Polyamide or UV-resistant Polyamide

or flame retardant Polyamide (See table)

Material - Self-adhesive Rubber based or acrylic based (See table)

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 or

UL 94 V-0 (for flame retardant Polyamide)

Colours Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref.

Colour Mounting method Dimensions For tie Mounting Quantity

L W H width up to holes ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

TC345 natural glue* / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 1000

TC345A natural self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 1000

TC5345A natural self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 100

TC345AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 1000

TC5345AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 100

TC345AFR natural / flame retardant self-adhesive (rubber based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 1000

TC345AHTFR natural / flame retardant self-adhesive (acrylic based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 1000

TC5345AHTFR natural / flame retardant self-adhesive (acrylic based) / screws 28.6 28.6 5.1 5.2 4.0 100

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

4-way entry

• Supplied either on a rubber based (synthetic polymer) closed cell

foam adhesive or without self adhesive (installation: screw and/or

2 component glue*)

• Available in standard Polyamide 6.6 (natural) or UV-resistant

Polyamide 6.6 (black)

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Colours Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Colour Mounting Dimensions

For tie width Mounting Quantity

method L W H

up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 3.0 MM

TC050x050A natural self-adhesive 12.7 12.7 4.5 3.0 – 1000

TC050x050A-C natural self-adhesive 12.7 12.7 4.5 3.0 – 100

TC050x050AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive 12.7 12.7 4.5 3.0 – 1000

TC050x050AX-C UV-resistant black self-adhesive 12.7 12.7 4.5 3.0 – 100

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 3.6 MM

TC344 natural screw / glue* 19.1 19.1 4.9 3.6 3.0 1000

TC5344 natural screw / glue* 19.1 19.1 4.9 3.6 3.0 100

TC344A natural self-adhesive / screw 19.1 19.1 4.9 3.6 3.0 1000

TC5344AR natural self-adhesive / screw 19.1 19.1 4.9 3.6 3.0 100

TC344AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive / screw 19.1 19.1 4.9 3.6 3.0 1000

TC5344AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive / screw 19.1 19.1 4.9 3.6 3.0 100

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

4-way entry - for wide cable ties

• Supplied either on a rubber based (synthetic polymer) closed cell

foam adhesive or without self adhesive (installation: screw and/or

2 component glue*)

• Available in standard Polyamide 6.6 (natural) or UV-resistant

Polyamide 6.6 (black)

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Colours Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref. Colour Mounting Dimensions

For tie width Mounting Quantity

method L W H

up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 7.9 MM (38.1 MM x 38.1 MM BASE)

TC150x150 natural screw / glue* 38.1 38.1 7.4 7.9 4.3 500

TC150x150L natural screw / glue* 38.1 38.1 7.4 7.9 4.3 50

TC150x150A natural self-adhesive / screw 38.1 38.1 7.4 7.9 4.3 500

TC150x150A-L natural self-adhesive / screw 38.1 38.1 7.4 7.9 4.3 50

TC150x150AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive / screw 38.1 38.1 7.4 7.9 4.3 500

TC150x150AX-L UV-resistant black self-adhesive / screw 38.1 38.1 7.4 7.9 4.3 50

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 7.9 MM (50.8 MM x 50.8 MM BASE)

TC200x200 natural screw / glue* 50.8 50.8 7.4 7.9 4.3 500

TC200x200L natural screw / glue* 50.8 50.8 7.4 7.9 4.3 50

TC200x200A natural self-adhesive / screw 50.8 50.8 7.4 7.9 4.3 500

TC200x200A-L natural self-adhesive / screw 50.8 50.8 7.4 7.9 4.3 50

TC200x200AX UV-resistant black self-adhesive / screw 50.8 50.8 7.4 7.9 4.3 500

FOR TIE WIDTH UP TO 19.1 MM (50.8 MM x 50.8 MM BASE)

TC368 natural screw / glue* 50.8 50.8 6.6 19.1 4.3 500

TC368A natural self-adhesive / screw 50.8 50.8 6.6 19.1 4.3 500

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

Low profile plates

• Low profile

• Easy to use

• Available in several materials

• Self-adhesive or to be glued with 2-component glue*

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free,

UV-resistant (black)

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Colour Mounting method Dimensions For tie width Weight Quantity

HTWLEF upto

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TC817-TB natural glue* 4.8 – 11.0

11.0

– – 4.8 51 1000

TC342 natural glue* 5.7 –

29.0 29.0

7.5 21.0 4.8 340 1000

TC342X UV-resistant black glue* 5.7 –

29.0 29.0

7.5 21.0 4.8 340 1000

TC342A natural self-adhesive 5.7 0.8

29.0 29.0

7.5 21.0 4.8 360 1000

TC5342A natural self-adhesive 5.7 0.8

29.0 29.0

7.5 21.0 4.8 360 100

TC342A-X UV-resistant black self-adhesive 5.7 0.8

29.0 29.0

7.5 21.0 4.8 360 1000

* Glue = Product Ref. TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Self-adhesive mounting cradle

• Accepts cable ties to 7.6 mm width

• Supplied “two-up” on closed cell foam with synthetic polymer

“rubber” based adhesive

• Use M3.5 self-tapping screw for added strength if desired

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range 0°C to +65°C

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Mounting method Self adhesive and/or screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Mounting bases

Slot

Product Ref. Colour Dimensions

For tie width Quantity

HTLW

up to

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

MCNY-1250-9-L natural 7.2

0.8 31.7

25.4 7.6 50

MCNY-1250-9-C natural 7.2

0.8 31.7

25.4 7.6 100

MCNY-1250-9-D natural 7.2

0.8 31.7

25.4 7.6 500

MCNY-1250-0-C UV-resistant black 7.2

0.8 31.7

25.4 7.6 100

* Glue = Product Ref. TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

Saddle support

• Tie mounting bases with supporting saddle

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• The prism-shape of the saddle prevents twisting around the fixture

• High strength through compact design

• Non-conductive, non-corrosive, resistant to fuels, lubricants and

most chemicals

• Available in UV-resistant, heat stabilised black version

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 or

heat stabilised Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C (Natural)

-40°C to +105°C (UV-resistant black)

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black (see table)

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free, UV-resistant

(black)

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Colour Dimensions

For tie width Mounting Quantity

HWL D

up to hole ø

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

TC140 natural 6.7 8.7 14.2

1.8

2.4 3.0 500

TC5140 natural 6.7 8.7 14.2

1.8

2.4 3.0 100

TC141 natural 7.5 11.1 17.0

2.3

4.8 3.8 500

TC5141 natural 7.5 11.1 17.0

2.3

4.8 3.8 100

TC142 natural 10.7 14.2 23.4

2.9

7.6 5.2 500

TC5142 natural 10.7 14.2 23.4

2.9

7.6 5.2 100

TC142X* UV-resistant black / 10.7 14.2 23.4

2.9

7.6 5.2 500

heat stabilised

TC5142X* UV-resistant black / 10.7 14.2 23.4

2.9

7.6 5.2 100

heat stabilised

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

* Are not UL recognised

E49405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Saddle support

• Tie mounting bases with supporting saddle

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• The prism-shape of the saddle prevents twisting around the fixture

• High strength through compact design

• Non-conductive, non-corrosive, resistant to fuels, lubricants and

most chemicals

• Available in UV-resistant, heat stabilised black version

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 or

heat stabilised Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C (Natural)

-40°C to +105°C (UV-resistant black)

Colour Natural or UV-resistant black

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free, UV-resistant

(black)

Mounting bases

Slot

Product Ref. Colour Dimensions

For tie width Mounting Quantity

HWL D

up to hole ø

[mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

SMNY-001-9-D natural 7.1 9.8

15.2

4.7 4.8 4.2 500

SMNY-001-0-D UV-resistant black 7.1 9.8

15.2

4.7 4.8 4.2 500

heat stabilised

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

Saddle-type mounting base

The saddle-type mounting bases allow 3 possible cable mounting:

• the cables can be attached to a flat surface on which the base is

screwed

• the cable bundles can be mounted in parallel

• the cable bundles can be mounted crosswise

Can also be used for the mounting of cylindrical objects having a

diameter between 12.7 and 31.8 mm

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Diameter from

12.7 to 31.8 mm

Saddle mounting plate

Thomas & Betts

Ty-Rap®cable ties

Wire bundle

Product Ref. Dimensions

For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

L D up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC92 14.3 15.1

15.1

12.7 - 31.8 4.8 3.9 143 100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Screw-mounted miniature bases

• Low profile mounting base

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Fillister-head screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

T&B

Product Ref. Dimensions

For tie width

Mounting hole ø

Weight Quantity

H W L E up to d

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC814-TB 4.8 9.5

19.1

2.0 4.8 3.3 44 1000

TC112-TB 4.8 9.5

19.1

2.0 4.8 4.4 44 1000

TC812-TB 4.8 9.5

19.1

2.0 4.8 5.1 44 1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

E49405

Screw-mounted miniature bases

• Extremely low profile

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

TC104

TC102

TC804-TB

Product Ref. Dimensions

For tie width

Mounting hole

Weight Quantity

HWL upto øD1øD2

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC804-TB 2.4 7.9

10.2

2.4 2.3 4.7 11 1000

TC104 2.4 7.9

10.3

2.4 3.4 6.5 11 1000

TC102 3.2 12.7

19.1

4.8 4.4 8.7 50 1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

E49405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Screw-mounted - for wide cable ties

• Extremely low profile

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide

• Secure fixing with 2 fastening holes

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method 2 screws

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref. Dimensions

For tie width

Mounting hole ø

Weight Quantity

HW L D E upto

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC815-TB 6.4 19.1

31.2

19.9 6.4 7.6 5.3 278 50

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

E49405

Screw-mounted - for crosswise fastening

• Extremely low profile

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide

• Two ties can be fastened crosswise to securely fix cable intersections

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Dimensions

For tie width

Mounting hole ø

Weight Quantity

HW L D E upto

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC828-TB 3.8 10.1

22.5

1.5 13.4 4.8 4.3 46 1000

TC5828 3.8 10.1

22.5

1.5 13.4 4.8 4.3 46 100

E49405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Screw-mounted - for crosswise fastening

• Extremely low profile

• For screw- or rivet-mounting

• Easy to use thanks to the cable tie insertion guide

• Two ties can be fastened crosswise to securely fix cable intersections

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref. Dimensions

For tie width

Mounting hole ø

Weight Quantity

HW L E F upto

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC826-TB 5.7 12.7

23.8

5.3 2.0 4.8 4.4 102 1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

E49405

Screw-mounted supporting bases

• Supporting mounting base with strong hold thanks to 2 mounting

holes

• Can be screwed or riveted

• Allows double and/or crosswise (two ties) fixing

• For parallel and through mounting with support

• Suitable for large bundle diameters

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method 2 screws

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Dimensions For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

H W L G E F up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC106 25.4 19.1

25.4

12.7 4.6 16.5 7.6 3.3 (x 2) 435 200

TC109 11.1 9.9

14.3

7.1 1.7 7.0 4.8 2.4 (x 2) 45 1000

E49405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Screw-mounted strips for multiple bundling

• Tie mounting strips for up to 6 bundles simultaneously

• When mounted, the tie is guided through the clamp for fast

assembly

Product Ref. TC1101 to TC1117

• Simple and strong flat mounting beams for fixing multiple cables,

bundles or components

• Mil. Specified (MS-3339-...-...)

• VG approved (VG 95387, item 2)

Product Ref. TC375 and TC376

• For vertical and double-side mounting

Product Ref. TC101 and TC103

• Elongated fastening hole on one end allows greater flexibility dur-

ing mounting

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method 2 screws (1 screw for Prod. Ref. TC376

& TC375)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

TC101 & TC103

TC375 &

TC376

Product Ref. Mil Spec. Dimensions Max. number For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

H W L D E of bundles up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC101 – 3.2

12.7

50.0 35.6 9.5 1 4.8 5.2 151 1000

TC103 – 5.1

15.8

79.0 59.6 18.6 1 7.6 6.9 505 500

TC1101 MS-3339-1-9 3.2

12.7

44.0 31.8 9.5 1 4.8 3.7 160 100

TC1102 MS-3339-2-9 3.2

12.7

76.0 31.8 9.5 2 4.8 3.7 280 100

TC1103 MS-3339-3-9 3.2

12.7

108.0 31.8 9.5 3 4.8 3.7 400 100

TC1104 MS-3339-4-9 3.2

12.7

140.0 31.8 9.5 4 4.8 3.7 520 100

TC1105 MS-3339-5-9 3.2

12.7

171.0 31.8 9.5 5 4.8 3.7 650 100

TC1112 MS-3339-11-9 5.2

15.9

244.0 38.1 14.3 6 7.6 3.7 1679 100

TC1113 MS-3339-6-9 5.2

15.9

53.3 38.1 14.3 1 7.6 3.7 385 100

TC1114 MS-3339-7-9 5.2

15.9

91.4 38.1 14.3 2 7.6 3.7 658 100

TC1115 MS-3339-8-9 5.2

15.9

130.0 38.1 14.3 3 7.6 3.7 914 100

TC1116 MS-3339-9-9 5.2

15.9

168.0 38.1 14.3 4 7.6 3.7 1190 100

TC1117 MS-3339-10-9 5.2

15.9

206.0 38.1 14.3 5 7.6 3.7 1141 100

TC375 – 19.1

17.5

93.0 – 6.4 5 4.8 4.8 486 100

TC376 – 17.0

17.5

44.0 – 6.4 2 4.8 4.8 253 100

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

TC1101 ... TC1117

E49405

Weather resistant - Heavy-duty

• Tie mounting base for outdoor installation

• A strong, weatherproof and durable outdoor fastening solution

for pipes, hoses, cables, etc.

Product Ref. TC5358 and TC5359

• Built-in plug for mounting into walls

• Easy to install: the plug is simply hammered into a hole

• The lamellar plug ensures high tensile strength and durability

Product Ref. TC5355 to TC5357

• For screw-fastening

• Ergonomically shaped for trouble-free installation

Technical Information

Material UV-stabilised Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Black

Mounting method Screw (for Product ref. TC5355 to

TC5357 only)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant, Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

TC5355-TC5356-TC5357 TC5358-TC5359

Product Ref. Dimensions For tie width Mounting hole ø Weight Quantity

H W L E F f up to d1

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

MOUNTING CRADLE

TC5355

15.9

19.1 44.5 11.1 28.6 – 12.7 4.6 500 25

TC5356

15.9

19.1 44.5 11.1 28.6 – 12.7 5.2 500 25

TC5357

15.9

19.1 44.5 11.1 28.6 – 12.7 6.7 500 25

WALL PLUG

TC5358

31.8

9.9 9.9 7.1 5.6 2.3 4.8 6.4 (in wall) 120 100

TC5359

38.4

19.1 19.1 8.1 14.0 3.1 12.7 9.5 (in wall) 320 50

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Clip-in mounting bases for blind mounting

• Clip-in tie mounting bases for housings, faceplates etc

• With fastening clip for blind-mounting and two openings for two

2.8 mm or 4.8 mm ties

• Low profile

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Clip in

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref. Dimensions Panel thickness For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

H W G E F from…to upto holeø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC121-TB 10.4 11.2 3.4 2.0 6.1 0.1 - 3.2 2.4 and 4.8 6.3 31 1000

E49405

Clip-in mounting bases for surface mounting

• Clip-in tie mounting bases for housings, faceplates etc

• With fastening clip for surface mounting

• Low profile

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural (TC823-TB & TC5823)

UV-resistant black (TC823X)

Mounting method Clip in

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

T&B

Product Ref. Dimensions Panel thickness For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

H W L G E F from … to up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC823-TB 16.8 11.1

11.1

3.6 5.1 5.8 0.1 - 3.2 4.8 6.2 - 6.5 68 1000

TC5823 16.8 11.1

11.1

3.6 5.1 5.8 0.1 - 3.2 4.8 6.2 - 6.5 68 100

TC823X* 16.8 11.1

11.1

3.6 5.1 5.8 0.1 - 3.2 4.8 6.2 - 6.5 68 1000

For other colours and quantities please contact your Sales Office

* Not UL recognised

E49405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Rivet-mounted bases

• Low profile mounting base with integrated rivet

• Easy to install into normal or blind holes: just hammer in the ex-

panding harbour

• Parts are colour-coded according to hole diameter to avoid con-

fusion

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour See table

Mounting method Rivet mounted

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref. Colour Dimensions For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

W L F E G H J upto holeø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC116-TB red

12.7

19.1 3.2 13.9 8.6 15 3.9 4.8 3.7 70.5 1000

TC118-TB blue

12.7

19.1 3.2 13.9 8.6 15 4.5 4.8 4.4 71.0 1000

TC120 yellow

12.7

19.1 3.2 13.9 8.6 15 5.2 4.8 4.9 71.5 1000

E49405

Aluminium plates

• Very strong mounting base for gluing or screw mounting or

self-adhesive mounting

• Low profile

• Soft material can be perfectly shaped onto any support

• Lightweight

• Does not age even under extreme temperatures

Technical Information

Material Aluminium (3003, ASTMB-209)

Temperature range -100°C to +450°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Colour Metallic

Mounting method Glue (*) and / or screw or self-adhesive

Flammability rating Fire proof

Other properties UV-resistant

Mounting bases

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

TC824-TB

TC105 and TC105AP

Product Ref. Mounting Dimensions For tie width Mounting Weight Quantity

method H W L E F up to hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC105AP self-adhesive / screw 3.8

13.2

25.4 4.8 0.8 4.8 4.9 67 1000

TC105 screw 3.8

13.2

25.4 4.8 0.8 4.8 4.9 67 1000

TC5105 screw 3.8

13.2

25.4 4.8 0.8 4.8 4.9 67 100

TC824-TB 2-component glue* 3.8

9.5

34.9 – 0.8 4.8 – 69 1000

* Glue = Product Ref TC2PA (see page 137 for specifications)

100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Special mounting bases for Ty-Rap®cable ties

• Easy to install: The Ty-Rap®is slid into the mounting base before

its installation

• Recommended for use with Ty-Rap®cable ties TY25M, TY253M

and TY28M (see page 11)

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Colour Natural

Mounting method Self-adhesive and / or screw-mounting

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Mounting bases

Product Ref. Mounting Dimensions For tie width Adhesive strength Hole Weight Quantity

method H W L E up to on steel diameter

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N/cm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC353A self-adhesive / screw 9.1

25.4

50.9 2.5 4.8 72 3.8 320 100

TC5353A self-adhesive / screw 9.1

25.4

50.9 2.5 4.8 72 3.8 320 25

TC353 screw 8.4

26.5

52.0 1.4 4.8 -- 3.8 320 100

See page 137 for self-adhesive material specifications.

Heat stabilised self-aligning clamps

• Moulded-in saddle washer enhances performance and appearance

• Self-alignment feature makes this clamp ideal for assembly appli-

cations

• 14 diameters and 2 widths with mounting holes for M4 and M5

screws

• Item numbers moulded-in for easy identification

• Indoor application

Technical Information

Material Heat-stabilised Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C

Colour Black

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable clamps

101

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Dimensions Quantity

D nominal diameter D1 closed diameter E T W Z X

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

W4NY-125-0-C 3.17 2.89 8.46 1.02 9.52 4.24 6.53 100

W4NY-187-0-C 4.76 4.36 9.02 1.02 9.52 4.24 5.53 100

W4NY-250-0-C 6.34 5.94 9.70 1.02 9.52 4.24 4.83 100

W4NY-312-0-C 7.93 7.54 10.71 1.02 9.52 4.24 5.21 100

W4NY-375-0-C 9.52 9.11 11.53 1.02 9.52 4.24 5.33 100

W4NY-500-0-C 12.69 12.29 12.45 1.02 9.52 4.24 6.76 100

W6NY-562-0-C 14.28 13.90 16.68 1.52 12.69 5.15 5.99 100

W6NY-625-0-C 15.87 15.46 16.17 1.52 12.69 5.15 7.37 100

W6NY-687-0-C 17.46 17.06 17.63 1.52 12.69 5.15 8.31 100

W6NY-750-0-C 19.04 18.64 18.44 1.52 12.69 5.15 8.28 100

W6NY-812-0-C 20.63 20.24 19.71 1.52 12.69 5.15 8.20 100

W6NY-875-0-C 22.22 21.81 18.62 1.52 12.69 5.15 7.87 100

W6NY-1000-0-C 25.39 24.99 22.38 1.52 12.69 5.15 7.42 100

W6NY-1250-0-C 31.73 31.16 25.65 1.52 12.69 5.15 8.61 100

Also available in quantities of 1,000 pieces. For other colours please contact your Sales Office

102

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Rigid PVC clamps

• Open mounting clips

• Easy to use: cables, for example, are simply pushed sideways into

the clip one by one

Technical Information

Material Rigid PVC

Temperature range -40°C to +50°C

Colour White

Mounting method Screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Cable clamps

Product Ref. Dimensions Mounting Weight Quantity

øD W L T E hole ø

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100]

[pieces]

TC70 6.4 9.9 22.2 1.2 6.4 5.2 49 100

TC71 12.7 9.9 29.0 1.6 6.4 5.2 123 100

TC72 20.6 13.1 36.9 2.0 6.4 5.2 259 100

TC73 25.4 13.1 46.8 2.4 6.4 5.2 399 100

TC74 38.1 13.1 58.3 2.8 6.4 5.2 608 100

For other quantities please contact your Sales Office

Adjustable, ladder style clamps

• Ladder style fastener is easily released and refastened

• Supplied “single-cut” on a rubber based closed cell foam adhesive

• In addition, can also be mounted with a screw, for improved pull-

off strength

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range 0°C to +65°C

Colour Grey

Mounting method Self adhesive and / or screw-mounting

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (clamp)

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable clamps

103

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Screw Hole

Product Ref. Dimensions Bundle Screw hole Quantity

H W L S diameter range diameter

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

ULNY-013-8-C 59.5 18 25 8 3 - 12.7 2.79 100

ULNY-018-8-C 79.4 21 30 12 5 - 21.0 2.79 100

ULNY-023-8-C 85.5 25 35 14 7 - 25.0 3.43 100

For other quantities please contact your Sales Office

104

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Latching clamps

• Re-usable tie mounting clamps

• For self-adhesive and / or screw- or rivet mounting

• One-piece design with integrated releasable lock

• The inner profile protects sensitive cables, fibre optics etc

• Desired height can be set in 3 or 6 ratchet steps

• The large base surface area and the strong adhesive film guarantees

a high adhesive strength

• The self-adhesive film is foam backed (0.8 mm) to compensate

for any irregularities on the mounting surface

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Colour Natural

Mounting method Self adhesive or screw-mounting

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable clamps

TC349A-TB

TC5349A-TB

TC350

TC5350

TC350A-TB

TC5350A-TB

Product Ref. Mounting Dimensions Mounting Weight Quantity

method H H W L D E Height of F Width of hole ø

max. min. clamping area clamping area

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

from ... to [mm]

[mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC349A-TB self-adhesive 14.5 11.5 25.0 25.0 2.7 6 - 8.5 6 – 120 1000

TC5349A-TB self-adhesive 14.5 11.5 25.0 25.0 2.7 6 - 8.5 6 – 120 100

TC350A-TB self-adhesive / screw 22.0 18.0 25.0 25.0 4.7 6 - 12.5 15 4.3 400 1000

TC5350A-TB self-adhesive / screw 22.0 18.0 25.0 25.0 4.7 6 - 12.5 15 4.3 400 100

TC350 screw 21.3 17.2 25.0 25.0 4.0 6 - 12.5 15 4.3 380 1000

TC5350 screw 21.3 17.2 25.0 25.0 4.0 6 - 12.5 15 4.3 380 100

Re-openable clamps

Cable clamps

105

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

• Simple installation

• Can be mounted by clipping-in or gluing

• For series production or as a temporary support during wiring

installation

• Clip ends are rounded for comfortable re-opening

• Product Ref. TC95 features 2-stage lock

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Clip in

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Product Ref. Dimensions For wall thickness Mounting hole ø Weight Quantity

HWLDT from…to

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC88 22.6 12.7 19.1 12.7 2.5 2.5 - 3.6 5.7 - 7 115 100

TC95 40.5 12.7 19.1 25.4 2.5 2.5 - 3.6 5.7 - 7 278 100

106

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Re-openable clamps with springs

• Holding clips with rubberised fabric tape

• The built-in springs hold the cable bundle safely in the desired

position

• The upper clip end is rounded for easy addition of cables

• Strong fixing due to two mounting holes, aligned along the axis

of the cable bundle

Technical Information

Material - Body Polyamide 6.6

Material - Elastic Rayon & natural rubber

Material - Spring Steel

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method 2 screws

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (body)

Other properties Halogen free

Cable clamps

Product Ref. Dimensions Max. bundle ø Mounting hole ø Weight Quantity

HLWEF

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

TC86 46

44.5

31.8 22.2 2.5 19 3.9 860 25

TC87 58

62.7

38.1 25.4 2.5 32 3.9 1950 25

Self-adhesive press clips

Cable clamps

107

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

• Available in “full clip” version (PCNY series) or “half clip” version

(HCNY series)

• 4 sizes to accommodate bundles up to 12 mm

• Clips are provided “two-up” on a rubber based closed cell foam

adhesive

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 (clip)

Temperature range 0°C to +65°C

Colour Natural

Mounting method Self-adhesive

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

PCNY

HCNY

Product Ref. Dimensions Quantity

DL B HW

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

FULL PRESS CLIPS

PCNY-125-9-C 3.17 19.30 9.65 5.36 9.52 100

PCNY-125-9-D 3.17 19.30 9.65 5.36 9.52 500

PCNY-250-9-C 6.35 35.05 17.52 8.23 12.69 100

PCNY-250-9-D 6.35 35.05 17.52 8.23 12.69 500

PCNY-375-9-C 9.52 37.32 18.61 11.29 15.87 100

PCNY-375-9-D 9.52 37.32 18.61 11.29 15.87 500

PCNY-500-9-C 12.69 40.57 20.19 14.85 19.05 100

PCNY-500-9-D 12.69 40.57 20.19 14.85 19.05 500

HALF PRESS CLIPS

HCNY-125-9-C 3.17 12.52 9.65 4.57 9.52 100

HCNY-125-9-M 3.17 12.52 9.65 4.57 9.52 1000

HCNY-250-9-C 6.35 21.97 17.52 8.25 12.69 100

HCNY-250-9-M 6.35 21.97 17.52 8.25 12.69 1000

HCNY-375-9-C 9.52 24.88 19.05 10.54 15.87 100

HCNY-375-9-M 9.52 24.88 19.05 10.54 15.87 1000

HCNY-500-9-C 12.69 28.19 20.83 14.22 19.05 100

HCNY-500-9-M 12.69 28.19 20.83 14.22 19.05 1000

108

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Self-adhesive clips for round cable

• Diverse cable clamps for bundle diameters from 4 mm to 15.8 mm

• Clips are provided two-up on a rubber based closed cell foam

adhesive

• Flexible centre tongue for removal or addition of cables

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 (clip)

Temperature range 0°C to +65°C

Colour Natural or black

Mounting method Self-adhesive

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable clamps

Product Ref. Colour Dimensions Max. bundle ø Quantity

HLW

[mm] [mm] [mm]

[mm] [pieces]

RANY-160-9-D natural 6.4 16.0 14.8 4.0 500

RANY-280-9-D natural 10.4 25.4 25.4 7.1 500

RANY-280-0-D black 10.4 25.4 25.4 7.1 500

RANY-530-9-D natural 15.8 25.4 25.4 13.5 500

RANY-620-9-D natural 14.2 31.8 28.5 15.8 500

For other quantities please contact your Sales Office

Cable clamps

• This system allows the secure and neat fixing of between 1 and

25 ribbon cables

• Clamp height adapts accurately to the desired number of ribbon

cables

• Suitable for ribbon cables up to 60 conductors with a pitch of

1.27 mm (76.2 mm wide)

• Can be re-opened for later addition or removal of a cable

• Very strong hold

• All versions can be mounted with countersunk-head screws or rivets

• Some versions have an additional self-adhesive foam, for fast

mounting

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 (clip)

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Colour Natural

Mounting method Self-adhesive and / or for screw-

or rivet-mounting

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Accessories for flat cables

109

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

Product Ref. Mounting Dimensions Adhesive strength Weight Quantity

method H H W L D E on steel/

max. min. mounting centres inner width fastening hole

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

from ... to [mm]

[mm]

[g/100] [pieces]

FCC-1 countersunk screws 21.0 8.0 12.7 32.5 – 25.4 M4 260 50

FCC-1A

countersunk screws / self-adhesive

21.0 8.8 12.7 32.5 – 25.4 76 N/cm 275 50

FCC-2 countersunk screws 36.0 8.0 12.7 57.9 39.1 50.8 M4 340 50

FCC-2A

countersunk screws / self-adhesive

36.0 8.8 12.7 57.9 39.1 50.8 76 N/cm 390 50

FCC-3 countersunk screws 36.0 8.0 12.7 83.3 64.5 76.2 M4 475 50

FCC-3A

countersunk screws / self-adhesive

36.0 8.8 12.7 83.3 64.5 76.2 76 N/cm 490 50

110

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

PVC cable-clips

Accessories for flat cables

• Low profile clip for single or multiple layers of flat ribbon cable

• “Single cut” on a rubber based closed cell foam adhesive

Technical Information

Material PVC (clip)

Temperature range 0°C to +65°C

Colour Grey

Mounting method Self-adhesive

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0 (clip)

Other properties UV-resistant

Product Ref. Dimensions Quantity

HL W

[mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

FRPV-1000-8-C 5.8 27 25.4 100

FRPV-1000-8-D 5.8 27 25.4 500

Clips with flexible leg

• Low profile clip for single or multiple layers of flat ribbon cable

• Flexible centre leg allows for easy removal and replacement of

desired cable

• Non-conductive, non-corrosive, resistant to fuels, lubricants and

most chemicals

• FANY supplied “two-up” on a rubber based closed cell foam

adhesive

• FSNY type has an additional mounting hole for screw mounting

(M4 screw)

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6 (clip)

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

(Self-adhesive version: 0°C to +65°C)

Colour Natural

Mounting method Self-adhesive or screw

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (clip)

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Accessories for flat cables

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.4

FANY FSNY

Product Ref. Mounting Dimensions Quantity

method H L W

[mm] [mm] [mm]

[pieces]

FSNY-812-9-C M4 screw 3.17 30.15 25.40 100

FANY-812-9-C self-adhesive 7.14 25.40 25.40 100

FANY-812-9-D self-adhesive 7.14 25.40 25.40 500

For other quantities please contact your Thomas & Betts Sales Office

111

112

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Bind-It®

Cable Protection Systems

113

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

Wrap-around woven sleeving 116

Wrap-around woven sleeving - Flame retardant 117

Braided sleeving 118

Braided sleeving - Flame retardant 119

Spiral wrap 120

Extruded grommeting 121

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

1.5

Bind-It®

Cable Protection Systems

The Cable Protection Systems (CPS) from Thomas & Betts

captures different products:

- Wrap-around woven sleeving

- Braided sleeving

- Spiral wrap

- Extruded grommeting

The wrap-around sleeving – better known under the name

Bind-It®- is a tough but lightweight sleeve used to bundle and

protect wires and cables from abrasion, sharp edges and chafing.

Bind-It®is a self-wrapping sleeve that is very quick and easy to

install and remove. Bind-It®is also available in a flame retardant

version. No heat is necessary to seal the ends of this product. The

ends can be secured by using Ty-Rap®cable ties.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

114

The braided sleeving of Thomas & Betts is used for bundling and

protecting cables. The braided sleeving is a closed sleeve available

in a flame and a non-flame retardant version. This product is

mainly used inside cabinets and enclosures. To stop the end of the

sleeving fraying it is necessary to heat seal the ends using a

“hotwire” device.

Spiral wrap is mainly used for protection of bundles. This product

is available in a natural and UV-resistant version and supplied in a

Euroslot bag, ideal for the distribution market.

Finally the extruded grommeting of Thomas & Betts is used to line

panel edges and knock-outs where the chafing of passing wires

is a concern. In most applications, grommeting will grip tightly by

itself.

Cable Protection Systems,

to protect and bundle wires

and cables.

1.5

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

115

116

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Wrap-around woven sleeving

• Offers excellent protection for cable assemblies against abrasion

• No heat is required to seal the ends of this product as with tradi-

tional braided sleeving

• With its wrap-around design, it can be installed on assemblies

where the wires are already terminated or wires need to be

broken-out

•Bind-It

®is available in nominal sizes from 5 mm to 38 mm

• A professional assembly tool is supplied for the 5 mm, 8 mm and

13 mm nominal sizes

• Product is supplied black as standard with a white version available

on request

Technical Information

Material Mono and multifilaments of polyester

Temperature range -70°C to +125°C

Melt temperature +256°C (ASTM D-2117)

Colour Black

Flammability rating Self-extinguishing, type B (FMVSS-302 Test

method D45 1333)

Cable protection systems

Property Test method Typical performance

Low temperature flexibility MIL-DTL-23053E -70°C

Smoke density ASTM E-1354 Pending

Hard Vacuum ASTM E-595

• TML (Mass) 0.63 %

• CVCM (Condensation) 0.16 %

• WVR (Steam) 0.06 %

Corrosivity MIL-I-23053 No corrosive smoke

Fluid resistance MIL-I-23053 Tensile retention

• Jet fuel: JP-41 100 %

• Hydraulic fluid: (MIL-H-5606) 100 %

• Lube oil: (MIL-I-7808) 100 %

• De-icing fluid: (MIL-A-8243) 100 %

• Salt Water: (O-S-1926) 100 %

Material Specification

Product Ref. Nominal

Size* Length per mini-reel

[mm] [m]

CPS05W-150 5 150

CPS08W-100 8 100

CPS13W-50 13 50

CPS19W-25 19 25

CPS25W-25 25 25

CPS29W-25 29 25

CPS32W-15 32 15

CPS38W-15 38 15

* Nominal size is determined by wrapping the product around a mandrel of

a given size to obtain 90 degrees of overlap (average value).

Wrap-around woven sleeving - Flame retardant

• Wrap-around sleeving manufactured from flame-retardant poly-

ester monofilaments and multifilaments

• Designed for mechanical protection and maintenance of wire and

cable bundles

• Its construction with 100% covering ratio provides excellent

cut-through and abrasion resistance

• Bind-It®has many applications in the marine, railway and electronic

industries

• No heat is required to seal the ends of this product as with tradi-

tional braided sleeving

• With its wrap-around design, it can be installed on assemblies where

the wires are already terminated or wires need to be broken-out

• Bind-It®is available in nominal sizes from 5 mm to 50 mm

• A professional assembly tool is supplied for the 5 mm, 8 mm and

13 mm nominal sizes

• For a UL version please contact your Sales Office

Technical Information

Material Mono and multifilaments of polyester

Temperature range -50°C to +125°C

Melt temperature +250°C (ASTM D-2117)

Colour Black

Flammability rating Flame retardant (I3-F2) according to

NF16 101 & NF16 102

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable protection systems

117

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Product Ref. Nominal

Size* Length per mini-reel

[mm] [m]

CPS05W-150-FR 5 150

CPS08W-100-FR 8 100

CPS13W-50-FR 13 50

CPS19W-25-FR 19 25

CPS25W-25-FR 25 25

CPS29W-25-FR 29 25

CPS32W-25-FR 32 25

CPS38W-25-FR 38 25

CPS50W-25-FR 50 25

Property Test method Typical performance

Low temperature flexibility MIL-DTL-23053E -50°C

Fluid resistance MIL-I-23053 Tensile retention

• Jet fuel: JP-41 100 %

• Hydraulic fluid: (MIL-H-5606) 100 %

• Lube oil: (MIL-I-7808) 100 %

• De-icing fluid: (MIL-A-8243) 100 %

• Salt Water: (O-S-1926) 100 %

Material Specification

* Nominal size is determined by wrapping the product around a mandrel of

a given size to obtain 90 degrees of overlap (average value).

118

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Braided sleeving

• Standard colour – black or grey

• Non-flame retardant Polyester rated at UL 94 V-2

• Available in nominal diameters from 3 to 50 mm to cover bundle

diameters of 1 to 66 mm, giving flexibility when adding to or

removing cables from wire looms

• For use in temperature ranges from -50°C to +150°C

• Good chemical resistance

• Halogen free

• For protecting and bundling cables and wires inside cabinets and

enclosures

To stop the ends of the sleeving fraying it is necessary to heat seal the

ends using a “hotwire” device. (see Product Ref. WT-HSG)

Technical Information

Material Polyester

Temperature range -50°C to +150°C

Colour Black or grey

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Good chemical resistance, Halogen free

Cable protection systems

1:2

Product Ref. Product Ref. Nominal Diameter Expandable Length per

Black Grey as supplied Diameter Range mini-reel

[mm] [mm] [m]

CPS3B-100 CPS3G-100 3 1 - 5 100

CPS4B-100 CPS4G-100 4 2 - 7 100

CPS5B-100 CPS5G-100 5 3 - 9 100

CPS6B-100 CPS6G-100 6 4 - 11 100

CPS8B-100 CPS8G-100 8 5 - 12 100

CPS10B-100 CPS10G-100 10 7 - 15 100

CPS12B-50 CPS12G-50 12 8 - 17 50

CPS15B-50 CPS15G-50 15 10 - 20 50

CPS20B-25 CPS20G-25 20 14 - 26 25

CPS25B-25 CPS25G-25 25 18 - 34 25

CPS30B-25 CPS30G-25 30 20 - 40 25

CPS40B-25 CPS40G-25 40 30 - 50 25

CPS50B-25 CPS50G-25 50 40 - 66 25

Braided sleeving - Flame retardant

• Standard colour – black with grey identification yarn

• Flame-retardant polyester, rated at UL 94 V-0

• Available in nominal diameters from 3 mm to 50 mm to cover

bundle diameters of 2 mm to 60 mm, giving flexibility when

adding to or removing cables from wire looms

• For use in temperature ranges from -50°C to +150°C

• Good chemical resistance

• Excellent abrasion resistance

• For protecting and bundling cables and wires inside cabinets and

enclosures

To stop the ends of the sleeving fraying it is necessary to heat seal the

ends using a “hotwire” device. (see Product Ref. WT-HSG)

Technical Information

Material Flame-retardant polyester

Temperature range -50°C to +150°C

Colour Black with grey identification yarn

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Other properties Good chemical resistance, excellent

abrasion resistance

Cable protection systems

119

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Product Ref. WT-HSG

Product Ref. Nominal Diameter Expandable Length per

as supplied Diameter Range mini-reel

[mm] [mm] [m]

CPS3B-100-V0 3 2 - 5 100

CPS4B-100-V0 4 3 - 7 100

CPS5B-100-V0 5 4 - 9 100

CPS6B-100-V0 6 5 - 11 100

CPS8B-100-V0 8 7 - 13 100

CPS10B-50-V0 10 9 - 15 50

CPS12B-50-V0 12 11 - 17 50

CPS15B-50-V0 15 13 - 20 50

CPS20B-50-V0 20 18 - 25 50

CPS25B-50-V0 25 22 - 30 50

CPS30B-50-V0 30 27 - 40 50

CPS40B-50-V0 40 35 - 50 50

CPS50B-50-V0 50 45 - 60 50

Grey sleeving and other lengths available to special order, please contact

your Sales Office

1:2

120

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Spiral wrap

• For protection of bundles from 4 mm to 130 mm

• Install gapped for greater flexibility or butted for maximum abrasion

resistance, insulation and rigidity

• Counter-clockwise cut

• Delivered in bags with Euroslot

• Available in natural and UV-resistant black Polyethylene

Technical Information

Material Polyethylene

Temperature range -40°C to +100°C

Colour Natural and UV-resistant black

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

Other properties UV-resistant (black), Halogen free,

Silicone free

Cable protection systems

Nominal thickness

Outer diameter

Pitch

Product Ref. Colour Outer diameter Pitch Nominal thickness Min. - max. bundle ø Length

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

SRPE-6-9 natural 6.0 7.0 0.5 4 - 50 10

SRPE-8-9 natural 8.0 10.8 0.5 6 - 60 10

SRPE-10-9 natural 10.0 11.4 0.8 7.5 - 60 10

SRPE-12-9 natural 12.0 13.9 0.9 9 - 65 10

SRPE-15-9 natural 15.0 15.0 1.0 12 - 70 10

SRPE-19-9 natural 19.0 18.2 1.3 15 - 100 10

SRPE-24-9 natural 24.0 19.6 1.5 20 - 130 10

SRPE-6-0 UV-resistant black 6.0 7.0 0.5 4 - 50 10

SRPE-8-0 UV-resistant black 8.0 10.8 0.5 6 - 60 10

SRPE-10-0 UV-resistant black 10.0 11.4 0.8 7.5 - 60 10

SRPE-12-0 UV-resistant black 12.0 13.9 0.9 9 - 65 10

SRPE-15-0 UV-resistant black 15.0 15.0 1.0 12 - 70 10

SRPE-19-0 UV-resistant black 19.0 18.2 1.3 15 - 100 10

SRPE-24-0 UV-resistant black 24.0 19.6 1.5 20 - 130 10

Extruded grommeting

• Used to line panel edges and knock-outs where the chafing of

passing wires is a concern

• Available in 8 stock sizes in 30.5 m lengths for panels from 1 mm

to 6.35 mm

• In most applications, grommeting will grip tightly by itself, if not,

a touch of Epoxy will keep it in place

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6.6

Temperature range -40°C to +85°C

Colour Natural or black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable protection systems

121

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.5

Product Ref. Colour Internal width Thickness Length per reel

ATHW

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

GRNY-040-9-C natural 1.01 1.01 4.82 3.17 30.5

GRNY-052-9-C natural 1.32 1.01 4.82 3.17 30.5

GRNY-062-9-C natural 1.57 1.14 5.08 4.32 30.5

GRNY-085-9-C natural 2.15 1.14 5.08 4.32 30.5

GRNY-100-9-C natural 2.54 1.14 5.58 5.33 30.5

GRNY-125-9-C natural 3.17 1.27 5.58 5.23 30.5

GRNY-187-9-C natural 4.74 1.27 6.85 6.98 30.5

GRNY-250-9-C natural 6.35 1.27 7.11 9.39 30.5

GRNY-040-0-C black 1.01 1.01 4.82 3.17 30.5

GRNY-052-0-C black 1.32 1.01 4.82 3.17 30.5

GRNY-062-0-C black 1.57 1.14 5.08 4.32 30.5

GRNY-085-0-C black 2.15 1.14 5.08 4.32 30.5

GRNY-100-0-C black 2.54 1.14 5.58 5.33 30.5

GRNY-125-0-C black 3.17 1.27 5.58 5.23 30.5

GRNY-187-0-C black 4.74 1.27 6.85 6.85 30.5

GRNY-250-0-C black 6.35 1.27 7.11 9.39 30.5

122

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Ty-Rap®and Ty-Met™

Tooling

1.6

123

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

Selection chart 126

Tools for plastic cable ties 127

Tools for stainless steel ties 131

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

124

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Ty-Rap®and Ty-Met™

Tooling

Thomas & Betts offers a comprehensive range of tooling

to complement the full range of cable ties.

The range includes low-cost tools for maintenance and

small batch requirements, as well as robust and ergonomic

tools with tension setting and automatic cutting.

In particular, the new ERG50 and ERG120 tools provide a superior

level of reliability and performance, combined with enhanced

ergonomics and comfort of use.

These ergonomic tools, with adjustable tension and automatic

cutting, are ideally suited for efficiently installing all kinds of plastic

cable ties in industrial (Original Equipment Manufacturers,

Maintenance and Repair Organisations, etc) and construction

applications.

1.6

125

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Cable tie fastening tools to install,

tension and cut

plastic and metal ties

1.6

ERG50 & ERG120

Superior reliability and performance

• Developed to meet the market needs for a more rugged and

longer lasting tool

• Designed to integrate the greatest number of features in the

market

Enhanced ergonomics and comfort of use

• First class design and materials, for maximum convenience

• As a result, the operator is subject to less stress, less fatigue and

less risk of trauma due to long term use (such as Carpal Tunnel

Syndrome)

Increased efficiency

• Exclusive features for quick set-up and fast installation

• Confidence to achieve a highly professional result, installation

after installation

126

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Selection guide

Fastening tools

Tooling Ref. Features Tensioning Cutting For cable ties Page

TOOLING FOR PLASTIC TIES

ERG50 Ergonomic hand tool with superior level adjustable automatic 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm 127

of reliability and performance

WT199 Semi- automatic MIL specified hand tool adjustable automatic 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm 128

(MIL. Nr. MS-90387-1)

WT193A Robust construction, ideal for adjustable automatic 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm 128

industrial mass finishing applications

like cable-tree assemblies

WT1-TB Basic tensioning tool, intended for basic twist cut 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm 130

maintenance and small batch use

ERG120 Ergonomic hand tool with superior level adjustable automatic 4.8 mm - 7.6 mm 127

of reliability and performance

WT197 Semi-automatic MIL specified hand tool adjustable automatic 4.8 mm - 7.6 mm 128

(MIL. Nr. MS-90387-2)

WT2-TB Basic tensioning tool, intended for basic twist cut 4.8 mm - 7.6 mm 130

maintenance and small batch use

L300-FR Rugged construction with field basic manual 7.6 mm-9mm 129

proven durability

WT3D Robust metal body with plastic hand-grips, basic twist cut 7.6 mm - 12.7 mm 129

designed for tensioning and cutting

heavy-duty cable ties

L-500-EU Rugged metallic construction adjustable automatic 4.7 mm - 13.3 mm 129

TOOLING FOR TY-MET™ STAINLESS STEEL TIES

CT1-TB Tensioning hook provides extra-leverage basic no cutting Releasable 133

for tensioning the ties by hand & Ladder Type

CT2-TB Basic hand tool basic no cutting Releasable 132

& Ladder Type

CT4-TB Bantam tool, unique 3-way handle can be basic manual Releasable 133

used in various positions. Especially useful & Ladder Type

in tight areas with minimal access

WT3S A robust metallic hand tool with basic no cutting Ladder Type 132

rubber grips

CT3 Economic tensioning tool basic manual Ladder & 131

Ball-Lock Type

CT5 Adjustable tension setting tool adjustable automatic Ladder Type 131

with automatic cutting

CT6 Adjustable tension setting tool adjustable automatic Ball-Lock Type 131

with automatic cutting

1.6

Tools for plastic cable ties

The new ERG50 and ERG120 tools from Thomas & Betts provide a

superior level of reliability and performance, combined with enhanced

ergonomics and comfort of use.

These ergonomic tools, with adjustable tension and automatic

cutting, are ideally suited for efficiently installing all kinds of plastic

cable ties in industrial (Original Equipment Manufacturers, Mainte-

nance and Repair Organisations, etc) and construction applications.

Developed to meet the market needs for a more rugged and longer

lasting tool, and to integrate the greatest number of features in the

market:

•

360° rotating nose (patented), allows the tool to be used in any

position

•

Tension adjustment lock, for constant tension setting

•

Quick tension-adjustment wheel located towards the front for

easy access and fast changes

•

Adjustable handle span fits large and small hands.

•

Anti-recoil mechanism (patented) reduces vibration shock

•

First class design and materials: ergonomic shape with rounded

edges, soft rubber handles, well balanced center of gravity

•

Longest stroke length on the market (25.4 mm), meaning less

tensioning cycles, for time and cost saving

•

High / low force setting (patent pending), for a selection between

“high force & long stroke” or “low force & short stroke”

•The cable tie is cut flush to the head, with no remaining protrusion,

and the cut tail remains captive in the tool for a cleaner installation

•

Easy access to spare blade nest, always a spare blade at hand

(each tool is supplied with a spare blade)

Technical Information ERG50

Tool type Ergonomic hand tool

Nose colour Black

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

Fortiewidth 2.4mm-4.8mm

Features Adjustable tension setting, automatic

cutting, retraction of the strap end after

application of Ty-Rap

cable ties

Weight 260 g

Dimensions[LxWxH] 178x127x38mm

Replacement blades Product Ref. ERG50B

Technical Information ERG120

Tool type Ergonomic hand tool

Nose colour Orange

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

Fortiewidth 4.8mm-7.6mm

Features Adjustable tension setting, automatic

cutting, retraction of the strap end after

application of Ty-Rap

cable ties

Weight 278 g

Dimensions[LxWxH] 178x127x38mm

Replacement blades Product Ref. ERG120B

Fastening tools

127

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

ERG120

ERG50

128

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

Tools for plastic cable ties

Product Ref.: WT193A

• High quality hand tool, to bind, tension and cut in one operation

• Solid lightweight metal body

• Tension setting to ensure product consistency

• Robust construction, ideal for industrial mass finishing applications

like cable-tree assemblies

Technical Information

Tool type Heavy-duty hand tool

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

For tie width 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

Features Adjustable tension setting, automatic cutting

Weight 300 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 182 x 135 x 19.5 mm

Replacement blades Product Ref. R464201

Product Ref.: WT199

• Semi- automatic hand tool

• MIL. Nr. MS-90387-1

• Tension setting to ensure product consistency

• Robust metal construction

• Ideal for industrial mass finishing applications like cable tree as-

semblies, for example in the military industry

Technical Information

Tool type Semi-automatic hand tool

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

For tie width 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

Features Adjustable tension setting, automatic

cutting, MIL specified (MS-90387-1)

Weight 410 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 163 x 134 x 24 mm

Product Ref.: WT197

• Semi-automatic hand tool

• MIL. Nr. MS-90387-2

• Tension setting to ensure product consistency

• Robust metal construction

• Ideal for industrial mass finishing applications like cable tree

assemblies, for example in the military industry

Technical Information

Tool type Semi-automatic hand tool

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

For tie width 4.8 mm - 7.6 mm

Features Adjustable tension setting, automatic

cutting, MIL specified (MS-90387-2)

Weight 420 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 165 x 135 x 29 mm

Fastening tools

Tools for plastic cable ties

Product Ref.: WT3D

• Designed for tensioning and cutting heavy-duty cable ties

• Robust metal body with plastic hand-grips

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool for Deltec ties, Col-Ty™

installation ties and other wide cable ties

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

Fortiewidth 7.6mm-12.7mm

Features Tensioning, manual cutting (by twisting

the tool)

Weight 225 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 178 x 112 x 20 mm

Product Ref.: L-500-EU

• Rugged metallic construction makes this tool ideal for use with

our 4.7 mm to 13.3 mm wide ties

• Set tension adjuster to give desired tie tightness

• Pull trigger and tie is automatically tensioned and cut

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

Fortiewidth 4.7mm-13.3mm

Features Tensioning, automatic cutting

Product Ref.: L300-FR

• Rugged construction makes this tool ideal for use with our

7.6 mm to 9 mm wide ties

• Pull tie to desired tension and pull trigger to cut excess flush at

cable tie head

• Field proven durability

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool for Col-Ty™ installation ties

and other wide cable ties

Colour White

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

Fortiewidth 7.6mm-9mm

Features Tensioning, manual cutting

Weight 330 g

Dimensions[LxWxH] 195x100x25mm

Fastening tools

129

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

130

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

Tools for plastic cable ties

Product Ref.: WT1-TB

• Twist-and-cut tensioning tool in plastic, intended for maintenance

and small batch use

Technical Information

Tool type Low-cost hand tool

Colour Orange

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

For tie width 2.4 mm - 4.8 mm

Features Basic tensioning, twist cut

Weight 28.4 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 134 x 55 x 27 mm

Product Ref.: WT2-TB

• Twist-and-cut tensioning tool in plastic, intended for maintenance

and small batch use

Technical Information

Tool type Low-cost hand tool

Colour Black

For type of cable tie Plastic ties

For tie width 4.8 mm - 7.6 mm

Features Basic tensioning, twist cut

Weight 28.4 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 134 x 55 x 27 mm

Fastening tools

Tools for stainless steel ties

Product Ref.: CT3

• Cost-effective tensioning tool

• Cut-off by hand-activated lever

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool

For type of cable tie Ladder Type & Ball-Lock Type stainless

steel ties, coated and uncoated

Features Tensioning, manual cutting

Weight 550 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 210 x155 x 35 mm

Product Ref.: CT5

• Suitable for coated and uncoated Ladder Type stainless steel ties

• Adjustable tension settings

• Automatic cutting once desired tension has been reached

Technical Information

Tool type Tension setting hand tool

For type of cable tie Ladder Type stainless steel ties

Features Adjustable tension setting,

automatic cutting

Weight 430 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 173 x 158 x 22 mm

Product Ref.: CT6

• Suitable for coated and uncoated Ball-Lock Type stainless steel ties

• Adjustable tension settings

• Automatic cutting once desired tension has been reached

Technical Information

Tool type Tension setting hand tool

For type of cable tie Ball-Lock Type stainless steel ties,

coated and uncoated

Features Adjustable tension setting, automatic cutting

Weight 430 g

Dimensions[LxWxH] 173x158x22mm

Fastening tools

131

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

132

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

Tools for stainless steel ties

Product Ref.: WT3S

• A robust metallic hand tool with rubber grips designed for ten-

sioning Ladder Type stainless steel ties

• After tensioning, the stainless steel ties can easily be cut with side-

cutters

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool

For type of cable tie Ladder Type stainless steel ties

Features Tensioning, no cutting

Weight 225 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 178 x 112 x 20 mm

Product Ref.: CT2-TB

• Cable tie tensioner suitable for Releasable Type and Ladder Type

stainless steel ties

• Tensions the ties to their optimum holding power with a simple

squeeze: a flick of the wrist and they’re locked tight

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool

For type of cable tie Releasable Type and Ladder Type

stainless steel ties

Features Tensioning, no cutting

Weight 300 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 195 x 90 x 30 mm

Fastening tools

Tools for stainless steel ties

Product Ref.: CT1-TB

• Tensioning hook suitable for Releasable Type and Ladder Type

stainless steel ties

• Provides extra-leverage for tensioning the ties by hand

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool

For type of cable tie Releasable Type and Ladder Type

stainless steel ties

Features Tensioning, no cutting

Weight 50 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 85 x 106 x 15 mm

Product Ref.: CT4-TB

• Bantam tool, suitable for Releasable Type and Ladder Type stainless

steel ties

• Unique 3-way handle can be used in various positions. Especially

useful in tight areas with minimal access

Technical Information

Tool type Hand tool

For type of cable tie Releasable Type and Ladder Type

stainless steel ties

Features Tensioning, manual cutting

Weight 1200 g

Dimensions [L x W x H] 156 x 180 x 80 mm

Fastening tools

133

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.6

134

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Material specifications

1.7

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

FASTENING SYSTEMS

1.1 PREMIUM CABLE TIES WITH STEEL LOCKING BARB 4

1.2 ALL-PLASTIC CABLE TIES 44

1.3 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE TIES 64

1.4 MOUNTING BASES & ACCESSORIES 74

1.5 CABLE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 112

1.6 CABLE TIE TOOLING 122

1.7 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 134

UL flammability ratings 136

Adhesive material specifications 137

Material selection and specifications 138

Unit conversion factors 145

135

1.7

136

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

UL flammability ratings

Materials specifications

1.7

Nylon 6.6 = Polyamide 6.6 is Halogen-free and Silicone-free.

Flammability ratings for selecting cable ties

Note: Flammability ratings of cable tie materials per UL as follows.

These tests for flammability of plastic material are intended to serve as

a preliminary indication of acceptability with respect to flammability

for particular applications.

UL 94 vertical burn test procedures

Test specimens of the material, with dimensions 127 x 12.7 mm (5"x

1/2"), with the thickness intended for use in the end product, are

tested in both the manufactured condition and in the aged state. The

test requires that the specimen be supported in a vertical fixture and a

precisely controlled flame applied for a 10 second period. The flame is

removed and the duration of flaming is noted. If the flame

extinguishes, a second exposure to flame for 10 seconds is applied and

duration of flaming is again noted. It is observed and recorded

whether or not test specimens drip flaming particles that ignite a

cotton swab.

Materials classed 94 V-0:

A material classed 94 V-0 shall:

A Not have any specimens that burn with flaming combustion for

more than 10 seconds after either application of the test flame

B Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 50 seconds

for the 10 flame applications for each set of five specimens

C Not have any specimens that burn with flaming or glowing

combustion up to the holding fixture

D Not have any specimens that drip flaming particles that ignite the

dry absorbent surgical cotton located 304.8 mm (12") below the

test specimen

E Not have any specimens with glowing combustion that persists

for more than 30 seconds after the second removal of the test

flame

Materials classed 94 V-1:

A material classed 94 V-1 shall:

A Not have any specimens that burn with flaming combustion for

more than 30 seconds after either application of the test flame

B Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds

for the 10 flame applications for each set of five specimens

C Not have any specimens that burn with flaming or glowing

combustion up to the holding fixture

D Not have any specimens that drip flaming particles that ignite

the dry absorbent surgical cotton located 304.8 mm (12")

below the test specimen

E Not have any specimens with glowing combustion that persists

for more than 60 seconds after the second removal of the test

flame.

Materials classed 94 V-2:

A material classed 94 V-2 shall:

A Not have any specimens that burn with flaming combustion

for more than 30 seconds after either application of the test

flame

B Not have a total flaming combustion time exceeding 250 seconds

for the 10 flame applications for each set of five specimens

C Not have any specimens that burn with flaming or glowing

combustion up to the holding fixture

D Be permitted to have specimens that drip flaming particles that

burn only briefly, some of which ignite the dry absorbent sur-

gical cotton placed 304.8 mm (12") below the test specimen

E Not have any specimens with glowing combustion that persists

for more than 60 seconds after the second removal of the test

flame

UL 94 horizontal burn (HB) test procedures

The test uses a 1/2 inch x 5 inches (12.7 mm x 127 mm) specimen

held at one end in a horizontal position with marks at 1 inch (25.4

mm) and 5 inches (127 mm) from the free end. A flame is applied to

the free end for 30 seconds or until the flame front reaches the 1 inch

(25.4 mm) mark. If combustion continues the duration is timed

between the 1 inch (25.4 mm) mark and the 5 inch (127 mm) mark. If

combustion stops before the 5 inch (127 mm) mark, the time of

combustion and the damaged length between the two marks are

recorded. A set of three specimens are tested.

Materials classed 94 HB

A material that is less than 0.118 inch (3 mm) in thickness will be

classified 94HB if it has a burning rate of less than 3 inches (76.2 mm)

per minute or stops burning before the 5 inches (127 mm) mark. If

one specimen from the set of three fails to comply, then a second set

of three are tested. All three of this second set must comply. HB rated

materials are considered “self-extinguishing”. This is the lowest (least

flame retardant) UL94 rating.

Adhesive material specifications

Materials specifications

137

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Property Method Unit of measure Rubber based Acrylic based

(self-adhesive) (2 component glue)

Coated Sides – each 2 2

Foam Density – Kg/m3 96.9 96.9

Peel Adhesion PSTC 1 N/cm width 10.9

ASTM D 1000 Average 8.8

Shear Adhesion

22°C 50% RH PSTC 7 Hours 100 + 8 +

22°C Occasional Wetting N/m2 68971 15174

Tensile Strength ASTM D 412 PSI 100 100 +

Tear Resistance ASTM D 624 N/cm 52.6 52.6 +

Elongation at Break – % 400 200

Service Temperature –°CMin-18-29

– °C Max +66 +79

Flammability ASTM D 624 Slow Burn Slow Burn

Product Ref.: TC2PA

• 2 component glue

• Consists of one tube each of adhesive and activator

• Easy application

• Stable and durable adhesion

• Applicable on all Polyamide and Aluminium mounting bases

and cable clamps

• Also applicable on concrete and other porous surfaces

• UV resistant

Technical Information

Description 2 component glue

Weight 0.21 kg

Important note: The quality of installation of the glue mounted and self-

adhesive mounting bases depend a lot on the state of the mounting surfaces

(smooth or rough, clean or dirty, presence of oil, grease, dust, etc) and on

the dexterity of the installer.

Thomas & Betts can not control these external parameters and therefore can

not accept any responsibility about the performances of the glue mounted

mounting bases and self-adhesive mounted bases.

Installation instructions for self-adhesive mounting bases

Installation instructions for Product Ref. :

TC2PA (2 component glue)

• Mounting surfaces should be cleaned before application

• The liquid adhesive in the tube is to be spread onto the mounting

surface. It can be used on most rough surfaces (like concrete)

• The activator liquid is then spread onto the surface of the mounting

base

• Place the surface of the mounting base in contact with the surface

where it has to be mounted, position the mounting base correctly

and then press firmly

• Repositioning the mounting base remains possible only for a few

seconds

• Do not use the mounting base immediately after installation. The

Acrylic-based adhesive requires a set-up time that can be influ-

enced by factors such as temperature (allow 24 - 72 hours for

maximum performance)

• Temperature of installation needs to be above +20°C

• Mounting surfaces should be cleaned with alcohol based (IPA)

cleaner before application

• The self-adhesive mounting bases have a double-sided adhesive

tape made of synthetic foam, covered by a protecting foil.

• To install the self-adhesive mounting base, remove the protecting

foil and press the mounting base onto the cleaned surface

• The thickness of the self-adhesive foam (0.8 mm) compensates

the irregularities of the application surfaces and allows installa-

tions on structured surfaces of cabinet doors, on sheet metal, on

machines, etc

• The adhesion is achieved immediately during the installation,

which means that later repositioning is not possible

138

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

UV-resistant Flame retardant Heat resistant Weatherproof Low

temperature

flexibility

Radiation

resistant

Chemically re-

sistant

Polyamide 6.6

• Thermoplastic material used in cable ties for universal applications

in the industry

• Excellent resistance to shocks, chemicals, oils and temperature

fluctuations

• High surface hardness and a small coefficient of friction

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

• Halogen free and Silicone free

• Available in natural version or in a wide range of colours

• Indoor applications

Polyamide 6.6, weather resistant

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but recommended for outdoor applica-

tions

• UV-resistant

• Halogen free and Silicone free

• Colour: black

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polyamide 6.6, heat stabilised

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but increased operating temperatures,

up to 105°C

• Excellent tensile strength

• High temperature resistance

• Colour: natural (may have a greenish tint)

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polyamide 6.6, heat stabilised and UV-resistant

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but recommended for outdoor applica-

tions and/or high temperature applications, up to 105°C

• Combines the features & benefits of Polyamide 6.6, weather re-

sistant and Polyamide 6.6, heat stabilised

• Colour: black

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polyamide 6.6, flame retardant

• Excellent flammability rating: UL 94 V-0

• Ideal in areas where human life is at risk

• Colour: white

Polyamide 6.6, detectable

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but contains a compound detectable

by metal detectors (tested and rated at 1.5 mm diameter ferrous

sphere setting) and X-ray equipment

• Colour: bright blue, also contributes to visual detection

• Especially recommend for the food industry, and for any other

contamination sensitive industry using detection equipment

• Halogen free and silicone free

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Thomas & Betts offers cable ties and accessories in a wide variety of

materials, each suited for specific environments. The purpose of this

document, therefore, is to assist in choosing the best material for a

particular application.

The effects of weathering, flame, chemicals, extreme temperatures

and radiation on the different materials is clearly presented in tabular

Low smoke

form. This will facilitate the choice of the best material for the

application.

Having determined the most suitable material, one can choose from

the wide variety of cable ties, identification ties, mounting bases,

lashing ties, etc., offered by Thomas & Betts.

Selecting the right material for your applications

Material specifications

Note: Nylon (Polyamide) is inherently susceptible to environmental conditions. Polyamide 6.6 cable ties are moisturised to optimum performance

levels at machine-side and should be stored in cool dry areas out of direct sunlight. Cable ties are packaged in plastic bags to contain moisture and

should remain sealed until ready for use.

Detectable

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

139

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Polyamide 4.6, extra high temperature (150°C)

• Similar to Polyamide 6.6, but outstanding resistance to high tem-

peratures up to 150°C

• Halogen free and silicone free

• Colour: light green

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polyamide 12, weather resistant

• Extremely flexible, also at low temperatures

• Ages better than Polyamide 6.6

• UV-resistant and weatherproof

• Better chemical resistance than Polyamide 6.6

• Colour: black

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-2

Polypropylene, weather resistant

• Resistant against inorganic acids, polyhydric alcohols, neutral and

basic salts

• Resists a number of other chemicals

• UV resistant

• Lower tensile strength than Polyamide 6.6

• Colour: black

• Flammability rating: UL 94 HB

Polypropylene, detectable

• Similar to standard Polypropylene, but contains a compound

detectable by metal detectors (tested and rated at 1.5 mm dia-

meter ferrous sphere setting) and X-ray equipment

• Colour: bright blue, also contributes to visual detection

• Buoyant (floats on the surface), for use in liquid-processing appli-

cations

• Especially recommend for the food industry, and for any other

contamination sensitive industry using detection equipment

• Halogen free and silicone free

• Flammability rating: UL 94 HB

ETFE Fluoropolymer

• Tensile strength slightly lower than Polyamide 6.6

• ETFE Fluoropolymer is inert to most solvents and chemicals,

hydrolytically stable, UV and weather resistant

• Radiation resistant (meets IEEE383) and approved for nuclear

plant use

• Non-outgassing properties for zero gravity applications

• Very high temperature resistance

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-0

• The best all around plastic material for cable ties

• Colour: aquamarine

ECTFE Fluoropolymer

• Similar to ETFE Fluoropolymer in performance

• Outstanding characteristic: lower smoke density when burnt

• Recommended for applications where smoke generation is a con-

cern, such as plenum areas

• Colour: maroon

• Flammability rating: UL 94 V-0

Toughened weatherable acetal

• Excellent resistance to a wide variety of solvents, esters, oils,

greases, gasoline and other petroleum hydrocarbons

• Resistant to weak acids and bases

• Excellent resistance to UV (weatherable acetal)

• Limited self-extinguishing properties

• Colour: black

• Flammability rating: UL 94 HB

302/304 Stainless Steel

316 Stainless Steel

• Superior corrosion resistance

• Excellent tensile strengths at extreme temperatures

• High resistance to chemicals, acids and radiation

• 316 grade has a better resistance to saltwater corrosion and can

be supplied with a halogen free coating

• Extensively used in offshore, rail and petrochemical industries

140

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

General

There is a number of factors to be considered when choosing the

proper materials for a specific environment. It is extremely difficult to

provide data on all the possible combinations or conditions that can

occur and therefore, it is recommended that this information be used

as a guideline and that cable tie samples be tested in the intended

application, by the user, to determine suitability.

Polyamide

6.6

Polyamide

6.6

Polyamide

6.6

Polyamide

6.6 heat

Polyamide

6.6

weather resistant* heat stabilised stabilised UV resistant flame retardant

PA6.6 UV PA6.6 HS PA6.6 HSUV PA6.6 FR PA6.6

Material Code TY...M TY...MX TYH...M TY...MXA TY...MFR

TY... TY...X TY...39 TS...HF

Max. operating +85°C +85°C +105°C +105°C +85°C

temperature

Min. operating temp. -40°C -40°C -40°C -40°C -40°C

UL flammability rating V-2 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-0

Specific density 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.16

Water absorption 2.5 - 3.1% 2.5 - 3.1% 2.5 - 3.1% 2.5 - 3.1% 3.0 - 3.5%

(24h/ASTM)

Colours Natural** Black Natural*** Black White

E-module (N/mm

)2000 2000 2000 2000 1400

Notch impact 2-20 2-20 2-20 2-20 3-25

strength conform

DIN 53453

(KJ/m

)

UV resistant

■■

Flame retardant

■

Heat resistant

■■

Enhanced weatherability

■

Flexible at low temperatures

Radiation resistant

Chemically resistant See table 2 (pages 142 - 144)

Halogen free

■■ ■ ■ ■

Silicon free

■■ ■ ■ ■

* 2% Carbon for military specifications

** Can be supplied in a wide range of colours

*** May have a greenish tint

Table 1 - Information on cable tie materials

How to use Table 1:

If your application is in an extremely cold environment, three materials

will answer your need:

ETFE Fluoropolymer

, Polyamide 12 and

stainless steel. If you also require high tensile strength, then stainless

steel is your best choice. Where high strength is not required,

Polyamide 12 might be your choice as it is the less costly.

This information is based on data provided by the manufacturers of

the specific materials listed and is provided only as a general guide. No

specific recommendation is intended. As each application may vary,

testing should be conducted by the user in the intended environment.

Table 1 gives relative performance ratings of the different materials we

offer. Chemical resistance is shown in Table 2

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

141

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Material Code

STANDARD POLYAMIDE 6.6 PA6.6

WEATHER RESISTANT POLYAMIDE 6.6 UV PA6.6

HEAT-STABILISED POLYAMIDE 6.6 HS PA6.6

HEAT-STABILISED UV RESISTANT POLYAMIDE 6.6 HSUV PA6.6

FLAME RETARDANT POLYAMIDE 6.6 FR PA6.6

HIGH TEMPERATURE POLYAMIDE 4.6 HT PA4.6

WEATHER RESISTANT POLYAMIDE 12 UV PA12

POLYPROPYLENE PP

WEATHER RESISTANT POLYPROPYLENE UV PP

ETFE FLUOROPOLYMER

ECTFE FLUOROPOLYMER

HAL

TOUGHENED WEATHERABLE ACETAL DEL

STAINLESS STEEL SS

Material codes used in tables

Polyamide

4.6

Polyamide

Polypropylene ETFE ECTFE Toughened Stainless

high temperature weather resistant weather resistant weatherable acetal Steel

HT PA4.6 UV PA12 UV PP TZ HAL DEL SS

TYHT...M TYC...MX TYP...MX TYZ...M TYV...M TYD... YRL.. or YLD...

CSS or YLS...

TY...PX

+150°C +85°C +85°C +150°C +140°C +85°C +538°C

+150°C for coated

-40°C -40°C -40°C -46°C -40°C -40°C -80°C

V-2 V-2 HB V-0 V-0 HB Excellent

1.18 1.02 0.90 - 0.91 1.67 - 1.75 – – 7.95

1.3% 0.7 - 1.1% 0.01 - 0.03% 0.02% – – 0%

Light green Black Black Aquamarine Maroon Black Metallic / Black

3200 1600 1100-1300 1000 – – 193000

3.5-13 3-17 o.B. – – 122J(IZOD)

■■■■■■

■■ ■

■■■■

■■■■■■

■■

■■■ ■■

■■■■■■■

142

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

Reagents Concentration HS PA6.6 HAL DEL PA6.6 UV PA6.6 FR PA6.6 UV PA12 PP UVPP TZ SS

Arsenic Acid 40% – – – – – – – E E – E

Acetaldehyde 50% S – – S S S – – – – –

Acetone 100% E E F E E E E E E E E

Aluminum Hydroxide AQ – E – – – – – E E E E

Ammonia All – E – – – – E E E E

Ammonium Carbonate 5% S E – S S S E E E E E

Ammonium Hydroxide 10% E E F E E E – E E E E

Ammonium Nitrate – – E – – – – E E E E E

Ammonium Sulfate 10% – E – – – – S S S S S

Barium Carbonate All – E – – – – E E E E E

Barium Chloride 5% NR – NR NR NR E E E E E

Barium Sulfate 10% E – E E E E E E E E

Barium Sulfide 10% S – S S S E E E E E

Benzene 100% E E F E E E E S S E E

Benzoic Acid 100% NR E – NR NR NR E E E E E

Butyric Acid 50% NR E – NR NR NR – E E E E

Calcium Carbonate AQ – E – – – – – E E E E

Calcium Hydroxide 20% – F E – – – – E E E E

Calcium Hydrochlorite 2 NR – – NR NR NR – F F F F

Calcium Sulfate 2% – E – – – – – E E E E

Carbon Tetrachloride 100% E E E E E E E F F E E

Chlorine (WET) – NR – – NR NR NR – F F F F

Chlorine (DRY) – NR – – NR NR NR – NR NR F F

Chloroacetic Acid 30% NR – – NR NR NR – – – F F

Chloroform 100% – E – – – – F F F E E

Chromic Acid 50% NR S – NR NR NR – F F F F

Citric Acid 50% S E E S S S E E E E E

Copper Cyanide 10% – E – – – – – E E E E

Copper Nitrate 50% – E – – – – – E E E E

Cider – – E – – – – – E E E E

Dichloroethane 100% – E – – – – – – – E E

Diethyl Ether 100% – E S – – – E E E E E

Ethyl Alcohol 100% S E – S S S E E E E E

Ethyl Chloride 100% – S E – – – F F F E E

Ethylene Glycol 100% E E S E E E – E E E E

Ferric Hydroxide All – E – – – – – E E E E

Ferric Nitrate 10% – E – – – – – E E E E

Ferrous Sulfate 10% – E – – – – – E E E E

Fuel Oil 100% – E – – – – E – – E E

Ratings

E = Excellent

S = Satisfactory

F = Fair

NR = Not Recommended

(AQ = Aqueous)

Table 2 - Resistance of available materials to various chemicals at 21°C

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

143

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Reagents Concentration HS PA6.6 HAL DEL PA6.6 UV PA6.6 FR PA6.6 UV PA12 PP UVPP TZ SS

Furfural 100% – E – – – – – F F E E

Gallic Acid AQ – E – – – – – – – E E

Gasoline 100% E E – E E E – S S E E

Glycerine 100% – E – – – – E E E – E

Hydrocyanic Acid All – E – – – – – E E E E

Hydrogen Peroxide 30% NR E F NR NR NR S E E E E

Hydrogen Sulfide Dry NR E – NR NR NR E E E E E

Iodoform 100% – E – – – – – – – E E

Isopropyl Alohol 100% S E – S S S E E E E E

Jet Fuel 100% E E – E E E – S S E E

Lactic Acid 10% E E – E E E S E E E E

Lanolin 10% E E – E E E E E E E E

Lead Acetate 5% – E – – – – – E E E E

Linseed Oil 10% E E E E E E E E E E E

Magnesium Carbonate All – E – – – – E E E E E

Magnesium Chloride 10% F – – F F F F F F F F

Magnesium Nitrate All – E – – – – E E E E E

Malic Acid AQ – E – – – – – E E E E

Mercury 100% – E – – – – E E E E E

Methyl Alcohol 100% S E – S S S E E E E E

Methyl Chloride 100% – S – – – – – S S E E

MethylEthyl Ketone 100% – E F – – – E E E E E

Naptha 100% – E – – – – – E E E E

Nitric Acid 30% NR E NR NR NR NR – E E E E

Nitric Acid 30-70% NR S NR NR NR NR – F F S E

Nitrous Acid 5% – E – – – – – F F E E

Oieic Acid 100% – E S – – – – E E E E

Oxalic Acid 10% – E – – – – S E E E E

Paraffin 100% E E – E E E E E E E E

PetroleumEther 100% – E – – – – E F F E E

Phenol 90% NR E NR NR NR NR – E E E E

Phosphoric Acid 10% NR E – NR NR NR – E E E E

Picric Acid 1% – E – – – – – E E E E

Potassium Bromide AQ – – – – – – – S S S S

Potassium Carbonate 1% – E – – – – E E E E E

Potassium Chlorate AQ – E – – – – S E E E E

Potassium Dichromate 40% NR E – NR NR NR F E E E E

Potassium Ferrocyanide 25% – E – – – – – E E E E

Potassium Hydroxide 5% S E – S S S – E E E E

Ratings

E = Excellent

S = Satisfactory

F = Fair

NR = Not Recommended

(AQ = Aqueous)

Table 2 - Resistance of available materials to various chemicals at 21°C

144

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Material selection and specifications

Materials specifications

Reagents Concentration HS PA6.6 HAL DEL PA6.6 UV PA6.6 FR PA6.6 UV PA12 PP UVPP TZ SS

Potassium Iodide All – E – – – – E E E E E

Potassium Nitrate 50% F E – F F F E E E E E

Potassium Permanganate 5% NR E S NR NR NR NR E E E E

PotassiumSulfate 5% – E – – – – E E E E E

PotassiumSulfide AQ – E – – – – – E E E E

Propyl Alcohol 100% E E – E E E – E E E E

Silver Nitrate 10% – E – – – – E E E E E

Sodium Acetate 60% E E – E E E – E E E E

Sodium Bicarbonate All E E – E E E E E E E E

Sodium Bisulfate 10% – E E – – – E E E E E

Sodium Borate All – E – – – – – E E E E

Sodium Carbonate 5% E E S E E E E E E E E

Sodium Chlorate 25% – E E – – – S E E E E

Sodium Chloride 2% E E S E E E E E E E E

Sodium Fluoride 5% – – – – – – – F F F F

Sodium Hydroxide 10% E E S E E E E E E E E

Sodium Hyposulfite AQ – E – – – – – – – E E

Sodium Nitrate 5% E E – E E E E E E E E

Sodium Nitrite AQ – E – – – – S E E E E

Sodium Perchlorate 10% – E – – – – – – – E E

Sodium Phosphate 5% – E – – – – E E E E E

Sodium Sulfate 5% S E – S E E E E E E E

Sodium Thiosulfate 5% – – S – – – S S S S S

Stearic Acid 100% – E – – – – F E E E E

Sulfur 100% – E – – – – E E E E E

Sulfur Dioxide All NR E – NR NR NR E E E E E

Sulfuric Acid Conc. NR E NR NR NR NR – S S E E

Sulfuric Acid 5% NR F F NR NR NR F F F F F

Tannic Acid 10% – E – – – – – E E E E

Tartaric Acid 50% – E E – – – E E E E E

Tetrahydrofuran 100% – F E – – – S F F E E

Toluene 100% E E F E E E E F F E F

Xylene 100% E – E E E E F F E E

Zinc Chloride 70% F E NR F F F E E E E E

Zinc Nitrate AQ – E – – – – E E E E E

Zinc Sulfate AQ – E – – – – E E E E E

Ratings

E = Excellent

S = Satisfactory

F = Fair

NR = Not Recommended

(AQ = Aqueous)

Table 2 - Resistance of available materials to various chemicals at 21°C

Unit conversion factors

Materials specifications

145

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

1.7

Unit x Constant = Unit

BTU 778.0 foot-pound (ft x lb)

BTU 1054.8 Joules

BTU 0.293 Watt-hours (W x h)

centimetres (cm) 0.032808 feet (ft)

centimetres (cm) 0.3937 inches (in)

centimetres (cm) 0.00001 kilometres (km)

centimetres (cm) 0.010 metres (m)

centimetres (cm) 10.0 millimetres (mm)

circular mils 0.00064516 circular millimetres

circular mils 0.0000007854 inches

(in

)

circular mils 0.000506671 square millimetres (mm

)

circular mils 0.7854 mils

cubic centimetre (cm

) 0.000035314 cubic foot (ft

)

cubic centimetre (cm

) 0.061023 cubic inch (in

)

cubic centimetre (cm

) 0.000001 cubic metre (m

)

cubic centimetre (cm

) 0.0026417 gallons

cubic foot (ft

) 17280. cubic inch (in

)

cubic foot (ft

) 28317.016 cubic centimetre (cm

)

cubic inch (in

) 0.00057870 cubic feet (ft

)

cubic inch (in

) 0.000016387 cubic metre (m

)

cubic inch (in

) 16.387162 cubic centimetre (cm

)

cubic metre (m

) 1000000.0 centimetre (cm)

cubic metre (m

) 35.314456 cubic foot (ft

)

cubic metre (m

) 264.17 gallons

foot (ft) 0.00018939 miles

foot (ft) 0.33333 yards (yd)

foot (ft) 12 inches (in)

foot (ft) 0.00030480 kilometres (km)

foot (ft) 0.30480 metres (m)

foot (ft) 30.480 centimetres (cm)

foot (ft) 304.80 millimetres (mm)

foot/pound (ft/lb) 0.00067197 metres/grams (m/g)

foot-pound (ft x lb) 0.001285 BTU

foot-pound (ft x lb) 1.356 Joules (J)

foot/pound (ft/lb) 0.1383 kilogram/metre (kg/m)

gallons (US) 3.785332 litres (l)

Unit x Constant = Unit

gallons 0.13368 cubic foot (ft

)

gallons 231.0 cubic inch (in

)

gallons 3785.332 cubic centimetres (cm

)

grams (g) 15.432 grains

gram/centimetre

(gm/cm

) 0.0361275 pounds/in

(lb/in

)

horsepower (hp) 33000.0 ft x lb/min

horsepower (hp) 550.0 ft x lb/sec

horsepower (hp) 745.7 Watts (W)

inch (in) 0.027178 yards (yd)

inch (in) 0.083333 feet (ft)

inch (in) 0.00002540 kilometre (km)

inch (in) 0.025400 metre (m)

inch (in) 2.54000514 centimetre (cm)

inch (in) 25.4000514 millimetre (mm)

inch (in) 1000.0 mils

Joules 0.000948 BTU

Joules 107 ergs

liters (l) 61.0250 cubic inch (in

)

metres (m) 1.093611 yard (yd)

metres (m) 3.2808333 feet (ft)

metres (m) 39.37 inch (in)

metres (m) 100.0 centimetre (cm)

miles 1760.0 yards (yd)

miles 5280.0 feet (ft)

miles 1.6093 kilometre (km)

millimetres (mm) 0.0032808 feet (ft)

millimetres (mm) 0.03937 inch (in)

millimetres (mm) 0.001 metres (m)

millimetres (mm) 0.01 centimetres (cm)

millimetres (mm) 39.3701 mils

millimetres (mm) 1000.0 microns (μm)

Watts (W) 44.25 ft x lb/minute

Watts (W) 0.737562 ft x lb/sec

Watts (W) 0.001341 horsepower (hp)

Watt-hours (W x h) 3.41266 BTU

146

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

E-Klips®

Electrical and

Mechanical Spring

Steel Fasteners

147

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

E-KLIPS®ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPRING STEEL FASTENERS

2.1 GIRDER AND PURLIN 151

2.2 ROD 155

2.3 CONDUIT 168

2.4 CABLE 185

2.5 CEILING 191

2.6 DECKING 194

2.7 PIPE 200

2.8 FAST-LOCK 204

2.9 SUSPENSION 205

2.10 MISCELLANEOUS 210

148

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

E-Klips®Electrical and

Mechanical Spring

Steel Fasteners

Reduced installation

Every E-Klips®spring steel fastener has been developed to

reduce installation time. They are easy to install using a

hammer, screwdriver, spanner or pliers.

History

The E-Klips®spring steel fasteners range has been manufactured

in the UK for over 25 years. Formerly known as Furse Fastway

they offer a quick, easy and reliable method of fixing services to

steelwork without the need for bracket making, drilling holes or

the use of nuts and bolts. Previously sold under the Furse Fastway

149

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

E-Klips®spring steel fasteners

range provides a fixing for almost

every application including:

Cables, trunking, cable tray,

conduit, pipework, ducting, light

fittings, suspended ceilings,…

brand, the E-Klips®electrical and mechanical fixing systems have

now been integrated into the Thomas & Betts product portfolio.

Quality Assurance

E-Klips®is registered for BS EN ISO 9001 and has a comprehen-

sive test and inspection programme so that all products comply

with our specifications, whether they are of our own manufac-

ture or from a quality approved source. This is to ensure that all

order requirements are met. Any further details required on quality

are available on request.

F.M.R.C. Approval

F.M. approval indicates that the product has been tested and

approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (F.M.R.C.)

for use in buildings where fire regulations and environmental

concerns would apply

Load Rating

The load rating of E-Klips®fasteners is expressed as a maximum

static load limit. This is the stationary vertical load limit for a fixing

product and incorporates a significant safety factor. Where fas-

teners are combined, the load rating is determined by the lowest

rated fastener. If the load rating of the steel work is less than that

of the fastener, this becomes the maximum static load rating for

the system. For further information please contact the sales office.

Materials

E-Klips®products are manufactured using steel in accordance to

BSEN1449 - part 1.15 CS70. Furthermore products are annealed

and oiled. All components are hardened and aust tempered using

the shaker hearth furnace method to give a final hardness reading

of 400-450 HV-10 Vickers.

150

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Protection against corrosion

The majority of E-Klips spring steel fasteners are zinc coated. The clips

have a zinc silver coloured sacrificial coating which deposits two layers

of zinc and an application of a waterproof topcoat. This gives a high

level of protection against first white corrosion and then red rust

according to ASTM-B695-90 or equivalent. The corrosion resistance

is measured by a salt spray test conforming to ASTM-B-117-90,

DIN 50021 or equivalent.

E-Klips zinc plated products are salt spray

rated to a minimum of 600 hours and are

coded F8+.

Key to finishes and applications:

F1 Electroplated zinc finish, generally 8-12 microns thick with

chromate coating, approximately 72 hours salt spray resistance

ASTM-B117-90, DIN 50021, suitable for indoor, non-corrosive

environments.

F2 Galvanised, generally hot dipped to a thickness of 50-70

microns, suitable for indoor and outdoor, humid and mildly

corrosive environments.

F3 Stainless steel, suitable for indoor and outdoor and mildly

corrosive environments.

F4 Painted finish to compliment indoor applications.

F5 Black phosphate finish in accordance with BS3189 Class 1

suitable to achieve 72 hours salt spray rating for indoor, non-

corrosive environments.

F6 Self colour, unfinished and unprotected product for indoor

applications.

F7 Flexible plastic coating with good chemical and corrosion

resistance to protect the base material.

F8+ Zinc silver coloured sacrificial coating (Z600+), enhanced by an

application of waterproof topcoat giving a corrosion resistance

of more than 600 hours, for use in indoor and outdoor humid

and mildly corrosive environments. Coating is completely

chromium free.

Electrical and mechanical spring steel fasteners

Girder clips for chain and wire

Girder and Purlin

151

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH-153 1.5-3 6.5 16 12.5 72 F8+ 100

AH-38 3-8 6.5 18 20.3 90 F8+ 100

AH-814 8-14 6.5 26 20.3 90 F8+ 100

AH-1420 14-20 6.5 30 26.6 90 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø A B C D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AV-155 1.5-5 6.5 42 14 6.5 12 72 F8+ 100

AV-57 5-7 6.5 42 15 6.5 12 72 F8+ 100

Purlin clips for chain and wire

Girder and Purlin

* See page 150 for material finishes

152

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1

Girder clamps for threaded rod

Girder and Purlin

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T ØA ØB ØC D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH-65 Max 18 12.7 6.5 6.5 19.5 45 F8+ 100

FH-107 Max 18 10.7 10.7 6.5 19.5 45 F8+ 100

Girder clips for conduit boxes

Girder and Purlin

Product Ref. T Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

EH-38 3-8 7 – 7.5 33 45 F8+ 100

EH-814 8-14 7 – 7.5 33 45 F8+ 100

EH-1420 14-20 7 – 7.5 33 45 F8+ 100

EH-38S 3-8 – M6x10 7.5 33 45 F8+ 100

EH-814S 8-14 – M6x10 7.5 33 45 F8+ 100

EH-1420S 14-20 – M6x10 7.5 33 45 F8+ 100

Purlin clips for chain and wire

Girder and Purlin

153

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

RM-055 0.5-5 6.5 53 15 45 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

SM-125 ≤3.0 6.5 37 12.5 20 F2 100

Purlin clips for chain and wire

Girder and Purlin

154

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.1

Purlin clips for chain and wire

Girder and Purlin

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

VM-03 0-3 6.5 48 45˚ 45 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

TM-03 0-3 6.5 43 45˚ 45 F8+ 100

Purlin clips for conduit boxes

Girder and Purlin

Girder clamps for threaded rod

Rod

155

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

SRH Max 25 M10 71 60 12 200 F8+ 10

Product Ref. T Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FC-7 Max 19 7 50 42 45 120 F1 25

FC-9 Max 19 9 50 42 45 120 F1 25

FC-11 Max 19 11 50 42 45 250 F1 25

FC-13 Max 23 13 59 49 54 350 F1 25

FC-17 Max 28 17 58 55 58 550 F1 25

FC-6T Max 19 M6 50 42 45 120 F1 25

FC-8T Max 19 M8 50 42 45 120 F1 25

FC-10T Max 19 M10 50 42 45 250 F1 25

FC-12T Max 23 M12 59 49 54 350 F1 25

FC-16T Max 28 M16 58 55 58 550 F1 25

Girder clamps for threaded rod

Rod

156

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

Girder clamps for threaded rod

Rod

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

BH-6T Max 18 M6 40 22 60 F1 25

BH-8T Max 18 M8 40 22 60 F1 25

BH-10T Max 18 M10 40 22 60 F1 25

Product Ref. T Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

YH-1021 10-21 14 47 110 F2 25

YH-1533 15-33 14 60 110 F2 25

YH-3247 32-47 14 70 110 F2 25

SSYH-1021 10-21 14 47 110 F3 25

SSYH-1533 15-33 14 60 110 F3 25

SSYH-3247 32-47 14 70 110 F3 25

Girder clamps for threaded rod

Rod

Girder clamps for threaded rod

Rod

157

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA Load rating Material Quantity

[kg] finishes* [pieces]

FM-313T M6/M8/M10 10 F8+ 100

FM-320T M6/M8/M10 10 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

PD ≤4121585 40 F2 50

Rod

158

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

Rod

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AM-127 12.7 6.5 28 68 F8+ 100

AM-6T M6 6.5 28 68 F8+ 100

AM-8T M8 6.5 28 68 F8+ 100

AM-10T M10 6.5 28 68 F8+ 100

Product Ref. ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

YM-127 12.7 6.5 30 90 F8+ 100

Rod

159

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

BM-4 4/M4 6.5 45 90 F8+ 100

BM-6 6/M6 6.5 45 90 F8+ 100

BM-8 8/M8 6.5 45 90 F8+ 100

BM-10 10/M10 6.5 45 90 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-AM127 1.5-3 12.7 44 68 F8+ 25

AH38-AM127 3-8 12.7 46 68 F8+ 25

AH814-AM127 8-14 12.7 54 68 F8+ 25

AH1420-AM127 14-20 12.7 66 68 F8+ 25

AH153-AM6T 1.5-3 M6 44 68 F8+ 25

AH38-AM6T 3-8 M6 46 68 F8+ 25

AH814-AM6T 8-14 M6 54 68 F8+ 25

AH1420-AM6T 14-20 M6 66 68 F8+ 25

AH153-AM8T 1.5-3 M8 44 68 F8+ 25

AH38-AM8T 3-8 M8 46 68 F8+ 25

AH814-AM8T 8-14 M8 54 68 F8+ 25

AH1420-AM8T 14-20 M8 66 68 F8+ 25

AH153-AM10T 1.5-3 M10 44 68 F8+ 25

AH38-AM10T 3-8 M10 46 68 F8+ 25

AH814-AM10T 8-14 M10 54 68 F8+ 25

AH1420-AM10T 14-20 M10 66 68 F8+ 25

Girder clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

160

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

Girder clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

Product Ref. T Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-YM127 1.5-3 12.7 48 72 F8+ 25

AH38-YM127 3-8 12.7 48 90 F8+ 25

AH814-YM127 8-14 12.7 56 90 F8+ 25

AH1420-YM127 14-20 12.7 70 90 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-BM4 1.5-3 4/M4 72 F8+ 25

AH38-BM4 3-8 4/M4 90 F8+ 25

AH814-BM4 8-14 4/M4 90 F8+ 25

AH1420-BM4 14-20 4/M4 90 F8+ 25

AH153-BM6 1.5-3 6/M6 72 F8+ 25

AH38-BM6 3-8 6/M6 90 F8+ 25

AH814-BM6 8-14 6/M6 90 F8+ 25

AH1420-BM6 14-20 6/M6 90 F8+ 25

AH153-BM8 1.5-3 8/M8 72 F8+ 25

AH38-BM8 3-8 8/M8 90 F8+ 25

AH814-BM8 8-14 8/M8 90 F8+ 25

AH1420-BM8 14-20 8/M8 90 F8+ 25

AH153-BM10 1.5-3 10/M10 72 F8+ 25

AH38-BM10 3-8 10/M10 90 F8+ 25

AH814-BM10 8-14 10/M10 90 F8+ 25

AH1420-BM10 14-20 10/M10 90 F8+ 25

Girder clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

* See page 150 for material finishes

Girder clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

161

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AHB-153 1.5-3 6.5 22 12.5 20 F8+ 100

AHB-38 3-8 6.5 25 20.3 20 F8+ 100

AHB-814 8-14 6.5 26 20.3 20 F8+ 100

AHB-1420 14-20 6.5 27 26.6 20 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AV155-AM127 1.5-5 12.7 70 68 F8+ 25

AV155-AM6T 1.5-5 M6 70 68 F8+ 25

AV155-AM8T 1.5-5 M8 70 68 F8+ 25

AV155-AM10T 1.5-5 M10 70 68 F8+ 25

AV57-AM127 5-7 12.7 70 68 F8+ 25

AV57-AM6T 5-7 M6 70 68 F8+ 25

AV57-AM8T 5-7 M8 70 68 F8+ 25

AV57-AM10T 5-7 M10 70 68 F8+ 25

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

162

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AVB-6T 1.5-5 M6 34 20 F8+ 100

AVB-8T 1.5-5 M8 34 20 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AV155-BM4 1.5-5 4/M4 72 F8+ 25

AV155-BM6 1.5-5 6/M6 72 F8+ 25

AV155-BM8 1.5-5 8/M8 72 F8+ 25

AV155-BM10 1.5-5 10/M10 72 F8+ 25

AV57-BM4 5-7 4/M4 72 F8+ 25

AV57-BM6 5-7 6/M6 72 F8+ 25

AV57-BM8 5-7 8/M8 72 F8+ 25

AV57-BM10 5-7 10/M10 72 F8+ 25

Purlin clips for hanging rod

Rod

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

163

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

SM125-AM127 ≤3.0 12.7 65 12.5 20 F2 25

SM125-AM6T ≤3.0 M6 65 12.5 20 F2 25

SM125-AM8T ≤3.0 M8 65 12.5 20 F2 25

SM125-AM10T ≤3.0 M10 65 12.5 20 F2 25

ØB

Product Ref. ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

UM44-AM6T M6 6.5 69 68 F8+ 25

UM44-AM8T M8 6.5 69 68 F8+ 25

UM44-AM10T M10 6.5 69 68 F8+ 25

UM44-AM127 12.7 6.5 69 68 F8+ 25

UM44-YM127 12.7 6.5 71 90 F8+ 25

Fastening clips for threaded rod

Rod

164

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

Fastening clips for rod

Rod

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

UM44-BM4 4/M4 6.5 39 90 F8+ 25

UM44-BM6 6/M6 6.5 39 90 F8+ 25

UM44-BM8 8/M8 6.5 39 90 F8+ 25

UM44-BM10 10/M10 6.5 39 90 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH107-AM127 Max 18 12.7 45 F8+ 25

FH107-AM6T Max 18 M6 45 F8+ 25

FH107-AM8T Max 18 M8 45 F8+ 25

FH107-AM10T Max 18 M10 45 F8+ 25

Girder clamps for hanging threaded rod

Rod

Girder clamps for hanging rod

Rod

165

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH107-BM4 Max 18 4/M4 45 F8+ 25

FH107-BM6 Max 18 6/M6 45 F8+ 25

FH107-BM8 Max 18 8/M8 45 F8+ 25

FH107-BM10 Max 18 10/M10 45 F8+ 25

Product Ref. ØA ØB C D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

VM03-AM127 12.7 6.5 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

VM03-AM6T M6 6.5 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

VM03-AM8T M8 6.5 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

VM03-AM10T M10 6.5 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

166

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

Purlin clips for hanging threaded rod

Rod

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA B C D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

RM055-AM127 12.7 15 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

RM055-AM6T M6 15 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

RM055-AM8T M8 15 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

RM055-AM10T M10 15 77 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

Product Ref. ØA ØB C D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

VM03-BM4 4/M4 6.5 48 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

VM03-BM6 6/M6 6.5 48 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

VM03-BM8 8/M8 6.5 48 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

VM03-BM10 10/M10 6.5 48 45˚ 45 F8+ 25

Purlin clips for hanging rod

Rod

Rod connectors

Rod

167

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.2

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

TL6 M6 35 160 F2 25

TL8 M8 35 160 F2 25

TL10 M10 35 300 F2 25

168

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Wall fixing clips for conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB C PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

GM-1219 12-19 6.5 44 7/9/11 45 F8+ 100

GM-1926 19-26 6.5 44 13.5/16 45 F8+ 100

GM-2632 26-32 6.5 55 21 45 F8+ 100

GM-3240 32-40 6.5 68 29 45 F8+ 100

GM-4047 40-47 6.5 79 36 45 F8+ 100

GM-4757 47-57 6.5 87 36/42 45 F8+ 100

Product Ref. ØA ØB C PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

JM-1825 18-22 6.5 33 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 100

JM-2229 22-29 6.5 38 16/21 11 F8+ 100

JM-2933 29-33 6.5 43 – 11 F8+ 100

Wall fixing clips for conduits

Conduits

Rod clips for conduits

Conduits

169

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T ØA PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FM-313T 3-5 16-25 11/13.5/16 45 F8+ 100

6-9 16-20 11/13.5 45 F8+ 100

9-13 16 11 45 F8+ 100

FM-320T 3-5 20-38 13.5/16/21/29 45 F8+ 100

6-9 20-35 13.5/16/21 45 F8+ 100

9-13 20-30 13.5/16/21 45 F8+ 100

13-16 20-25 13.5/16 45 F8+ 100

16-20 20 13.5 45 F8+ 100

Product Ref. ØA ØB Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FM-1116 3-6 10-18 11 F5 100

Product Ref. ØC ØD PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FM-313T 20 Max M6/M8/M10 11 22 F8+ 100

FM-320T 40 Max M6/M8/M10 29 22 F8+ 100

Rod clips for conduits

Conduits

170

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Girder clips for conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-GM1219 1.5-3 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

AH153-GM1926 1.5-3 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

AH153-GM2632 1.5-3 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

AH153-GM3240 1.5-3 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

AH153-GM4047 1.5-3 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

AH153-GM4757 1.5-3 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

AH38-GM1219 3-8 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

AH38-GM1926 3-8 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

AH38-GM2632 3-8 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

AH38-GM3240 3-8 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

AH38-GM4047 3-8 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

AH38-GM4757 3-8 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

AH814-GM1219 8-14 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

AH814-GM1926 8-14 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

AH814-GM2632 8-14 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

AH814-GM3240 8-14 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

AH814-GM4047 8-14 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

AH814-GM4757 8-14 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

AH1420-GM1219 14-20 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

AH1420-GM1926 14-20 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

AH1420-GM2632 14-20 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

AH1420-GM3240 14-20 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

AH1420-GM4047 14-20 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

AH1420-GM4757 14-20 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

Girder clips for conduits

Conduits

171

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH38-JM1825 3-8 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

AH38-JM2229 3-8 22-29 16/21 7 F8+ 25

AH38-JM2933 3-8 29-33 – 7 F8+ 25

AH814-JM1825 8-14 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

AH814-JM2229 8-14 22-29 16/21 7 F8+ 25

AH814-JM2933 8-14 29-33 – 7 F8+ 25

AH1420-JM1825 14-20 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

AH1420-JM2229 14-20 22-29 16/21 7 F8+ 25

AH1420-JM2933 14-20 29-33 – 7 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AH38-JM1825R 3-8 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

AH38-JM2229R 3-8 22-29 16/21 7 F8+ 25

AH814-JM1825R 8-14 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

AH814-JM2229R 8-14 22-29 16/21 7 F8+ 25

AH814-JM2933R 8-14 29-33 – 7 F8+ 25

AH1420-JM1825R 14-20 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

AH1420-JM2229R 14-20 22-29 16/21 7 F8+ 25

AH1420-JM2933R 14-20 29-33 – 7 F8+ 25

Girder clips for conduits

Conduits

172

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Purlin clips for conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AV155-GM1219R 1.5-5 12-19 7/9/11 Max 15 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM1926R 1.5-5 19-26 13.5/16 Max 12 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM2632R 1.5-5 26-32 21 Max 25 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM1219R 5-7 12-19 7/9/11 Max 15 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM1926R 5-7 19-26 13.5/16 Max 12 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM2632R 5-7 26-32 21 Max 25 12 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

AV155-GM1219 1.5-5 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM1926 1.5-5 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM2632 1.5-5 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM3240 1.5-5 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM4047 1.5-5 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

AV155-GM4757 1.5-5 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM1219 5-7 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM1926 5-7 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM2632 5-7 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM3240 5-7 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM4047 5-7 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

AV57-GM4757 5-7 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

Purlin clips for conduits

Conduits

Purlin clips for conduits

Conduits

173

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

SM125-GM1219 ≤3.0 12-19 7/9/11 12.5 12 F2 25

SM125-GM1926 ≤3.0 19-26 13.5/16 12.5 12 F2 25

SM125-GM2632 ≤3.0 26-32 21 12.5 12 F2 25

SM125-GM3240 ≤3.0 32-40 29 12.5 12 F2 25

SM125-GM4047 ≤3.0 40-47 36 12.5 12 F2 25

SM125-GM4757 ≤3.0 47-57 36/42 12.5 12 F2 25

174

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Girder clips for conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

EH38-GM1219 3-8 12-19 7/9/11 45 F8+ 25

EH38-GM1926 3-8 19-26 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

EH38-GM2632 3-8 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

EH38-GM3240 3-8 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

EH38-GM4047 3-8 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

EH38-GM4757 3-8 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

EH814-GM1219 8-14 12-19 7/9/11 45 F8+ 25

EH814-GM1926 8-14 19-26 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

EH814-GM2632 8-14 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

EH814-GM3240 8-14 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

EH814-GM4047 8-14 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

EH814-GM4757 8-14 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

EH1420-GM1219 14-20 12-19 7/9/11 45 F8+ 25

EH1420-GM1926 14-20 19-26 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

EH1420-GM2632 14-20 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

EH1420-GM3240 14-20 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

EH1420-GM4047 14-20 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

EH1420-GM4757 14-20 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

EH38-JM1825 3-8 18-22 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 25

EH38-JM2229 3-8 22-29 16/21 11 F8+ 25

EH38-JM2933 3-8 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

EH814-JM1825 8-14 18-22 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 25

EH814-JM2229 8-14 22-29 16/21 11 F8+ 25

EH814-JM2933 8-14 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

EH1420-JM1825 14-20 18-22 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 25

EH1420-JM2229 14-20 22-29 16/21 11 F8+ 25

EH1420-JM2933 14-20 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

Girder clips for conduits

Conduits

175

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T ØA ØB C Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

EH38-P15 3-8 15 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH38-P22 3-8 22 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH38-P28 3-8 28 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH814-P15 8-14 15 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH814-P22 8-14 22 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH814-P28 8-14 28 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH1420-P15 14-20 15 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH1420-P22 14-20 22 M6 22 F8+** 25

EH1420-P28 14-20 28 M6 22 F8+** 25

** Conduit clips P15, P22 and P28 are made of Polypropylene

Product Ref. T A B C Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

EH38-RCC13 3-8 13 51 – F8+ 25

EH38-RCC15 3-8 15 53 – F8+ 25

EH814-RCC13 8-14 13 51 – F8+ 25

EH814-RCC15 8-14 15 53 – F8+ 25

EH1420-RCC13 14-20 13 51 – F8+ 25

EH1420-RCC15 14-20 15 53 – F8+ 25

RCC-6-FU – 6 – 29 F8+ 100

RCC-8 – 8 – 31 F8+ 100

RCC-10 – 10 – 33 F8+ 100

RCC-13 – 13 – 36 F8+ 100

RCC-15 – 15 – 38 F8+ 100

RCC-20 – 20 – 43 F8+ 100

RCC-25 – 25 – 48 F8+ 100

Girder clips for conduits / cables

Conduits

176

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Purlin clips for conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB C D PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

TM03-GM1219 12-19 6.5 58 45˚ 7/9/11 45 F8+ 25

TM03-GM1926 19-26 6.5 59 45˚ 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

TM03-GM2632 26-32 6.5 70 45˚ 21 45 F8+ 25

TM03-GM3240 32-40 6.5 74 45˚ 29 45 F8+ 25

TM03-GM4047 40-47 6.5 80 45˚ 36 45 F8+ 25

TM03-GM4757 47-57 6.5 80 45˚ 36/42 45 F8+ 25

Product Ref. ØA ØB C D PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

TM03-JM1825 18-22 6.5 63 45˚ 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 25

TM03-JM2229 22-29 6.5 64 45˚ 13.5/21 11 F8+ 25

TM03-JM2933 29-33 6.5 69 45˚ – 11 F8+ 25

Purlin clips for conduits

Conduits

Girder clamps for conduits

Conduits

177

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH65-GM1219 Max 18 12-19 7/9/11 45 F8+ 25

FH65-GM1926 Max 18 19-26 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

FH65-GM2632 Max 18 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

FH65-GM3240 Max 18 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

FH65-GM4047 Max 18 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

FH65-GM4757 Max 18 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH107-GM1219 Max 18 12-19 7/9/11 12 F8+ 25

FH107-GM1926 Max 18 19-26 13.5/16 12 F8+ 25

FH107-GM2632 Max 18 26-32 21 12 F8+ 25

FH107-GM3240 Max 18 32-40 29 12 F8+ 25

FH107-GM4047 Max 18 40-47 36 12 F8+ 25

FH107-GM4757 Max 18 47-57 36/42 12 F8+ 25

Girder clamps for conduits

Conduits

178

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Girder clamps for conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH65-JM1825 Max 18 18-22 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 25

FH65-JM2229 Max 18 22-29 13.5/21 11 F8+ 25

FH65-JM2933 Max 18 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FH107-JM1825 Max 18 18-22 11/13.5/16 7 F8+ 25

FH107-JM2229 Max 18 22-29 13.5/21 7 F8+ 25

FH107-JM2933 Max 18 29-33 – 7 F8+ 25

Girder clamps for conduits

Conduits

T-bow clips for conduits

Conduits

179

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A PG Type Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

PMB65-GM1219 12-19 74 7/9/11 F8+ 25

PMB65-GM1926 19-26 75 13.5/16 F8+ 25

PMB65-GM2632 26-32 86 21 F8+ 25

PMB65-GM3240 32-40 90 29 F8+ 25

PMB65-GM4047 40-47 92 36 F8+ 25

PMB65-GM4757 47-57 90 36/42 F8+ 25

180

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Clips for attaching conduits to conduits

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

GM1219-GM1219 12-19 12-19 7/9/11 45 F8+ 25

GM1219-GM1926 12-19 19-26 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

GM1219-GM2632 12-19 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

GM1219-GM3240 12-19 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

GM1219-GM4047 12-19 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

GM1219-GM4757 12-19 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

GM1926-GM1926 19-26 19-26 13.5/16 45 F8+ 25

GM1926-GM2632 19-26 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

GM1926-GM3240 19-26 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

GM1926-GM4047 19-26 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

GM1926-GM4757 19-26 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

GM2632-GM2632 26-32 26-32 21 45 F8+ 25

GM2632-GM3240 26-32 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

GM2632-GM4047 26-32 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

GM2632-GM4757 26-32 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

GM3240-GM3240 32-40 32-40 29 45 F8+ 25

GM3240-GM4047 32-40 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

GM3240-GM4757 32-40 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

GM4047-GM4047 40-47 40-47 36 45 F8+ 25

GM4047-GM4757 40-47 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

GM4757-GM4757 47-57 47-57 36/42 45 F8+ 25

Clips for attaching conduits to conduits

Conduits

181

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

3Nm

90°

Product Ref. ØA ØB PG Type Load rating #1 Load rating #2 Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

YHR-1618 16-18 14 11 40 15 F2 100

YHR-1821 18-21 14 13.5/16 40 15 F2 100

YHR-2427 24-27 14 21 40 15 F2 100

YHR-3034 30-34 14 29 40 15 F2 50

YHR-3438 34-38 14 29 40 15 F2 50

YHR-4751 47-51 14 36 40 15 F2 50

YHR-5963 59-63 14 48 40 15 F2 25

SSYHR-1618 16-18 14 11 40 15 F3 100

SSYHR-1821 18-21 14 13.5/16 40 15 F3 100

SSYHR-2427 24-27 14 21 40 15 F3 100

SSYHR-3034 30-34 14 29 40 15 F3 50

SSYHR-3438 34-38 14 29 40 15 F3 50

SSYHR-4751 47-51 14 36 40 15 F3 50

SSYHR-5963 59-63 14 48 40 15 F3 25

Product Ref. ØA ØB PG Type Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

JM1825-JM1825 18-22 18-22 11/13.5/16 11 F8+ 25

JM1825-JM2229 18-22 22-29 16/21 11 F8+ 25

JM1825-JM2933 18-22 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

JM2229-JM2229 22-29 22-29 16/21 11 F8+ 25

JM2229-JM2933 22-29 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

JM2933-JM2933 29-33 29-33 – 11 F8+ 25

Girder clamps for conduits

Conduits

182

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Girder clamps for conduits / pipes

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

2Nm

360°

5Nm

Product Ref. A Material Quantity

[mm] finishes* [pieces]

ECH-33 33 F2 25

ECH-37 37 F2 25

ECH-41 41 F2 25

ECH-45 45 F2 25

ECH-49 49 F2 25

ECH-53 53 F2 25

Product Ref. T Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

RA-0612 Max 12 6-12 60 F2 25

RA-1014 Max 12 10-14 60 F2 25

RA-1216 Max 12 12-16 60 F2 25

RA-1418 Max 12 14-18 60 F2 25

RA-1822 Max 12 18-22 60 F2 25

RA-2226 Max 12 22-26 80 F2 25

RA-2630 Max 12 26-30 80 F2 25

RA-3034 Max 12 30-34 80 F2 25

RA-3438 Max 12 34-38 100 F2 25

RA-3842 Max 12 38-42 100 F2 25

RA-4246 Max 12 42-46 100 F2 25

RA-4650 Max 12 46-50 100 F2 25

RA-5054 Max 12 50-54 100 F2 25

RA-5458 Max 12 54-58 100 F2 25

RA-5864 Max 12 58-64 100 F2 25

RA-6470 Max 12 64-70 100 F2 25

RA-7076 Max 12 70-76 100 F2 25

RA-7682 Max 12 76-82 100 F2 25

RA-8290 Max 12 82-90 100 F2 25

RA-90100 Max 12 90-100 100 F2 25

RA-100110 Max 12 100-110 100 F2 25

Girder clamps for conduits / pipes

Conduits

Girder clamps for conduits / pipes

Conduits

183

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

* See page 150 for material finishes

5Nm

Product Ref. A Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

S-0612 Min 18 6-12 60 F2 25

S-1014 Min 18 10-14 60 F2 25

S-1216 Min 18 12-16 60 F2 25

S-1418 Min 18 14-18 60 F2 25

S-1822 Min 18 18-22 60 F2 25

S-2226 Min 18 22-26 80 F2 25

S-2630 Min 18 26-30 80 F2 25

S-3034 Min 18 30-34 80 F2 25

S-3438 Min 18 34-38 100 F2 25

S-3842 Min 18 38-42 100 F2 25

S-4246 Min 18 42-46 100 F2 25

S-4650 Min 18 46-50 100 F2 25

S-5054 Min 18 50-54 100 F2 25

S-5458 Min 18 54-58 100 F2 25

S-5864 Min 18 58-64 100 F2 25

S-6470 Min 18 64-70 100 F2 25

S-7076 Min 18 70-76 100 F2 25

S-7682 Min 18 76-82 100 F2 25

S-8290 Min 18 82-90 100 F2 25

S-90100 Min 18 90-100 100 F2 25

S-100110 Min 18 100-110 100 F2 25

184

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.3

Girder clamps for conduits / pipes

Conduits

* See page 150 for material finishes

5Nm

Product Ref. T Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

H-0612 Max 6 6-12 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-1014-FU Max 6 10-14 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-1216 Max 6 12-16 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-1418 Max 6 14-18 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-1822 Max 6 18-22 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-2226 Max 6 22-26 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-2630 Max 6 26-30 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-3034 Max 6 30-34 Max 40 80 F2 25

H-3438 Max 6 34-38 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-3842 Max 6 38-42 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-4246 Max 6 42-46 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-4650 Max 6 46-50 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-5054 Max 6 50-54 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-5458 Max 6 54-58 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-5864 Max 6 58-64 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-6470 Max 6 64-70 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-7076 Max 6 70-76 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-7682 Max 6 76-82 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-8290 Max 6 82-90 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-90100 Max 6 90-100 Max 40 100 F2 25

H-100110 Max 6 100-110 Max 40 100 F2 25

Girder clips for single cables

Cable

185

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T Ø A Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

LM-38 3-5 6-16 46 F8+ 100

5-8 3-10

LM-811 8-9 7-20 46 F8+ 100

10-11 7-12

Girder clips for multi cables

Cable

Product Ref. T A B C Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

GH-310 3-10 52 16 10 F8+ 100

GH-1018 10-18 52 16 10 F8+ 100

186

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4

Girder clips for multi cables

Cable

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T A Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-B 1.5-3 65 F8+ 25

AH38-B 3-8 58 F8+ 25

AH814-B 8-14 58 F8+ 25

AH1420-B 14-20 58 F8+ 25

Product Ref. T Ø Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

ECS-4555 2-4 4.5-5.5 F8+ 100

ECS-67 2-4 6-7 F8+ 100

ECS-89 2-4 8-9 F8+ 100

ECS-1011 2-4 10-11 F8+ 100

ECS-1214 2-4 12-14 F8+ 100

ECS-1519 2-4 15-18 F8+ 100

ECS-2024 2-4 19-24 F8+ 100

ECS-2532 2-4 25-32 F8+ 100

ECM-4555 4-7 4.5-5.5 F8+ 100

ECM-67 4-7 6-7 F8+ 100

ECM-89 4-7 8-9 F8+ 100

ECM-1011 4-7 10-11 F8+ 100

ECM-1214 4-7 12-14 F8+ 100

ECM-1519 4-7 15-18 F8+ 100

ECM-2024 4-7 19-24 F8+ 100

ECM-2532 4-7 25-32 F8+ 100

ECL-4555 8-12 4.5-5.5 F8+ 100

ECL-67 8-12 6-7 F8+ 100

ECL-89 8-12 8-9 F8+ 100

ECL-1011 8-12 10-11 F8+ 100

ECL-1214 8-12 12-14 F8+ 100

ECL-1519 8-12 15-18 F8+ 100

ECL-2024 8-12 19-24 F8+ 100

ECL-2532 8-12 25-32 F8+ 100

Girder clips for single cables

Cable

Girder clips for single cables

Cable

187

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T A Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

ECA-1215 12-15 2-4 F8+ 100

ECA-1520 15-20 2-4 F8+ 100

Product Ref. T A B Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-CT2 1.5-3 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH153-CT2R 1.5-3 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH153-CT4 1.5-3 370 7.6 F8+** 25

AH38-CT2 3-8 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH38-CT2R 3-8 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH38-CT4 3-8 370 7.6 F8+** 25

AH814-CT2 8-14 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH814-CT2R 8-14 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH814-CT4 8-14 370 7.6 F8+** 25

AH1420-CT2 14-20 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH1420-CT2R 14-20 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AH1420-CT4 14-20 370 7.6 F8+** 25

** Mounting Bases and Cable Ties are made of polyamide 6.6

Girder clips, mounting base and cable tie for cable bundles

Cable

188

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4

Girder clips and mounting base for cable bundles

Cable

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T A B Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-M 1.5-3 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH153-MR 1.5-3 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH38-M 3-8 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH38-MR 3-8 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH814-M 8-14 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH814-MR 8-14 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH1420-M 14-20 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AH1420-MR 14-20 9 3.5 F8+** 25

** Mounting Bases are made of polyamide 6.6

Product Ref. T A B Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

AH153-CT2R 1.5-3 200 7.6 F8+** 25

** Mounting Bases and Cable Ties are made of polyamide 6.6

Purlin clips, mounting base and cable tie for cable bundles

Cable

Girder clips, mounting base and cable tie for cable bundles

Cable

189

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T A B Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

AV155-CT2 1.5-5 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AV155-CT2R 1.5-5 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AV155-CT4 1.5-5 370 7.6 F8+** 25

AV57-CT2 5-7 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AV57-CT2R 5-7 200 7.6 F8+** 25

AV57-CT4 5-7 370 7.6 F8+** 25

** Mounting Bases and Cable Ties are made of polyamide 6.6

Product Ref. T A B Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

AV155-M 1.5-5 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AV155-MR 1.5-5 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AV57-M 5-7 9 3.5 F8+** 25

AV57-MR 5-7 9 3.5 F8+** 25

** Mounting Bases are made of polyamide 6.6

Purlin clips and mounting base for cable bundles

Cable

190

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.4

Purlin clips and mounting base for cable bundles

Cable

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T A B C Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

SM125-M ≤3.0 9 3.5 12.5 F2** 25

SM125-MR ≤3.0 9 3.5 12.5 F2** 25

** Mounting Bases are made of polyamide 6.6

Suspended ceiling clips

Ceiling

191

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.5

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

JHX-16SW M6 16 25 9 F4 100

JHX-16S M6 16 25 22 F8+ 100

JHX-38S M6 38 25 22 F8+ 100

JHX-50S M6 50 25 22 F8+ 100

JHX-72S M6 72 25 22 F8+ 100

JH-15SW M6 15 15 22 F4 100

JH-15SW in White

Product Ref. Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

LH-25 7 25 20 18 F1 100

LH-25W 7 25 20 18 F4 100

LH-25W in White

Suspended ceiling clips

Ceiling

192

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.5

Suspended ceiling clips

Ceiling

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

ADS-3 3 55 30 18 100 F1 100

ADS-4 4 55 30 18 100 F1 100

Product Ref. ØA ØB C D Load Rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

KH-6W 6 3 25 7 22 F4 100

KH-6W in White

Suspended ceiling hangers

Ceiling

Suspended ceiling hangers

Ceiling

193

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.5

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A B C#1 C#2 Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

ADSH10-30 4 100 300 190 190 100 F1 25

ADSH30-60 4 300 600 340 340 100 F1 25

ADSH60-100 4 600 1000 540 540 100 F1 25

ADSH100-125 4 1000 1250 990 340 100 F1 25

ADSH125-150 4 1250 1500 1040 540 100 F1 25

ADSH150-175 4 1500 1750 1290 540 100 F1 25

ADSH175-200 4 1750 2000 1540 540 100 F1 25

194

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6

Clips for chain hanging

Decking

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. A B C D Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

V-1 1 50.8 8 35 F1 100

Product Ref. Ø A Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

PMB-6T M6 59 F8+ 100

PMB-65 6.5 59 F8+ 100

PM-6T M6 71 F8+ 100

PM-65 6.5 71 F8+ 100

T-bar clips for conduit boxes

Decking

Wedge nuts

Decking

195

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A B C D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

WN6 M6 25 13 19 12 20 F1 100

WN8 M8 25 13 19 12 36 F1 100

WN10 M10 25 13 19 12 58 F1 100

Product Ref. T ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

NH-083 0.8-2 7 6.5 45 45 F8+ 100

2-3 90

Decking clips for chain and wire

Decking

196

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6

Decking clips for threaded rod

Decking

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. T ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

NH083-AM127 0.8-2 12.7 7 74 45 F8+ 25

2-3 68

NH083-AM6T 0.8-2 M6 7 74 45 F8+ 25

2-3 68

NH083-AM8T 0.8-2 M8 7 74 45 F8+ 25

2-3 68

NH083-AM10T 0.8-2 M10 7 74 45 F8+ 25

2-3 68

NH083-YM127 0.8-2 12.7 7 76 45 F8+ 25

2-3 90

Product Ref. T ØA ØB C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

NH083-BM4 0.8-2 4 7 45 45 F8+ 25

2-3 90

NH083-BM6 0.8-2 6 7 45 45 F8+ 25

2-3 90

NH083-BM8 0.8-2 8 7 45 45 F8+ 25

2-3 90

NH083-BM10 0.8-2 10 7 45 45 F8+ 25

2-3 90

Decking clips for rod

Decking

Decking clips for threaded rod

Decking

197

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. A B C Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

DWH-6T 50 40 15 M6 100 F1 25

DWH-8T 50 40 15 M8 100 F1 25

DWH-10T 50 40 15 M10 100 F1 25

Product Ref. A B C Ø Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

DMH-6T 50 40 34 M6 150 F1 25

DMH-8T 50 40 34 M8 150 F1 25

DMH-10T 50 40 34 M10 150 F1 25

Decking clips for threaded rod

Decking

198

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6

Decking clips for conduit boxes

Decking

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

DH1217-105 10.5 6.5 60 20 11.5 60 F3 100

DH1217-65 6.5 6.5 60 20 11.5 60 F3 100

DH1722-105 10.5 6.5 60 25 16.5 60 F3 100

DH1722-65 6.5 6.5 60 25 16.5 60 F3 100

Product Ref. ØA ØB A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

DH1217-M8 M8 6.5 60 20 11.5 60 F3 100

DH1217-M10 M10 6.5 60 20 11.5 60 F3 100

DH1722-M8 M8 6.5 60 25 16.5 60 F3 100

DH1722-M10 M10 6.5 60 25 16.5 60 F3 100

Decking clips for threaded rod

Decking

Decking clips for conduits

Decking

199

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.6

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

DH1217-GM1219 12-19 104 20 11.5 45 F3 25

DH1217-GM1926 19-26 104 20 11.5 45 F3 25

DH1217-GM2632 26-32 115 20 11.5 45 F3 25

DH1217-GM3240 32-40 128 20 11.5 45 F3 25

DH1217-GM4047 40-47 139 20 11.5 45 F3 25

DH1217-GM4757 47-57 147 20 11.5 45 F3 25

DH1722-GM1219 12-19 104 25 16.5 45 F3 25

DH1722-GM1926 19-26 104 25 16.5 45 F3 25

DH1722-GM2632 26-32 115 25 16.5 45 F3 25

DH1722-GM3240 32-40 128 25 16.5 45 F3 25

DH1722-GM4047 40-47 139 25 16.5 45 F3 25

DH1722-GM4757 47-57 147 25 16.5 45 F3 25

Decking clips for threaded rod

Decking

Product Ref. ØA A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

DH-50 10.5 100 30 8 75 F8+ 50

DHN-6T M6 – – – 75 F8+ 50

DHN-8T M8 – – – 75 F8+ 50

DHN-10T M10 – – – 75 F8+ 50

DHN

DH-50

200

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.7

Lined pipe hangers for threaded rod

Pipe

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB Material Quantity

[mm] finishes* [pieces]

PCH-1415 14-15 M8/M10 F1 50

PCH-1618 16-18 M8/M10 F1 50

PCH-2022 20-22 M8/M10 F1 50

PCH-2528 25-28 M8/M10 F1 50

PCH-3335 33-35 M8/M10 F1 50

PCH-3638 36-38 M8/M10 F1 25

PCH-4244 42-44 M8/M10 F1 25

PCH-4850 48-50 M8/M10 F1 25

PCH-5254 52-54 M8/M10 F1 25

PCH-5760 57-60 M8/M10 F1 25

DIN4109

Product Ref. ØA ØB Material Quantity

[mm] finishes* [pieces]

PCS-1519 15-19 M8/M10 F1 50

PCS-2025 20-25 M8/M10 F1 50

PCS-2630 26-30 M8/M10 F1 50

PCS-3236 32-36 M8/M10 F1 50

PCS-3843 38-43 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-4751 47-51 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-5358 53-58 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-6064 60-64 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-6872 68-72 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-7580 75-80 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-8186 81-86 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-8792 87-92 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-99105 99-105 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-107112 107-112 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-113118 113-118 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-125130 125-130 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-132137 132-137 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-138142 138-142 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-148152 148-152 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-159166 159-166 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-200212 200-212 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-215220 215-220 M8/M10 F1 25

PCS-248252 248-252 M8/M10 F1 25

DIN4109

Lined pipe hangers for threaded rod

Pipe

Lined pipe hangers for threaded rod

Pipe

201

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.7

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB Material Quantity

[mm] finishes* [pieces]

PCSD-1518 15-18 M8/M10 F1 50

PCSD-2024 20-24 M8/M10 F1 50

PCSD-2630 26-30 M8/M10 F1 50

PCSD-3236 32-36 M8/M10 F1 50

PCSD-3842 38-42 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-4750 47-50 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-6064 60-64 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-7580 75-80 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-8590 85-90 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-100106 100-106 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-114119 114-119 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-133140 133-140 M8/M10 F1 25

PCSD-159165 159-165 M8/M10 F1 25

DIN4109

Product Ref. ØA ØB Material Quantity

[mm] finishes* [pieces]

PB-1519 15-19 M8/M10 F1 50

PB-2025 20-25 M8/M10 F1 50

PB-2630 26-30 M8/M10 F1 50

PB-3236 32-36 M8/M10 F1 50

PB-3843 38-43 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-4751 47-51 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-5358 53-58 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-6064 60-64 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-6872 68-72 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-7580 75-80 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-8186 81-86 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-8792 87-92 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-99105 99-105 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-107112 107-112 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-113118 113-118 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-125130 125-130 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-132137 132-137 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-138142 138-142 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-148152 148-152 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-159166 159-166 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-200212 200-212 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-215220 215-220 M8/M10 F1 25

PB-248252 248-252 M8/M10 F1 25

Unlined pipe hangers for threaded rod

Pipe

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Unlined pipe hangers for threaded rod

Pipe

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB Material Quantity

[mm] finishes* [pieces]

PBD-1518 15-18 M8/M10 F1 50

PBD-2024 20-24 M8/M10 F1 50

PBD-2630 26-30 M8/M10 F1 50

PBD-3236 32-36 M8/M10 F1 50

PBD-3842 38-42 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-4750 47-50 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-6064 60-64 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-7580 75-80 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-8590 85-90 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-100106 100-106 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-114119 114-119 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-133140 133-140 M8/M10 F1 25

PBD-159165 159-165 M8/M10 F1 25

Product Ref. ØA B Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

PH-20-FU 20 64 F2 25

PH-25-FU 25 72 F2 25

PH-32 32 83 F2 25

PH-40 40 96 F2 25

PH-50 50 113 F2 25

PH-65 65 132 F2 25

PH-80 80 156 F2 25

PH-100 100 215 F2 10

PH-125 125 242 F2 10

PH-150 150 279 F2 10

202

2.7

Filbow hangers for threaded rod

Pipe

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

* See page 150 for material finishes

2.7

203

Product Ref. A B C Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

PRP-810 M8 M10 76 F1 25

PRPD-8 50-95 27 10 F1 25

PS-20 20 2.0 4.5 – 20m

204

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.8

Fast-Lock wire suspension

Fast-Lock

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

FL-2250 1-2 60 50 F6 25

Product

Ref.

Ø B A Load

rating

Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [m] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

CW050-2 2 7x7 50 80 F2 1

CW100-2 2 7x7 100 80 F2 1

Product Ref. Ø Quantity

[mm] [pieces]

WC-1 1-4 1

WC-7 1-4 1

WC-7

WC-1

Catenary wire

Suspension

205

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product

Ref.

ØABLoad

rating

Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [m] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

CW100-2 2 7 x 7 100 80 F2 1

CW30-3 3 7 x 7 30 190 F2 1

CW50-3 3 7 x 7 50 190 F2 1

CW100-3 3 7 x 7 100 190 F2 1

CW30-4 4 7 x 7 30 350 F2 1

CW50-4 4 7 x 7 50 350 F2 1

CW100-4 4 7 x 7 100 350 F2 1

CW30-6 6 7 x 7 30 760 F2 1

CW50-6 6 7 x 7 50 760 F2 1

CW100-6 6 7 x 7 100 760 F2 1

SSCW100-2 2 7 x 7 100 80 F3 1

SSCW30-3 3 7 x 7 30 190 F3 1

SSCW50-3 3 7 x 7 50 190 F3 1

SSCW100-3 3 7 x 7 100 190 F3 1

SSCW30-4 4 7 x 7 30 350 F3 1

SSCW50-4 4 7 x 7 50 350 F3 1

SSCW100-4 4 7 x 7 100 350 F3 1

SSCW30-6 6 7 x 7 30 760 F3 1

SSCW50-6 6 7 x 7 50 760 F3 1

SSCW100-6 6 7 x 7 100 760 F3 1

CW30-3PVC 3 7 x 7 30 190 F2 + PVC 1

CW50-3PVC 3 7 x 7 50 190 F2 + PVC 1

CW100-3PVC 3 7 x 7 100 190 F2 + PVC 1

CW30-4PVC 4 7 x 7 30 350 F2 + PVC 1

CW50-4PVC 4 7 x 7 50 350 F2 + PVC 1

CW100-4PVC 4 7 x 7 100 350 F2 + PVC 1

CW30-6PVC 6 7 x 7 30 760 F2 + PVC 1

CW50-6PVC 6 7 x 7 50 760 F2 + PVC 1

CW100-6PVC 6 7 x 7 50 760 F2 + PVC 1

206

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9

Suspension

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA B C D E F Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

HW50 5.5 50 32 8 55 5 25 F2 10

Product Ref. ØA B C Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

CWG-23 2-3 Max 9 6.5 F2 25

CWG-4 4 Max 12 7.0 F2 25

CWG-6 6 Max 18 8.0 F2 25

SSCWG-2 2 Max 9 6.5 F3 1

SSCWG-3 3 Max 9 6.5 F3 1

SSCWG-4 4 Max 12 7.0 F3 1

SSCWG-6 6 Max 18 8.0 F3 1

Product Ref. ØA ØB Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

WT-23 2-3 10 F2 25

WT-34 3-4 14 F2 25

WT-6-FU 6 16 F2 25

SSWT-2 2 10 F3 1

SSWT-34 3-4 14 F3 1

SSWT-6 6 16 F3 1

Product Ref. Ø A Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

CWT-23 10 155-245 F2 10

CWT-46 12 230-325 F2 10

SSCWT-23 10 155-245 F3 10

SSCWT-46 12 230-325 F3 10

Suspension for catenary wire

Suspension

207

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. A Ø Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

LS-32 152 Max 32 F6 10

LS-38 178 Max 38 F6 10

LS-48 203 Max 48 F6 10

LS-54 228 Max 54 F6 10

LS-60 254 Max 60 F6 10

LS-72 305 Max 72 F6 10

Product

Ref.

T A B Load

rating

Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

MM65-AH153 1.5-3 6.3 36 72 F8+ 25

MM65-AH38 3-8 6.3 38 90 F8+ 25

MM65-AH814 8-14 6.3 46 90 F8+ 25

MM65-AH1420 14-20 6.3 58 90 F8+ 25

NM65-AH153 1.5-3 6.3 58 72 F8+ 25

NM65-AH38 3-8 6.3 60 90 F8+ 25

NM65-AH814 8-14 6.3 68 90 F8+ 25

NM65-AH1420 14-20 6.3 80 90 F8+ 25

Girder clips for perforated band

Suspension

208

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9

Suspension for perforated band

Suspension

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Colour Ø A B Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [m] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

PLASTIC **

SP-13B black 4 13 10 37 F7 1

SP-19B black 6.5 19 10 42 F7 1

SP-27B black 7.5 27 10 90 F7 1

SP-13O orange 4 13 10 37 F7 1

SP-19O orange 6.5 19 10 42 F7 1

SP-13R-FU red 4 13 10 37 F7 1

SP-19R-FU red 6.5 19 10 42 F7 1

SP-13W white 4 13 10 37 F7 1

SP-19W white 6.5 19 10 42 F7 1

GALVANISED

SG-12-FU – 5 12 10 37 F2 1

SG-18 – 7 18 10 42 F2 1

SG-26 – 8 26 10 90 F2 1

STAINLESS STEEL

SS-12 – 5 12 10 43 F3 1

SS-18-FU – 7 18 10 48 F3 1

SS-26 – 8 26 10 100 F3 1

COPPER

SC-12 – 5 12 10 16 F6 1

SC-18 – 7 18 10 21 F6 1

** Material: Plascoat PPA 571

Product Ref. Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

MM-65 6.5 28 20 6.3 90 F8+ 100

NM-65 6.5 28 42 6.3 90 F8+ 100

Perforated band

Suspension

Plastic**

Galvanised

Purlin clips for perforated band

Suspension

209

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.9

* See page 150 for material finishes

KG - Electroplate DIN 5685

KF - Hot Dip Galvanised DIN 5685

KN - Stainless Steel DIN 763

KK- Electroplate DIN 5686

Product Ref. Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

KK-20 1.8 25 8 30 70 F1 1

KK-30 2.8 39 12.5 30 190 F1 1

KG-3 3 26 12 30 45 F1 1

KG-4 4 32 16 30 80 F1 1

KF-3 3 26 12 30 45 F2 1

KF-4 4 32 16 30 80 F2 1

KN-2 2 22 8 30 50 F3 1

KN-3 3 26 12 30 120 F3 1

NG-4 4 20 – – – F1 100

NF-4 4 20 – – – F2 100

SH-4 4 35 – – 20 F1 100

SH-5 5 45 – – 30 F1 100

Product

Ref.

T A B Load

rating

Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

MM65-AV155 1.5-5 6.3 62 72 F8+ 25

MM65-AV57 5-7 6.3 62 72 F8+ 25

NM65-AV155 1.5-5 6.3 84 72 F8+ 25

NM65-AV57 5-7 6.3 84 72 F8+ 25

Metal chain

Suspension

210

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.10

Fixing plates

Miscellaneous

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. Ø A B C Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

CMP-400 M8 x 25 90 45 35 45 F2 20

Product Ref. T ØA C D E Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] finishes* [pieces]

DM-6T 2.5-4 M6 12.6 25 16 F1 100

XM-6 – M6 10.0 32 – F8+ 100

Speed nuts

Miscellaneous

211

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

2.10

* See page 150 for material finishes

Product Ref. ØA ØB C D Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

UM-26 6.5 4.6 26 26 90 F2 100

UM-44 6.5 – 44 26 90 F8+ 100

UM-50 6.5 4.6 50 26 70 F2 100

UM-67 6.5 – 67 – 90 F8+ 100

Product Ref. Ø A B C D E Load rating Material Quantity

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] finishes* [pieces]

A100 8.75 25 34 42 5 10 40 F1 100

Miscellaneous

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Merchandiser Unit

Miscellaneous

Product Ref. Quantity

Included [number of packages]

AH38-GM1926 2

AH814-GM1926 2

AV155-AM6T 2

AV155-AM10T 2

FC-11 2

PPAH38 4

PPAH814 4

PPAV155 4

PPFH65 4

PPJHX16S 4

PPECS89 4

PPECS1011 4

PPECS1214 4

PPECS1519 4

PPECS2024 4

PPECM89 4

PPECM1011 4

PPECM2024 4

PPECL89 4

PPECL1011 4

PPECL1214 4

PPECL1519 4

PPECL2024 4

Product Ref. Description

EKLIPSUNIT Complete merchandiser unit

2.10

212

Merchandiser Unit

Miscellaneous

213

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

PPECS89 25

PPECS1011 25

PPECS1214 25

PPECS1519 25

PPECS2024 25

PPECM89 25

PPECM1011 25

PPECM1214 25

PPECM1519 25

PPECM2024 25

PPECL89 25

PPECL1011 25

PPECL1214 25

PPECL1519 25

PPECL2024 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

AH38-GM1926 25

AH814-GM1926 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

PPAH38 25

PPAH814 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

PPJHX16S 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

PPFH65 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

PPAV155 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

FC-11 25

Product Ref. Quantity

[pieces]

AV155-AM6T 25

AV155-AM10T 25

2.10

214

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Shrink-Kon®

To insulate and

protect cables

215

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

INSULATION SYSTEMS

3.1 HEAT SHRINK TECHNOLOGIES 214

Selection guide 218

Thin wall heat shrink tubing 220

Product reference structure 220

Type PLG - HSB boxes 221

Type PLG - flexible 222

Type PLG - pre-cut bags 224

Shrink-Kon®Set 225

Type CMP - dual listed 226

Type MLP - flexible for high specifications 227

Type GYS - flexible green and yellow 229

Type GYS - HSB boxes 230

Type PIG - very flexible for highly contoured components 231

Type PIG - HSB boxes 232

Type PKG - flexible for moist environments 233

Type PKG - HSB boxes 235

Type KYN - semi-rigid transparent 236

Type VIT - highly flexible, flame retardant 237

Type ZHFR - flexible, halogen free & flame retardant 238

Type SSB - Shrink-Shield 239

Medium & thick wall heat shrink tubing and tooling 240

Type TBM - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use 240

Type TBW - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use 241

Low voltage kits up to 600V 242

Type TEB - cable breakouts 243

Type TEC - end caps 244

TBTA-ZH - self amalgamating tape 245

Hot Air Tool 246

Technical Information 247

3.2 RESIN TECHNOLOGIES 248

216

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Shrink-Kon®

Heat shrink technologies

Thomas & Betts has you covered when it comes to insula-

tion!

•Easytouse

• Heat shrinkable

• Heavy, medium, and thin walls products

Shrink-Kon®Thin Wall Tubing

Manufactured from crosslinked Polyolefin, these products are

used to insulate bare Sta-Kon®and Color Keyed®connectors and

splices. They also provide a degree of strain relief and may be

used to harness wires. Available in cut pieces or reels.

Featured Products Include:

• Single wall non-lined 2:1 and 3:1 thin wall tubing

•

3:1 and 4:1 dual wall adhesive lined thin-wall PKG series provides

excellent flexibility with environmental sealing capability

217

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Protect against moisture,

corrosion, and abrasion!

• Transparent heat shrink tubing for use on power connections

and data connections

• Zero Halogen and flame retardant version for use in contained

areas

Shrink-Kon®Medium Wall Tubing

More flexible than heavy-wall products, with excellent resistance

to impact and abrasion.

• Seals and protects cable splices and terminations

• Thermoplastic adhesive liner guarantees complete environmen-

tal protection and insulation

Thick Wall Shrink-Kon®Heat-Shrinkable Insulators

When it comes to moisture-proofing connections and termina-

tions, Thomas & Betts’s heat-shrinkable tubing, cable breakouts

and end caps have proven themselves over years of service to the

industry. Made of thermally stabilized cross-linked polyolefin, these

heat-shrinkable insulators can be used over lead, steel, aluminum,

copper, standard plastic, and elastomeric insulating materials.

Thomas & Betts heat-shrinkable insulators are designed to be easy

to use. They provide an appropriate level of insulation and abrasion

protection.

218

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Selection guide

Heat shrink technologies

Product type General description Typical application

PLG/ Multipurpose tube in General purpose, flexible heat shrink tubing

PLG in HSB Boxes flexible polyolefin for the protection, insulation and bundling

of cables

CMP Multipurpose tube in Typical applications are mechanical and electrical

flexible polyolefin-Dual listed insulation, corrosion protection, bundling,

mechanical protection and much more

MLP Multipurpose tube in flexible Typical applications are insulation, corrosion

polyolefin-Dual listed protection, component strain relief and connections

in applications requiring the highest specifications

(e.g. aeronautical and military)

GYS/ Striped green and yellow, For identifying and marking earthing

GYS in HSB Boxes Flexible polyolefin connectors and cables

PIG/ Very flexible polyolefin, For highly contoured components

PIG in HSB Boxes High shrink ratio with large diameter variations.

Green and yellow for earthing applications

PKG/ Flexible polyolefin, High shrink ratio, Adhesive-lined heat shrink tubing ideal

PKG in HSB Boxes adhesive bonds to plastics, for a moisture-resistant insulation

rubber, neoprene, steel and polyethylene

KYN High specifications, semi-rigid Kynar

* Ideal for specific applications where mechanical

heat shrink tubing with excellent and chemical protection are required.

mechanical and electrical Enables see through inspections

insulation performance

VIT High flexibility Viton

** Its specificity make it the product of choice

fluoroelastomer for enhanced for heavy-duty conditions e.g. sensors in

protection in extreme electrical, vehicle engine compartments

chemical and thermal environments

ZHFR Zero halogen, low smoke, Particularly recommended for use in

flexible heat shrink tubing contained areas and with Halogen free

wires and cables

SSB

Insulation and shielding in one process Typical applications including shielding of both

Inner aluminium layer and silver coloured power and signal cables to reduce EMI

outer PVC/Polyester layer radiation and susceptibility

TBM Medium heat shrink tubing For a variety of low voltage applications

ideal for the protection of cable joints where lighter weight and greater flexibility

and terminations in low voltage are important

power applications

TBW Thick wall heat shrink ideal for This heavy wall product provides maximum

underground low voltage power reliability for insulating and protecting

applications and terminations cable joints

VMS Medium and heavy wall cable jointing kit Low voltage jointing applications

(Low voltage kits) for polymeric insulated cables

TEB Medium and heavy wall adhesive To insulate and seal low voltage cable

lined heat shrink cable breakouts crutches

TEC Medium and heavy wall adhesive To seal and protect cable-ends against

lined heat shrink end caps the ingress of moisture and contamination

TBTA-ZH Self-amalgamating tape which Flawless electrical stability

(Self amalgamating tape) provides a thick insulating layer and for long term resistance to moisture

penetration

* Kynar

is a registered trademark of ATOFINA

** Viton

is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours

219

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Characteristics Shrink ratio Temperature range Flame rating Certification(s) Page

Single wall 2:1 -55°C to +125°C Flame retardant*** 221

Single wall 2:1 -55°C to +125°C Flame retardant*** UL, CSA 226

Single wall 2:1 -55°C to +135°C Flame retardant*** UL, CSA, MIL 227

Single wall 2:1 -55°C to +135°C Flame retardant MIL 229

Single wall 3:1 -55°C to +135°C Flame retardant*** MIL 231

Dual wall 3:1 and 4:1 -55°C to +110°C Flame retardant*** 233

(outer jacket)

Non polyolefin: crosslinked 2:1 -55°C to +175°C High flame retardancy MIL 236

polyvinylidene fluoride

(Kynar

Non polyolefin: crosslinked 2:1 -55°C to +220°C High flame retardancy MIL 237

fluoroelastomer (Viton

**)

Single wall 2:1 -40°C to +105°C Flame retardant DEF STAN 238

Dual wall 2:1 -10°C to +125°C - 239

Medium wall 3:1 -55°C to +110°C Non Flame retardant 240

Thick wall 3:1 -55°C to +110°C Non Flame retardant 241

Medium and thick wall 3:1 -55°C to +110°C Non Flame retardant 242

Medium and thick wall >2:1 -55°C to +100°C Non Flame retardant 243

Medium and thick wall >2:1 -55°C to +100°C Non Flame retardant 244

EPR based tape 1:3 -55°C to +105°C Flame retardant 245

* Kynar

is a registered trademark of ATOFINA

** Viton

is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours

*** except transparent version

220

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product reference structure

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Example:

XXXX

Type of heat shrink

Expanded diameter as supplied

in thousandths of an inch

PLG 1000 0 A

PLG = flexible

CMP = Dual listed

MLP = flexible for high specifications

GYS = flexible green and yellow

PIG = very flexible for highly contoured components

PKG = flexible for moist environments

KYN = semi-rigid transparent

VIT = highly flexible, flame retardant

ZHFR = flexible, halogen free & flame retardant

0 = black (standard)

1 = brown

2=red

3 = orange

4 = yellow

5 = green

6 = blue

7 = violet

8=grey

9 = white

C = transparent

E = green / yellow

See product page for colour

availability

Colour Packaging type*

A = 1,22 m cut lengths

B = reels

BG = reels

C = 0,6 m cut lengths

D=box

E = mini-reels

* Not necessary for PLG-

HSB boxes

Type PLG - HSB boxes

• PLG heat shrink tubing in a compact, handy sized box used for

electrical maintenance and repair

• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users

• Offered in 10 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from Ø 1.2 mm

to Ø 25.4 mm

• Stackable boxes for easy storage

• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non-melting for effective electrical

insulation

• Flame retardant

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +110°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

221

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

HSB46

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 12.0

HSB63

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 12.0

HSB93

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 11.5

HSB125

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 11.5

HSB187

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 9.5

HSB250

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 7.5

HSB375

9.5 4.7 0.30 0.6 6.5

HSB500

12.7 6.4 0.30 0.7 6.0

HSB750

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 5.0

HSB1000 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 3.3

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

222

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type PLG - flexible

• Multi-purpose use for insulation, bundling, identification, strain

relief and much more

• Heat shrink tubing with 14 nominal diameters to enclose com-

ponents from Ø 1.2 mm to Ø 101.6 mm

• Flame retardant

• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non melting for effective electrical

insulation

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

• Special colours available on request

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +110°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

PLG46-0-A

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 30.5 25

PLG63-0-A

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 30.5 25

PLG93-0-A

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 30.5 25

PLG125-0-A

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 30.5 25

PLG187-0-A

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 30.5 25

PLG250-0-A

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 30.5 25

PLG375-0-A

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 30.5 25

PLG500-0-A

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 30.5 25

PLG750-0-A

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 12.2 10

PLG1000-0-A 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 12.2 10

PLG1500-0-A 1

38.0 19.0 0.50 1.0 6.1 5

PLG2000-0-A 2 50.8 25.4 0.55 1.1 6.1 5

PLG3000-0-A 3 76.2 38.1 0.65 1.3 2.4 2

PLG4000-0-A 4 101.6 50.8 0.70 1.4 1.2 1

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

Type PLG - flexible

• Multi-purpose use for insulation, bundling, identification, strain

relief and much more

• Heat shrink tubing with 14 nominal diameters to enclose

components from Ø 1.2 mm to Ø 101.6 mm

• Flame retardant

• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non-melting for effective electrical insula-

tion

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

• Special colours available on request

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +110°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

223

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per

D d z w reel mini-reel

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [m]

PLG46-0-E

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 – 150

PLG63-0-E

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 – 150

PLG93-0-E

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 – 150

PLG125-0-E

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 – 150

PLG187-0-B

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 300 –

PLG187-0-E

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 – 75

PLG250-0-B

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 300 –

PLG250-0-E

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 – 75

PLG375-0-B

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 150 –

PLG375-0-E

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 – 75

PLG500-0-B

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 100 –

PLG500-0-E

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 – 50

PLG750-0-B

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 50 –

PLG750-0-E

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 – 30

PLG1000-0-B 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 50 –

PLG1000-0-E 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 – 30

PLG1500-0-B 1

38.1 19.0 0.50 1.0 50 –

PLG1500-0-E 1

38.1 19.0 0.50 1.0 – 30

PLG2000-0-B 2 50.8 25.4 0.55 1.1 50 –

PLG2000-0-E 2 50.8 25.4 0.55 1.1 – 30

PLG3000-0-B 3 76.2 38.1 0.65 1.3 25 –

PLG4000-0-B 4 101.6 50.8 0.70 1.4 25 –

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

224

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type PLG - pre-cut bags

• The Shrink-Kon®Pre-cut packs of PLG heat shrink are available to

replenish the Shrink-Kon®Set or for use on displays

• 9 different expanded diameters

• 6 different colours

• Packed in small quantities

• Flexible, rapid shrinkage, non-melting for effective electrical

insulation

• Flame retardant

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +110°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Expanded

Recovered

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Colour Length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [cm] [pieces]

PLG 63-0-5R

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 Black 550

PLG 63-C-5R

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 Transparent 5 50

PLG 93-0-5R

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 Black 550

PLG 93-C-5R

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 Transparent 5 50

PLG125-9-10R

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 White 10 25

PLG125-4-10R

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 Yellow 10 25

PLG125-C-10R

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 Transparent 10 25

PLG125-0-10R

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 Black 10 25

PLG187-0-10R

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Black 10 25

PLG187-6-5R

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Blue 540

PLG187-4-5R

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Yellow 5 40

PLG187-C-5R

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Transparent 5 40

PLG250-6-10R

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 Blue 10 20

PLG250-0-10R

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 Black 10 20

PLG250-9-5R

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 White 5 40

PLG250-4-5R

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 Yellow 5 40

PLG375-0-10R

9.5 4.7 0.30 0.6 Black 10 15

PLG375-6-10R

9.5 4.7 0.30 0.6 Blue 10 15

PLG500-2-10R

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 Red 10 15

PLG500-0-18R

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 Black 18 8

PLG750-6-10R

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 Blue 10 10

PLG750-0-18R

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 Black 18 6

PLG1000-0-18R 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 Black 18 3

Other dimensions or colours available upon request.

2:1

Shrink-Kon®Set

• A kit comprising PLG heat shrink with or without hot air tool in a

handy carry case

• Maintenance and repair, research and development, small series

manufacture and much more

• 9 different expanded diameters

• 6 different colours

• 23 types

• Flame retardant

• Case made from shock-resistant plastic

• All types available in refill packages

•Product Ref.: SK-1400GTG (with GR121)

•Product Ref.: SK-1400GTG-UK (with GR321)

•Product Ref.: SK-1400G (without hot air tool)

See page 246 for tooling specifications

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +110°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

225

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Set contents Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Colour Length Quantity

Product Ref.

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [cm] [pieces]

PLG63-0

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 Black 520

PLG63-C

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 Transparent 5 20

PLG93-C

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 Transparent 5 20

PLG93-0

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 Black 10 15

PLG125-C

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 Transparent 10 15

PLG125-4

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 Yellow 10 10

PLG125-9

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 White 10 10

PLG125-0

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 Black 10 12

PLG187-C

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Transparent 5 10

PLG187-4

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Yellow 5 10

PLG187-6

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Blue 520

PLG187-0

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.5 Black 10 12

PLG250-4

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 Yellow 5 16

PLG250-6

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 Blue 10 12

PLG250-9

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 White 5 16

PLG250-0

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 Black 10 10

PLG375-6

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 Blue 10 10

PLG375-0

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 Black 18 4

PLG500-2

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 Red 10 6

PLG500-0

12.7 6.4 0.40 0.7 Black 18 4

PLG750-6

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 Blue 10 4

PLG750-0

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 Black 18 4

PLG1000-0 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 Black 18 3

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

226

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type CMP - dual listed

• Typical applications are mechanical and electrical insulation, cor-

rosion protection, bundling, mechanical protection and much

• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 51 mm

• Flame retardant

• Flammability per UL 224

• The tubing is marked

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +110°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicon, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per reel per box per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

CMP46-0-A

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 – 30.5 25

CMP46-0-BG

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 300 – –

CMP63-0-A

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 – 30.5 25

CMP63-0-BG

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 300 – –

CMP93-0-A

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 – 30.5 25

CMP93-0-BG

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 300 – –

CMP125-0-A

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 – 30.5 25

CMP125-0-BG

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 300 – –

CMP187-0-A

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 – 30.5 25

CMP187-0-BG

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 300 – –

CMP250-0-A

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 – 30.5 25

CMP250-0-BG

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 300 – –

CMP375-0-A

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 – 30.5 25

CMP375-0-BG

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 150 – –

CMP500-0-A

12.7 6.4 0.30 0.7 – 30.5 25

CMP500-0-BG

12.7 6.4 0.30 0.7 100 – –

CMP750-0-A

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 – 12.2 10

CMP750-0-BG

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 50 – –

CMP1000-0-A 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 – 12.2 10

CMP1000-0-BG 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 50 – –

CMP1500-0-BG 1

38.0 19.0 0.50 1.0 50 – –

CMP2000-0-BG 2 51.0 25.4 0.55 1.1 50 – –

* Transparent version not UL recognized

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

E79546 702106

Type MLP - flexible for high specifications

• Typical applications are insulation, corrosion protection, compo-

nent strain relief and connections in applications requiring the

highest specifications (e.g. aeronautical and military applications)

• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 25.4 mm

• Dual Listed

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2

• Weather UV-resistant

• Good chemical resistance

• Flame retardant

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +135°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

227

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

MLP46-0-A

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 30.5 25

MLP63-0-A

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 30.5 25

MLP93-0-A

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 30.5 25

MLP125-0-A

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 30.5 25

MLP187-0-A

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 30.5 25

MLP250-0-A

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 30.5 25

MLP375-0-A

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 30.5 25

MLP500-0-A

12.7 6.4 0.30 0.7 30.5 25

MLP750-0-A

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 12.2 10

MLP1000-0-A 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 12.2 10

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

E79546 702106

228

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type MLP - flexible for high specifications

• Typical applications are insulation, corrosion protection, component

strain relief and connections in applications requiring the highest

specifications (e.g. aeronautical and military applications)

• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 25.4 mm

• Dual Listed

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2

• Weather UV-resistant

• Good chemical resistance

• Flame retardant

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +135°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per reel

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

MLP46-0-BG

1.2 0.6 0.20 0.4 300

MLP63-0-BG

1.6 0.8 0.20 0.4 300

MLP93-0-BG

2.4 1.2 0.25 0.5 300

MLP125-0-BG

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.5 300

MLP187-0-BG

4.7 2.4 0.25 0.5 300

MLP250-0-BG

6.4 3.2 0.30 0.6 300

MLP375-0-BG

9.5 4.8 0.30 0.6 150

MLP500-0-BG

12.7 6.4 0.30 0.7 100

MLP750-0-BG

19.1 9.5 0.40 0.7 50

MLP1000-0-BG 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.8 50

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 5 = green, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

E79546 702106

Type GYS - flexible green and yellow

• For identifying and marking earthing connectors and cables

• Mechanical and electrical insulation, corrosion protection

• Internal diameters from 3.2 mm to 25.4 mm

• Flame retardant

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2

(see page 220 for product reference structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +135°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Green / Yellow striped

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

229

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per mini-reel per box per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

GYS125-E-A

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.51 – 30.5 25

GYS125-E-E

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.51 150 – –

GYS187-E-A

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.51 – 30.5 25

GYS187-E-E

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.51 75 – –

GYS250-E-A

6.4 3.2 0.32 0.64 – 30.5 25

GYS250-E-E

6.4 3.2 0.32 0.64 75 – –

GYS375-E-A

9.5 4.8 0.32 0.64 – 30.5 25

GYS375-E-E

9.5 4.8 0.32 0.64 75 – –

GYS500-E-A

12.7 6.4 0.32 0.64 – 30.5 25

GYS500-E-E

12.7 6.4 0.32 0.64 50 – –

GYS750-E-A

19.1 9.5 0.38 0.76 – 12.2 10

GYS750-E-E

19.1 9.5 0.38 0.76 30 – –

GYS1000-E-A 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.89 – 12.2 10

GYS1000-E-E 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.89 30 – –

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

230

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type GYS - HSB boxes

• For identifying and marking earthing connectors and cables

• GYS heat shrink in a compact, handy sized box

• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users

• Offered in 7 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from 3.2 mm to

25.4 mm diameters

• Stackable boxes for easy storage

• Flame retardant

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2

• Mechanical and electrical insulation, corrosion protection

(see page 220 for product reference structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +135°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Green / Yellow striped

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

GYS125-E-D

3.2 1.6 0.25 0.51 11.5

GYS187-E-D

4.8 2.4 0.25 0.51 9.5

GYS250-E-D

6.4 3.2 0.32 0.64 7.5

GYS375-E-D

9.5 4.8 0.32 0.64 6.5

GYS500-E-D

12.7 6.4 0.32 0.64 6.0

GYS750-E-D

19.1 9.5 0.38 0.76 5.0

GYS1000-E-D 1 25.4 12.7 0.45 0.89 3.3

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

Type PIG - very flexible for highly contoured components

• Heat shrink tubing to enclose highly contoured components with

large diameter variations. Provides mechanical and electrical pro-

tection

• Meets UL 224 requirements

• Internal diameters from 1.6 mm to 40 mm

• Excellent mechanical strength

• Resistant to common fluids and solvents

• Flame retardant

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2 (ex-

cept green / yellow version)

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

• Special colours available on request

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +135°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

231

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per reel

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

PIG0150-0-B*

1.6 0.5 0.15 0.45 300

PIG0301-0-B*

3.2 1.0 0.18 0.55 300

PIG0451-0-B

4.5 1.5 0.20 0.60 300

PIG0602-0-B

6.4 2.0 0.22 0.65 300

PIG0903-0-B

9.5 3.0 0.25 0.75 150

PIG1204-0-B

12.7 4.0 0.25 0.75 100

PIG1806-0-B

19.0 6.0 0.27 0.80 50

PIG2408-0-B 1 25.4 8.0 0.33 1.00 50

PIG4013-0-B 1

40.0 13.0 0.38 1.15 50

* Not available in green / yellow

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white, C = transparent and E = green / yellow striped

Expanded

Recovered

3:1

232

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type PIG - HSB boxes

• PIG heat shrink in a compact, handy sized box

• Workshop, installation, laboratory and much more

• Heat shrink tubing to enclose highly contoured components with

large diameter variations. Provides mechanical and electrical

protection

• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users

• Offered in 8 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from Ø 1.6 mm to

Ø25.4mm

• Stackable boxes for easy storage

• Meets UL 224 requirements

• Excellent mechanical strength

• Resistant to common fluids and solvents

• Flame retardant

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/5 requirements, Class 1 and Class 2

(except green / yellow version)

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

• Special colours available on request

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +135°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Transparent version: Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

PIG0150-0-D*

1.6 0.5 0.15 0.45 10.5

PIG0301-0-D*

3.2 1.0 0.18 0.55 10.0

PIG0451-0-D

4.5 1.5 0.20 0.60 9.0

PIG0602-0-D

6.4 2.0 0.22 0.65 7.0

PIG0903-0-D

9.5 3.0 0.25 0.75 6.0

PIG1204-0-D

12.7 4.0 0.25 0.75 5.5

PIG1806-0-D

19.0 6.0 0.27 0.80 4.5

PIG2408-0-D 1 25.4 8.0 0.33 1.00 3.3

* Not available in green/yellow

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 1 = brown, 2 = red, 4 = yellow, 6 = blue, 8 = grey, 9 = white, C = transparent and E = green / yellow striped

Expanded

Recovered

3:1

Type PKG - flexible for moist environments

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

233

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Expanded

Recovered

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per reel per bag per bag

Ddzw

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [m] [pieces 0.6 m]

PKG0301-0-B 3.0 1.0 0.4 1.0 300 – –

PKG0301-0-C 3.0 1.0 0.4 1.0 – 12.0 20

PKG0602-0-B 6.0 2.0 0.5 1.0 300 – –

PKG0602-0-C 6.0 2.0 0.5 1.0 – 9.0 15

PKG0903-0-B 9.0 3.0 0.5 1.4 150 – –

PKG0903-0-C 9.0 3.0 0.5 1.4 – 6.0 10

PKG1204-0-B 12.0 4.0 0.5 1.8 100 – –

PKG1204-0-C 12.0 4.0 0.5 1.8 – 5.4 9

PKG1806-0-B 18.0 6.0 0.6 2.2 50 – –

PKG1806-0-C 18.0 6.0 0.6 2.2 – 3.6 6

PKG2408-0-B 24.0 8.0 0.7 2.5 50 – –

PKG2408-0-C 24.0 8.0 0.7 2.5 – 3.0 5

PKG4013-0-B 40.0 13.0 0.7 2.5 30 – –

PKG4013-0-C 40.0 13.0 0.7 2.5 – 2.4 4

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black and C = transparent

3:1

• Crosslinked modified Polyolefin with thermoplastic adhesive lining

• Particularly suitable for corrosion and damp protected casings as

well as highly contoured components

• Flame retardant

• Moisture resistant, good chemical resistance

• High mechanical stability

• The high shrink ratio and flexibility of this range allows the user

maximum coverage with minimal parts

• The adhesive lining bonds to plastic, rubber, neoprene, steel and

polyethylene

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +110°C (outer jacket)

Shrinking temperature +95°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with adhesive lining

IP rating IP65

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

234

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type PKG - flexible for moist environments

• Crosslinked modified Polyolefin with thermoplastic adhesive lining

• Particularly suitable for corrosion and damp protected casings as

well as highly contoured components

• Flame retardant

• Moisture resistant, good chemical resistance

• High mechanical stability

• The high shrink ratio and flexibility of this range allows the user

maximum coverage with minimal parts

• The adhesive lining bonds to plastic, rubber, neoprene, steel and

polyethylene

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 4:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +110°C (outer jacket)

Shrinking temperature +95°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with adhesive lining

IP rating IP65

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Expanded

Recovered

4:1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per reel per bag per bag

Ddzw

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [m] [pieces 0.6m]

PKG0401-0-B 4.0 1.0 0.4 1.0 300 – –

PKG0401-0-C 4.0 1.0 0.4 1.0 – 12.0 20

PKG0802-0-B 8.0 2.0 0.5 1.0 150 – –

PKG0802-0-C 8.0 2.0 0.5 1.0 – 9.0 15

PKG1203-0-B 12.0 3.0 0.5 1.4 100 – –

PKG1203-0-C 12.0 3.0 0.5 1.4 – 6.0 10

PKG1604-0-B 16.0 4.0 0.5 1.7 50 – –

PKG1604-0-C 16.0 4.0 0.5 1.7 – 5.4 9

PKG2406-0-B 24.0 6.0 0.6 2.1 50 – –

PKG2406-0-C 24.0 6.0 0.6 2.1 – 3.0 5

PKG3208-0-B 32.0 8.0 0.7 2.4 50 – –

PKG3208-0-C 32.0 8.0 0.7 2.4 – 3.0 5

PKG5213-0-B 52.0 13.0 0.7 2.4 30 – –

PKG5213-0-C 52.0 13.0 0.7 2.4 – 1.8 3

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black and C = transparent

Type PKG - HSB boxes

• PKG heat shrink in a compact, handy sized box

• Convenient amount of heat shrink, for small users

• Particularly suitable for corrosion and damp protected casings as

well as highly contoured components

• Offered in 6 sizes to cover a heat shrink range from Ø 3.0 mm to

Ø 24.0 mm

• Stackable boxes for easy storage

• The adhesive lining bonds to plastic, rubber, neoprene, steel and

polyethylene

• Flame retardant

• Moisture resistant

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +110°C (outer jacket)

Shrinking temperature +95°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with adhesive lining

IP rating IP65

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

235

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box

Ddz w

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

PKG0301-0-D 3.0 1.0 0.4 1.0 5.0

PKG0602-0-D 6.0 2.0 0.5 1.0 3.5

PKG0903-0-D 9.0 3.0 0.5 1.4 3.0

PKG1204-0-D 12.0 4.0 0.5 1.8 2.5

PKG1806-0-D 18.0 6.0 0.6 2.2 2.0

PKG2408-0-D 24.0 8.0 0.7 2.5 1.5

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black and C = transparent

Expanded

Recovered

3:1

236

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type KYN - semi-rigid transparent

• In areas of heavy mechanical loads, high temperatures and chemi-

cal stress. Insulation in densely packed wiring, in heating elements

and much more

• Internal diameters from 1.2 mm to 25.4 mm

• High mechanical strength

• Excellent electrical insulation performance

• High flame retardancy

• Highly abrasion and cut resistant

• Resistant to Diesel

• Very good resistance against chemicals and solvents

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/8 requirements

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +175°C

Shrinking temperature +175°C

Material Crosslinked and rigid

Polyvinylidene Fluoride (Kynar

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Transparent

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium, Lead and

Halogen free

* registered trademark of ATOFINA

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

KYN46-C-A

1.2 0.6 0.12 0.25 30.5 25

KYN63-C-A

1.6 0.8 0.12 0.25 30.5 25

KYN93-C-A

2.4 1.2 0.12 0.25 30.5 25

KYN125-C-A

3.2 1.6 0.12 0.25 30.5 25

KYN187-C-A

4.8 2.4 0.12 0.25 30.5 25

KYN250-C-A

6.4 3.2 0.15 0.30 12.2 10

KYN375-C-A

9.5 4.8 0.15 0.30 12.2 10

KYN500-C-A

12.7 6.0 0.15 0.30 12.2 10

KYN750-C-A

19.1 9.5 0.20 0.40 12.2 10

KYN1000-C-A 1 25.4 12.7 0.25 0.50 12.2 10

Type VIT - highly flexible, flame retardant

• High flexibility makes it suitable even under heavy-duty conditions

e.g. sensors in vehicle engine compartments

• Excellent strength and resistance against corrosive fluids even at

high temperatures

• Internal diameters from 3.2 mm to 38.1 mm

• Offers excellent resistance to aggressive fuels and chemicals

• High flame retardancy

• Meets MIL-DTL-23053/13 requirements

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -55°C to +220°C

Shrinking temperature +175°C

Material Viton

*, Crosslinked fluoroelastomer

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium and Lead free

*Viton

is a registered trademark of DuPont.

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

237

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Wall thickness Total length Quantity

as supplied diameter before shrinking after shrinking per box per box

Ddzw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [pieces 0.6m]

VIT125-0-C

3.2 1.6 0.40 0.8 6.0 10

VIT187-0-C

4.8 2.4 0.45 0.9 6.0 10

VIT250-0-C

6.4 3.2 0.45 0.9 6.0 10

VIT375-0-C

9.5 4.8 0.45 0.9 4.8 8

VIT500-0-C

12.7 6.4 0.45 0.9 4.2 7

VIT750-0-C

19.1 9.5 0.55 1.3 3.6 6

VIT1000-0-C 1 25.4 12.7 0.70 1.4 2.4 4

VIT1500-0-C 1

38.1 19.0 0.80 1.9 1.8 3

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

238

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type ZHFR - flexible, Halogen free & flame retardant

• Flexible

• Low smoke generation when burnt

• Halogen free

• Flame retardant

• Particularly recommended for use in contained areas and with

Halogen free wires and cables

• Meets DEF STAN 59-97, issue 3, type 8

• Available colours: see below (see page 220 for product reference

structure)

• Special colours available on request

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Single wall

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C

Shrinking temperature +115°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin

IP rating IP60

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Cadmium, Lead and Halogen free

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Length

as supplied diameter after shrinking per mini-reel

Ddw

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

ZHFR93-0-E

2.4 0.8 0.45 135

ZHFR125-0-E

3.2 1.6 0.51 135

ZHFR187-0-E

4.8 2.4 0.51 70

ZHFR250-0-E

6.4 3.2 0.64 70

ZHFR375-0-E

9.5 4.8 0.64 70

ZHFR500-0-E

12.7 6.4 0.64 45

ZHFR750-0-E

19.1 9.5 0.76 25

ZHFR1000-0-E 1 25.4 12.7 0.89 25

For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference:

0 = black, 4 = yellow, 9 = white

Expanded

Recovered

2:1

Type SSB - Shrink-Shield

• Insulation and shielding in one process

• Shrink-Shield in the handy format of the HSB boxes

• Typical applications including shielding of both power and signal

cables to reduce EMI radiation and susceptibility

• Inner aluminium layer and silver coloured outer PVC/Polyester

layer

• Shrinks from 90°C

• Fulfills UL 224 VW-1 requirements

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thin

Shrink ratio 2:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -10°C to +125°C

Shrinking temperature +90°C

Material outer layer PVC & Polyester

Material inner layer Aluminium

Standard colour Silver

Thin wall heat shrink tubing

239

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Flat width Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Length per

as supplied diameter after shrinking box

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [m]

SSB010-1 12.5 6.4 3.2 0.14 10

SSB015-1 16.0 9.6 4.8 0.14 8

SSB020-1 22.0 13.0 6.5 0.14 7

SSB025-1 27.0 16.0 8.0 0.14 6

SSB040-1 42.0 25.4 12.7 0.14 4

For technical information on the shielding please consult the information available on the European online catalogue.

Before shrinkage

After shrinkage

Outer layer: PVC & Polyester

Inner layer: Aluminium

Ground lead wire

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type TBM - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use

• TBM is an excellent product for sealing and insulating cable

splices, connections, terminations and jacket repairs where light

weight and high flexibility are required

• The tubing is designed to withstand the severe mechanical

requirements of submersible and direct-buried installations

• High resistance to abrasion, corrosion and chemicals

• Excellent weatherability

• 11 standard sizes in medium wall: internal diameters from

10.2 mm to 228.6 mm

• Meets requirements of ESI 09-11

Technical Information

Wall thickness Medium

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +110°C

Shrinking temperature +120°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic

adhesive liner

IP rating IP67

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

Medium wall heat shrink tubing

Expanded

Recovered

3:1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Length Quantity

as supplied diameter after shrinking per bag per bag

Ddw

[mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

TBM0400 10.2 3.8 2.0 6.1 5

TBM0750 19.1 5.6 2.0 6.1 5

TBM0950 24.1 8.1 2.0 3.6 3

TBM1100 27.9 10.2 2.0 3.6 3

TBM1500 38.1 12.7 2.0 2.4 2

TBM2050 52.1 19.1 2.0 1.2 1

TBM2750 69.9 25.4 2.0 1.2 1

TBM3500 88.9 30.0 2.4 1.2 1

TBM4700 119.4 39.9 2.7 1.2 1

TBM6700 170.2 58.4 2.8 1.2 1

TBM9000 228.6 77.0 3.0 1.2 1

Do not stock at temperatures over 40°C. Do not expose directly to sun rays for long periods.

240

Type TBW - rated for 600V, 90°C continuous use

• TBW is an excellent product for sealing and insulating cable

splices, connections, terminations and jacket repairs.

• The tubing is designed to withstand the severe mechanical

requirements of submersible and direct-buried installations

• Low voltage power applications 600V

• High resistance to abrasion, corrosion and chemicals

• Excellent weatherability

• 9 standard sizes in thick wall: internal diameters from 8.9 mm to

119.9 mm

• Meets requirements of ESI 09-11

Technical Information

Wall thickness Thick

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +110°C

Shrinking temperature +120°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic

adhesive liner

IP rating IP67

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

Thick wall heat shrink tubing

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Wall thickness Length Quantity

as supplied diameter after shrinking per bag per bag

Dd w

[mm] [mm] [mm] [m] [pieces 1.22m]

TBW0350 8.9 3.0 1.8 6.1 5

TBW0500 13.0 4.1 2.4 6.1 5

TBW0750 19.1 6.1 2.4 6.1 5

TBW1100 27.9 8.9 3.0 2.4 2

TBW1500 38.1 11.9 4.1 2.4 2

TBW2000 50.8 16.0 4.1 1.2 1

TBW2700 68.1 22.1 4.1 1.2 1

TBW3500 89.9 30.0 4.1 1.2 1

TBW4700 119.9 39.9 4.3 1.2 1

Do not stock at temperatures over 40°C. Do not expose directly to sun rays for long periods.

241

Expanded

Recovered

3:1

242

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Low voltage kits up to 600V

• VMS heat shrinkable sleeves (TBM and TBW) are suitable for joint-

ing multi-core, polymeric insulated energy cables in the low voltage

range

• Quick, simple installation

• Exceptionally good electrical insulation and environmental protec-

tion

• Good mechanical load-bearing ability

• No maintenance time necessary

• Unlimited storage life

• Tested to DIN 47632 / VDE 0278 Part 1 and 3

Standard Content

• 1 Outer sleeve (TBW)

• 4 Inner sleeves (TBM) for VMS2 to VMS9, 5 inner sleeves for VMS1

• Cleaning cloths

• Abrasive cloth

• Installation instructions

Technical Information

Wall thickness Medium (TBM) and thick (TBW)

Shrink ratio 3:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +110°C

Shrinking temperature +120°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic

adhesive liner

IP rating IP67

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone and Halogen free

Medium and Thick wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. CONTENT PER KIT

Wire range Inner sleeves Shrinkage Length Outer sleeve Shrinkage Length

Expanded Recovered Expanded Recovered

Dd D d

[mm

] [pieces] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces] [mm] [mm] [mm]

VMS1 1.5 - 6 5 12 3 50 1 30 10 200

VMS2 2.5 - 16 4 12 3 125 1 40 12 500

VMS3 6 - 35 4 20 6 125 1 54 18 500

VMS6 16 - 50 4 20 6 250 1 70 25 700

VMS7 35 - 150 4 30 10 300 1 90 30 800

VMS8 120 - 240 4 40 12 300 1 90 30 800

VMS9 185 - 300 4 54 18 300 1 120 40 900

3:1

Expanded

Recovered

Type TEB - cable breakouts

• Cable Breakouts are designed for the insulation and sealing of

cable crutches

• They offer extreme strain relief and mechanical protection

• Adhesive line provides complete sealing

• UV-resistant

• They also provide good insulation and resistance to common

fluids and solvents

Technical Information

Wall thickness Medium and thick

Shrink ratio Various

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +100°C

Shrinking temperature +135°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic

adhesive liner

IP rating IP67

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

Medium and Thick wall heat shrink tubing

243

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Breakout Main ø Finger ø Cable Core Overall Recovered Recovered Number Quantity

Expanded Recovered Expanded recovered size Ø range Ø range Full Finger of break-

D d Length L Length l outs

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

TEB2 2-BREAKOUTS

TEB2-30/15 30 9.4 15 4.1 – – – 84.6 27.0 2 10

TEB2-50/21 50 24.0 21 7.0 – – – 107.1 30.6 2 10

TEB3 3-BREAKOUTS

TEB3-38/11 38 14.0 11 4.0

10 - 25 5.1 - 7.7 16.5 - 22.0

110.0 20.0 3 10

TEB3-60/24 60 22.0 24 8.0

35 - 70 8.8 - 12.0 24.5 - 32.0

185.0 45.0 3 10

TEB3-80/36 80 33.0 36 16.0

95 - 150 13.7 - 17.0 36.0 - 44.0

210.0 50.0 3 10

TEB3-110/48 110 47.0 48 20.0

185 - 300 17.0 - 24.3 49.0 - 62.0

260.0 75.0 3 10

TEB3-125/55 125 47.0 55 20.0

185 - 500 17.0 - 31.1 49.0 - 77.5

260.0 75.0 3 10

TEB4 4-BREAKOUTS

TEB4-38/11 38 14.0 11 4.0 10 - 25 5.1 - 7.7 17.5 - 24.5 110.0 20.0 4 10

TEB4-55/20 55 22.0 20 8.5 35 - 50 8.8 - 10.0 27.0 - 31.0 190.0 45.0 4 10

TEB4-72/25 72 22.0 25 8.5 35 - 70 8.8 - 12.0 27.0 - 35.5 190.0 45.0 4 10

TEB4-100/35 100 33.0 35 14.0 95 - 150 13.7 - 17.0 40.0 - 49.0 215.0 50.0 4 10

TEB4-125/54 125 47.0 54 22.0 185 - 400 19.2 - 27.4 54.5 - 69.0 245.0 72.0 4 10

244

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Type TEC - end caps

• End Caps are designed to seal and to protect cable-ends against

the ingress of moisture and contamination

• They offer extreme strain relief and mechanical protection

• Adhesive line provides complete sealing

• They also provide optimal sealing and resistance to chemicals and

solvents

• UV-resistant

Technical Information

Wall thickness Medium and thick

Shrink ratio > 2:1

Tube characteristics Dual wall

Temperature range -55°C to +100°C

Shrinking temperature +120°C

Material Crosslinked polyolefin with thermoplastic

adhesive liner

IP rating IP67

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

Medium and Thick wall heat shrink tubing

Product Ref. Expanded diameter Fully recovered Recovered Wall thickness Cable Quantity

as supplied diameter length after shrinking diameter

DL T

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [pieces]

TEC15/4.5 15.0 4.5 44.0 1.0 5 - 12 100

TEC25/9 25.0 9.0 69.0 2.7 10 - 22 50

TEC36/15 36.0 15.0 93.0 2.8 17 - 30 10

TEC55/25 55.0 25.0 107.0 3.3 28 - 47 10

TEC80/40 80.0 40.0 127.0 3.6 45 - 70 10

TEC102/60 102.0 60.0 152.0 3.6 68 - 90 5

TEC124/60 124.0 60.0 152.0 3.6 75 - 110 5

TEC148/57 148.0 57.0 152.0 4.5 80 - 135 5

2:1

TBTA-ZH - self amalgamating tape

• Self amalgamating tape

• Thomas & Betts TBTA-ZH tape provides a thick insulating layer

with flawless electrical stability and a long term resistance to

moisture penetration, which demands waterproofing

• To repair and maintain cable sleeving up to 30 Kv

• For installations, where open flame and heat may not be used

• Excellent resistance to UV rays and Ozone

• Easy to apply - no tools or heating required

• Excellent protection at low temperatures

Technical Information

Stretch ratio 3:1

Temperature range -55°C to +105°C

Material EPR based tape

IP rating IP67

Standard colour Black

Other properties Silicone, Halogen, Cadmium and Lead free

Heat shrink technologies

245

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product Ref. Roll length Width Thickness

[m] [mm] [mm]

TBTA-ZH-19 9.0 19 0.76

TBTA-ZH-25 9.0 25 0.76

TBTA-ZH-38 9.0 38 0.76

TBTA-ZH-51 9.0 51 0.76

3:1

TBTA-ZH must be stretched on application for the self-adhesive prop-

erties to be activated. TBTA-ZH has a stretch ratio of more than 3:1.

Installation notes

1. The surface of the connection and the cable entry must be clean

2. TBTA-ZH should be used under high tension as the stretching

process activates the adhesive

3. By wrapping the TBTA-ZH tape around the cable, a sealed casing

is created

4. If a cable or pipe needs protection, the TBTA-ZH tape should be

wrapped around itself twice at the beginning point and then

should overlap throughout by 50%. This means that the tape

will also stretch when the cable is under tension

5. Finally, the surface (see point 4) should be covered once more

using 100% tape overlap

6. At the end, the tape should be held at the overlap point and torn

off

7. To conclude the installation, the ripped off end should be pressed

firmly to close.

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Hot air tool

The Hot Air Tool from Thomas & Betts achieves a rapid shrink action.

This tool is ideal for industrial and military applications.

Technical Information

Property Typical performance

Power Consumption 1400W

Temperature +350°C to +500°C

Air Flow 350 / 500 l/min

Static pressure max. 1250 Pa

Weight 570 g

Electronics Flicker-conformity

Heat shrink technologies

WT992GR WT993GR WT999GR

WT994GR WT995GR WT996GR WT998GR

Product Ref. Description

GR121 Hot Air Tool (European Plug and WT993GR nozzle)

GR321 Hot Air Tool (UK Plug and WT993GR nozzle)

WT992GR Wide slot nozzle

WT993GR Reflector nozzle

WT994GR Reduction nozzle Ø 20mm

WT995GR Welding nozzle

WT996GR Overlap welding nozzle

WT998GR Solder sleeve reflector nozzle

WT999GR Glass protection nozzle

246

3.1

Technical Information

Heat shrink technologies

247

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.1

Product name Material Mechanical Operating Shrink Expanded Silicon Cadmium Non Spec. Longitudinal Tensile Strength Elongation Ultimate

Behaviour temp. Ratio Diameter free + Lead free Halogen Gravity Shrinkage after after Elongation

Heatshock Heatshock

Test Method ASTM-D 792 ASTM-D 2671

(3)

IEC 811-1-2

(4)

IEC844-1-2

(4)

ISO/R 1183

(2)

IEC 811-1-3

(5)

ASTM-D 2671

(3)

DEF Stan 59-97

(1)

ASTM-D 2671

(3)

ASTM-D 638

(9)

A-I

(1)

ASTM-D 638

(9)

PLG PE-Polyolefin Flexible -55°C to +125°C 2:1 1.2-101.6mm /

”-4” Yes Yes No* 1.3g / cm3(1) -10% (3) 13 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4) 400% / 4h at 200°C (4) 450%

CMP PE-Polyolefin Flexible -55°C to +125°C 2:1 1.2-51.0mm /

”-2” Yes Yes No* 1.3g / cm3(1) -10% (3) 13 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4) 400% / 4h at 200°C (4) 450%

MLP PE-Polyolefin Flexible -55°C to +135°C 2:1 1.2-25.4mm /

”-1” Yes Yes No* 1.3g / cm3(1) -5% (3) 19 MPa / 4h at 250°C (5) No cracking or flowing (3) 500%

GYS PE-Polyolefin Flexible -55°C to +135°C 2:1 3.2-25.4mm /

”-1” Yes Yes No 1.3g / cm3(1) -10% (3) 14 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4) 400% / 4h at 200°C (4) 450%

PIG PE-Polyolefin Very Flexible -55°C to +135°C 3:1 1.6-40.0mm /

”-1

/2” Yes Yes No 1.3g / cm3(1) -5% (3) 19 MPa / 4h at 250°C (5) No cracking or flowing (3) 500%

PIG green yellow PE-Polyolefin Very Flexible -55°C to +135°C 3:1 4.5-40.0mm /

”-1

/2” Yes Yes No 1.3g / cm3(1) -10% (3) 14 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4) 400% / 4h at 200°C (4) 450%

PIG clear PE-Polyolefin Very Flexible -55°C to +135°C 3:1 1.6-40.0mm /

”-1

/2” Yes Yes Yes 1.0g / cm3(1) -5% (3) 15 MPa / 4h at 250°C (5) No cracking or flowing (3) 550%

PKG PE-Polyolefin Flexible -55°C to +110°C 3:1 / 4:1 3.0-52.0mm /

”-2” Yes Yes No 1.3g / cm3(1) -15%(3:1) (3) /-18%(4:1) (3) 15 MPa / 4h at 200°C (4) 360% / 4h at 200°C (4) 400%

KYN Kynar** PVDF Semi-Rigid -55°C to +175°C 2:1 1.2-25.4mm /

”-1” Yes Yes No 1.8g / cm3(1) -6% (3) 48 MPa / 4h at 250°C (4) 300% / 4h at 250°C (4) 450%

VIT Viton*** Flexible -55°C to +220°C 2:1 3.2-38.1mm /

”-1

” Yes Yes No 1.9g / cm3(1) -10% (3) 17 MPa / 4h at 300°C (4) 250% / 4h at 300°C (4) 520%

ZHFR PE-Polyolefin Flexible -40°C to +105°C 2:1 2.4-25.4mm /

”-1” Yes Yes Yes 1.45g / cm3(2) -10% (3) 9 MPa / 4h at 150°C 100% / 4h at 150°C (3) 200%

TBM PE-Polyolefin Semi-Rigid -55°C to +110°C 3:1 10.2-228.6mm Yes Yes Yes 1.10g / cm3(1) +1% to -10% (3) 4h at 225°C No cracking or flowing (3) 600%

TBW PE-Polyolefin Semi-Rigid -55°C to +110°C 3:1 8.9-119.9mm Yes Yes Yes 1.10g / cm3(1) +1% to -10% 4h at 225°C No cracking or flowing (3) 550%

LV-Kit PE-Polyolefin Semi-Rigid -55°C to +110°C 3:1 various Yes Yes Yes 1.10g / cm3+1% to -10% 4h at 225°C No cracking or flowing -/-

TEB PE-Polyolefin Semi-Rigid -55°C to +100°C various 30.0-125.0mm Yes Yes Yes 1.10g / cm3-15% 6MPa (3) 9) 200% (3) (9) 300%

TEC PE-Polyolefin Semi-Rigid -55°C to +100°C various 15.0-148.0mm Yes Yes Yes 1.10g / cm3-15% 6MPa (3) 9) 200% (3) (9) 300%

TBTA-ZH EPR-Tape Flexible -55°C to +105°C 1:3 19.0-51.0mm Yes Yes Yes -/- -/- -/- -/- 750%

Product Tensile Secant Tensile Strength Elongation after Low temp. Combustion behaviour / Shrink Storage Resistance Water Fungus Dielectric Spec. Volume

name Strength Modulus after heat aging heat aging Flexibility Flammability temp. temp. against Absorption Resistance Strength Resistance

Chemicals

Test IEC 60684-2

(6)

ASTM-D 882

(10)

UL 224

(11)

UL 224

(11)

,ISO37

(13)

ASTM-D 2671 Meth. C

(27)

UL 224 VW-1

(11)

, UL 224

(14)

VDE 0472

(19)

IEC-243

(24)

Method ISO 37

(7)

Def Stan 59-97

(31)

ASTM-D 2671

(3)

ASTM-D 2671

(3)

ASTM-D 876

(15)

, ASTM-D 635

(16)

ISO-62

(20)

VDE 0303 Part 2

(25)

ASTM-D412

(8)

IEC811-1-2

(4)

IEC811-1-2

(4)

FMVSS 302

(17)

, ESI 09-13

(18)

ASTM-D 570

(21)

ASTM-D 149

(28)

ASTM-D 638M

(9)

ISO-188

(12)

ISO-188

(12)

ASTM-D 257

(32)

Def Stan 59-97

(31)

Def Stan 59-97

(31)

Def Stan 59-97

(31)

ASTM-D 638

(9)

ASTM-D 638

(9)

ASTM-D 267 Proc. A

(33)

PLG 15 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

12 MPa / 168h at 158°C

(11)

300% / 168h at 158°C

(11)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(14) (17)

+110°C +30°C Good 0.3%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

15 Ohms x cm

CMP 15 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

12 MPa / 168h at 158°C

(11)

300% / 168h at 158°C

(11)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(14) (17)

+110°C +30°C Good 0.3%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

15.Ohms x cm

MLP 17 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

13 MPa / 168h at 175°C

(3)

300% / 168h at 175°C

(3)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(14) (17)

+90°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

GYS 15 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

12 MPa / 168h at 175°C

(11)

300% / 168h at 175°C

(11)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(14)

+90°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

PIG 17 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

13 MPa / 168h at 175°C

(3)

300% / 168h at 175°C

(3)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(14) (17)

+90°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

PIG green yellow 15 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

12 MPa / 168h at 175°C

(11)

300% / 168h at 175°C

(11)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(14)

+90°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

PIG clear 20 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

18 MPa / 168h at 175°C

(3)

500% / 168h at 175°C

(3)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Passed per FMVSS 302

(14) (17)

+90°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 24kV / mm

(25)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

PKG 15 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max. 12 MPa / 168h at 158°C

(4)

320% / 168h at 158°C

(4)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant****

(15) (17)

+95°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 22kV / mm

(25)

10.

14 Ohms x cm

KYN 50 MPa

(6)

750 MPa max.

(10)

40 MPa / 168h at 158°C

(4)

230% / 168h at 158°C

(4)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant

(11)

+175°C +30°C Very good 0.07%

(19)

Very good 31.5kV / mm

(25)

10.

13 Ohms x cm

VIT 18 MPa

(6)

70 MPa max.

(10)

14 MPa / 168h at 158°C

(4)

220% / 168h at 158°C

(4)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Flame retardant

(33)

+175°C +30°C Very good 0.2%

(19)

Very good 16kV / mm

(25)

10.

13 Ohms x cm

ZHFR 10 MPa

(6)

175 MPa max.

(10)

12 MPa / 168h at 158°C 150% / 168h at 158°C

(3)

Does not break at -40°C

(27)

Flame retardant

(16)

+115°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(21)

Very good 24kV / mm

(24)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

to excellent

TBM 14.5 MPa

(7) (8)

90MPa

(31)

12MPa

(3) (9)

500% / 168h at 150°C

(3) (13)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Non Flame retardant +120°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(21)

Very good 20kV / mm

(24) (28)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

TBW 14.5 MPa

(7) (8)

90MPa

(31)

-/- 500% / 168h at 150°C

(3) (13)

Does not break at -55°C

(27)

Non Flame retardant +120°C +30°C Good 0.2%

(21)

Very good 20kV / mm

(28)

10.

16 Ohms x cm

LV-Kit -/- 90MPa

(31)

12MPa

(3) (9)

500%

(3) (9)

Does not break at -55°C Non Flame retardant +120°C +30°C Good 0.2% Very good 20kV / mm 10.

16 Ohms x cm

TEB 10 MPa

(9)

80MPa

(31)

9 MPa / 168h at 120°C

(12)

250% / 168h at 120°C

(12)

-55°C Non Flame retardant

(18)

+135°C +30°C Good 1%

(20)

Very good 12kV / mm 10.

11 Ohms x cm

TEC 12 MPa

(9)

80MPa

(31)

10 MPa / 168h at 120°C

(12)

250% / 168h at 120°C

(12)

-55°C

(27)

Non Flame retardant +120°C +30°C Good 1%

(20)

Very good 12kV / mm

(24)

10.

12 Ohms x cm

TBTA-ZH 2.5 MPa

(31)

-/- -/- n.a. -/- Flame retardant n.a. +30°C Good 0.06%

(31)

Very good 30kV / mm

(31)

n.a.

*Transparent version is halogen free

** Kynar is a registered trademark of ATOFINA

*** VITON is a registered trademark of DuPont

**** Except transparent version

***** Outer Jacket only

248

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Rezi-Kon™

Cast resin joints

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

INSULATION SYSTEMS

3.1 HEAT SHRINK TECHNOLOGIES 214

3.2 RESIN TECHNOLOGIES 248

Straight joints for non-armoured cables 252

Straight joints for armoured cables 253

Straight joints for control cables 254

Straight joints for telephone cables 255

Branch joints for non-armoured cables 256

Branch joints for armoured cables 257

Resin bags 258

Insulated connectors 258

Separate earth kits 259

249

3.2

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Rezi-Kon™

Cast resin joints

The new range of Rezi-Kon™ cast resin joints from

Thomas & Betts provide a convenient and reliable solution

for splicing and branching low voltage cables, in applica-

tions like street and leisure lighting, airfield lighting,

utility / home connections.

The Rezi-Kon™ cable joints are made of a Polycarbonate shell

filled with a Polyurethane resin, which provides a watertight

connection that can be immediately operational.

They are available in two styles, for a complete range of cable

sizes from 1.5 to 400 mm2:

- straight: for splicing or repairing existing cables

- branch: for tapping a new cable on an existing line

250

3.2

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

A range of high performance

cast resin joints, for a quick and

reliable installation on the field

• Suitable for voltages up to 3.6 kV

• Easy to use on the field: no heat source or power required

• Quick and easy to install, immediately operational

• Can be buried

• Watertight: protection against water ingress from the cable and

from the shell

• Excellent electrical properties

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• Halogen free

• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petro-

chemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocar-

bons

• Exclusive shell design, with a unique “clip“ system for easy

assembly and watertight closing

• Transparent shell, for a better inspection before and during the

casting

• High grade Polycarbonate: UV-resistant, impact resistant,

chemical resistant, flame retardant

• 2-component Polyurethane resin

• Reduced exothermic properties (generates little heat during the

reaction of polymerisation), therefore suitable for all kinds of

cables (power, phone, control)

• Duo-bag packaging: pre-filled bag for correct mix ratio and safe

mixing (no contact with the components)

• Range of exclusive insulated connectors 251

3.2

252

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Straight joints for non-armoured cables

A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and

reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.

Recommended for the connection of low voltage non-armoured

cables (up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.

• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)

and transversal (from the shell)

• For permanent installation

• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petro-

chemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons

Each kit is supplied in a box containing:

- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)

- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag

containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint

- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruc-

tion sheet

Technical Information

Material PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane

Voltage 3.6 kV

IP Rating Watertight

Flammability rating Flame retardant

Colour Transparent

Other properties Halogen free, good chemical resistance,

UV-resistant, impact resistant

Resin technologies

Product ref. Conductor cross section

[mm

]

1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300 400

CRJ-S4

CRJ-S10

CRJ-S16

CRJ-S25

CRJ-S50

CRJ-S120

CRJ-S240

CRJ-S400

Tables are valid for non-armoured cables with four conductors

Straight joints for armoured cables

A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and

reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.

Recommended for the connection of low voltage armoured cables

(up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.

• Available in 2 versions: with mechanical connectors or without

connector

•

Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the

cable) and transversal (from the shell)

• For permanent installation

•

Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petro-

chemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons

Each kit is supplied in a box containing:

1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)

- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag

containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint

- an earth kit: 2 constant force springs + 1 braided cable

- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an

instruction sheet

Technical Information

Material*** PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane

Voltage 3.6 kV

IP Rating Watertight

Flammability rating Flame retardant

Colour Transparent

Other properties Halogen free, good chemical resistance,

UV-resistant, impact resistant

Resin technologies

253

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Product Ref. with Product Ref. Conductor cross section

insulated connector without connector

[mm

]

1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300 400

CRJ-S4-UK-CO CRJ-S4-UK

CRJ-S10-UK-CO CRJ-S10-UK

CRJ-S16-UK-CO CRJ-S16-UK

CRJ-S25-UK-CO CRJ-S25-UK

CRJ-S50-UK-CO CRJ-S50-UK

CRJ-S120-UK-CO CRJ-S120-UK

CRJ-S240-UK-CO* CRJ-S240-UK**

CRJ-S400-UK-CO* CRJ-S400-UK**

* Supplied with non-insulated mechanical connectors and heat shrink sleeves. The earth kit is a cage shaped conductor

** The earth kit is a cage shaped conductor

*** Material: Styrene and PU -

Polyurethane for Product Ref.

CRJ-S400-UK-CO and CRJ-S400-UK

Table is valid for armoured cables with four conductors

254

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Straight joints for control cables

A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and reliable

installation on the field. Recommended for the connection of multi-

core control cables (up to 48 cores).

• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)

and transversal (from the shell)

• For permanent installation

• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing

Each kit is supplied in a box containing:

- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)

- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag con-

taining the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint

- an earth kit: 2 constant force springs + 1 braided cable

- the adequate quantity of insulated crimp connectors (butt splices)

- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruc-

tion sheet

Technical Information

Material PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane

Voltage 3.6 kV

IP Rating Watertight

Flammability rating Flame retardant

Colour Transparent

Other properties Halogen free, good chemical resistance,

UV-resistant, impact resistant

Resin technologies

3.2

Product Ref. Conductor cross section 2 4 5 7 8 10 11 16 27 30 48

[mm

] cores cores cores cores cores cores cores cores cores cores cores

CRJ-SCC4-UK-CO 1.5

2.5

CRJ-SCC8-UK-CO 1.5

2.5

CRJ-SCC16-UK-CO 1.5

2.5

CRJ-SCC48-UK-CO 1.5

2.5

Straight joints for telephone cables

A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and reliable

installation on the field. Recommended for the connection of multi-

pair telephone cables (up to 100 pairs).

• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)

and transversal (from the shell)

• For permanent installation

• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing

Each kit is supplied in a box containing:

- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)

- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag con-

taining the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint

- an earth kit: 2 constant force springs + 1 braided cable

- the adequate quantity of insulation displacement connectors

(IDC)

- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruc-

tion sheet

Technical Information

Material PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane

Voltage 3.6 kV

IP Rating Watertight

Flammability rating Flame retardant

Colour Transparent

Other properties Halogen free, good chemical resistance,

UV-resistant, impact resistant

Resin technologies

255

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Product Ref. Conductor cross section 2 5 10 15 25 40 50 100

[mm

]

pairs pairs pairs pairs pairs pairs pairs pairs

CRJ-ST5-UK-CO 0.9

CRJ-ST15-UK-CO 0.9

CRJ-ST25-UK-CO 0.9

CRJ-ST50-UK-CO 0.9

CRJ-ST100-UK-CO 0.9

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Branch joints for non-armoured cables

A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and

reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.

Recommended for the connection of low voltage non-armoured

cables (up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.

• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)

and transversal (from the shell)

• For permanent installation

• Easy to install, allows easy cable crossing

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petro-

chemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons

Each kit is supplied in a box containing:

- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)

- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag con-

taining the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint

- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruc-

tion sheet

Technical Information

Material PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane

Voltage 3.6 kV

IP Rating Watertight

Flammability rating Flame retardant

Colour Transparent

Other properties Halogen free, good chemical resistance,

UV-resistant, impact resistant

Resin technologies

3.2

256

Product Ref. Conductor cross section

[mm

]

1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300 400

CRJ-SB4 Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB10 Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB25 Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB50* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB120* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB240* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB400* Main cable

Branch cable

* Shell in Styrene

Tables are valid for non-armoured cables with four conductors

Branch joints for armoured cables

A range of high performance cast resin joints, for a quick and

reliable installation on the field with a watertight protection.

Recommended for making cable taps, with low voltage armoured

cable (up to 3.6 kV), from 1.5 to 400 mm2.

• Available in 2 versions: with mechanical connectors or without

connector

• Watertight protection, both longitudinal (from inside the cable)

and transversal (from the shell)

• For permanent installation

• Easy to install

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• The shell and the resin meet the requirements of the petro-

chemical industry and are suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons

Each kit is supplied in a box containing:

- 1 Polycarbonate shell (upper and lower halves)

- the 2-component Polyurethane resin, in pre-filled duo-bag

containing the correct volume to suit the size of cable joint

- an earth kit: 3 constant force springs + 1 braided cable

- a pair of gloves, a reel of tape, a strip of sand paper, an instruc-

tion sheet

Resin technologies

257

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Technical Information

Material PC - Polycarbonate and PU - Polyurethane

Voltage 3.6 kV

IP Rating Watertight

Flammability rating Flame retardant

Colour Transparent

Other properties Halogen free, good chemical resistance,

UV-resistant, impact resistant

Product Ref. Product Ref. Conductor cross section

with connectors without connectors

[mm

]

1.5 2.5 4 6 10 16 25 35 50 70 95 120 150 185 240 300 400

SERVICE BRANCH JOINTS

CRJ-SB4-UK-CO CRJ-SB4-UK Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB10-UK-CO CRJ-SB10-UK Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB25-UK-CO CRJ-SB25-UK Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB50-UK-CO* CRJ-SB50-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB120-UK-CO* CRJ-SB120-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB240-UK-CO* CRJ-SB240-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-SB400-UK-CO* CRJ-SB400-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

MAIN BRANCH JOINTS

CRJ-MB120-UK-CO* CRJ-MB120-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-MB240-UK-CO* CRJ-MB240-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

CRJ-MB400-UK-CO* CRJ-MB400-UK* Main cable

Branch cable

* Shell in Styrene

Table is valid for armoured cables with four conductors

258

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Resin bags

The convenient pre-filled duo-bag guarantees a correct mix ratio

and a safe mixing, by preventing the installer from having possible

contact with the components.

• 2-component Polyurethane in ready-to-mix duo-bag packaging

• No need to open the bag, just remove the separation for a safe

mixing without contact with the components

• Pre-filled duo-bag, always the correct mix ratio and the exact

volume for the joint size

• Low exothermic properties, can be used with all kind of cables

(power, phone, control)

• For permanent application

• Excellent electrical and mechanical properties: good elasticity and

adhesion to all kinds of cables

• Transparent bag, for a better inspection of the mixing process

• Specific colour after mixing: beige

• 3 years shelf life (outer protective envelope in aluminium)

• BS EN 50393-2006 compliant

• Meet the requirements of the petrochemical industry and are

suitable for immersion in hydrocarbons

• Halogen free.

Resin technologies

Product Ref. Volume Weight Quantity

[litre] [g] [pieces]

CRJ-PU-0075 0.075 107 1

CRJ-PU-0175 0.175 250 1

CRJ-PU-0300 0.300 429 1

CRJ-PU-0550 0.550 787 1

CRJ-PU-1000 1 1287 1

CRJ-PU-2000 2 2860 1

CRJ-PU-3000 3 4290 1

Insulated connectors

Exclusive connectors, specially designed for the straight Rezi-Kon™

joints.

• Safe and easy connection: the 4 conductors always remain sepa-

rated from each other

• Insulation in Polypropylene, contacts in brass

• 4 screws per contact

• Suitable for voltages up to 1 kV

Technical Information

Material Brass

Insulation P.P. - Polypropylene

Voltage 1 kV

Colour White

Resin technologies

Product Ref. Cable range Quantity

[mm

] [pieces]

CRJ-IC-010 0.75 - 10 1

CRJ-IC-025 4 - 25 1

CRJ-IC-050 16 - 50 1

CRJ-IC-120 35 - 120 1

Separate earth kits

A range of separate earth kits, to achieve the earth continuity of

armoured cables. Available for straight joints and branch joints.

Each kit consists of:

- a piece of insulated braided cable, or round cable (for the small-

est S4 and SB4 sizes) or cage-shape conductor (for the large size

joints)

- 2 or 3 pieces of Constant Force Springs (2 for straight joints, 3 for

branch joints)

Resin technologies

259

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

3.2

Product Ref. Shape For joint kit* Quantity

[pieces]

EARTH KITS FOR STRAIGHT JOINTS

CRJ-EK-S4 round CRJ-S4-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S10 braided CRJ-S10-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S16 braided CRJ-S16-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S25 braided CRJ-S25-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S50 braided CRJ-S50-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S120 braided CRJ-S120-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S240 cage CRJ-S240-XX-YY 1

CRJ-EK-S400 cage CRJ-S400-XX-YY 1

EARTH KITS FOR BRANCH JOINTS

CRJ-EK-SB4 round CRJ-SB4

-XX-YY

CRJ-EK-SB10

braided

CRJ-SB10

-XX-YY

CRJ-EK-SB25

braided

CRJ-SB25

-XX-YY

CRJ-EK-SB50

braided

CRJ-SB50

-XX-YY

CRJ-EK-SB120

braided

CRJ-SB120

-XX-YY

CRJ-EK-SB240

braided

CRJ-SB240

-XX-YY

CRJ-EK-SB400

braided

CRJ-SB400

-XX-YY

* XX can be left empty or replaced by UK

YY can be left empty or replaced by CO

Braided cable

Cage-shape conductor

260

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Flexible conduits

Excellent mechanical

strength and flexibility

for use in demanding

environments

261

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

CONDUIT & FITTINGS

4.1 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS 260

Selection guide 264

Shureseal™ flexible metallic liquidtight conduits 266

Type TBEF - universal 266

Type TBDL - dual listed UL & CSA 267

Type TBOR - oil resistant 268

Type TBEHC - extreme heat / cold 269

Type TBZH - zero halogen 270

Shureseal™ flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits 271

Type TYPEA - smooth outer surface 271

Type EFC - with strengthened inner coil 272

Type LTC - smooth outer surface 273

Type LTC-GY - smooth outer surface 274

Shureflex®ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits 275

Type UGS - uncovered version 275

Type PGS - covered version 276

Shureflex®ultra-flexible nylon conduits 277

Type LG - light grade 277

Type SG - standard grade 278

Type MG - medium grade 279

Type EG - extra flexible grade 280

Material specifications 281

4.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES 284

4.3 SHURESEAL™ CABLE GLANDS 330

262

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Shureseal™ and Shureflex®

Flexible conduits

Thomas & Betts ... The Complete Product Line

For a century, Thomas & Betts has been a recognised

leader in electrical conduits & fittings. Industry standards

such as Chase Nipples and Erickson Couplings were intro-

duced by Thomas & Betts and are still popular in the

industry. This leadership continues. Here’s why.

The Shureseal™ flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

provide an excellent protection for electrical cables against:

aggressive media, pressure loads, moisture and liquid, chemicals

and oil, dust and pollution, extreme temperatures.

All grades of Shureseal™ conduits are constructed using an in-

terlocking, convoluted, heavy-duty galvanised steel core. De-

pending on the grade and size of the conduit, a packing material

263

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Excellent mechanical strength

and flexibility for use

in demanding environments

is added to the convolutions of the core to improve performance.

Finally, a smooth jacket is extruded over the steel core to give pro-

tection and improve flexing properties.

Ideal for applications which require resistance to bending strain

vibration or similar forces.

The Shureseal™ flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

offer an excellent protection for electrical cables combined with an

outstanding flexibility, a strong resistance to chemicals and a good

level of mechanical resistance. Their smooth inner surface ensures

that cables and conductors can be fed through with ease.

Ideal for applications which require resistance to bending strain,

vibration or similar forces, the range of Shureseal™ flexible,

non-metallic liquidtight conduits is installable with the appropri-

ate fittings available in the Shureseal™ range.

The Shureflex®system of ultra-flexible metallic conduits in

galvanised steel offers an economic solution for the protection of

cables in industrial and commercial applications.

They have an excellent resistance to crushing, vibrations and

bending, as well as high flexibility and pull off strength.

The Shureflex®conduits are also available in stainless steel upon

request.

The new range of Shureflex®Nylon conduit and fittings

provides all the benefits of a Halogen free, flexible watertight

system of protection for electrical cables.

The Shureflex®Nylon conduits are made from Halogen free

Polyamide 6 (PA6) and Polyamide 12 (PA12) and are recom-

mended for the insulation and the mechanical protection of

electrical cables, in accordance with EN60204 (Machine Safety).

With its wide range of fittings and accessories, this system is

ideally suitable for all types of applications in general wiring,

industrial equipment, machine tools and machinery, production

equipment, control equipment, robotics, automotive, trans-

portation, railway.

264

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Selection guide

Flexible conduits

Conduit Features Typical Applications Flexible High Oil and

type mechanical chemical

strength resistant

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS

TBEF Flexible, VDE approved, Standard multi-purpose conduit B yes

for heavy-duty use

TBDL UL / CSA approved, silicone free Export-oriented mechanical B yes

for heavy-duty use, multi-purpose and plant engineering

(USA, Canada etc.)

TBOR Same as TBEF – plus high resistance Mechanical engineering with B yes yes

to oil and chemicals high exposure to oil or chemicals

TBEHC Remains flexible at extreme Same as TBEF but for higher B yes yes

temperatures temperatures

TBZH Halogen-free, low smoke and flexible Where human life is at risk e.g. B yes

underground, railway stations

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE NON-METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS

TYPEA Multi-layer construction, Robotics, export version A yes yes

UL / CSA approved

EFC Highly flexible, crush-resistant, OEM: flexing component A yes yes

very good chemical resistance wiring protection, fiber optic

cable protection etc

LTC Smooth inner and outer surfaces, Industrial applications: machinery, A yes yes

UL & CSA listed food processing equipment, etc

LTC-GY Smooth inner and outer surfaces, Commercial applications: A yes yes

UL & CSA listed, grey indoor & outdoor lighting, etc

SHUREFLEX

FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUITS

UGS Extremely flexible, even at industrial Industrial and commercial A yes

and commercial applications such as applications such as lighting, security

extremely high and low temperatures cameras and underfloor wiring

PGS Flexible, PVC-covered* Industrial and commercial applications B yes

such as lighting, security cameras

and underfloor wiring

SHUREFLEX

ULTRA-FLEXIBLE NYLON CONDUITS

LG Halogen-free Polyamide 6 General wiring, machine tools, A yes yes

Very flexible and cost effective industrial equipment and

Easy installation (push-mount fitting) automotive

SG Halogen-free Polyamide 6 General wiring, machine tools, A yes yes

Very flexible and light industrial equipment and

Easy installation (push-mount fitting) automotive

MG Halogen-free Polyamide 6 Machine tools and machinery, A yes yes

Flexible with increased industrial equipment, railway

mechanical strength

Easy installation (push-mount fitting)

EG Halogen-free Polyamide 12 Demanding applications requiring A yes yes

Extremely flexible, even at negative repetitive bending and flexing

temperatures and in very dry atmosphere movements: robotics, automation,

Easy installation (push-mount fitting) production equipment

A = ultra flexible, B = flexible

* LFH (Limited Fire Hazard) covering is available upon request

** Only applicable when correctly installed with Thomas & Betts fittings

*** Fittings with IP65 rating are available upon request for the PGS conduits

265

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Zero Low Limited Flame Tempe- IP Standard Material Material UL CSA Page

halogen acid fire retardant rature rating** colour Covering Core file Nr file Nr

hazard rating

yes -25 to IP67 black PVC galvanised 266

+105°C steel

yes -25 to IP67 black PVC galvanised E125517 LL91693 267

+105°C steel

yes -25 to IP67 black PVC galvanised 268

+105°C steel

yes -50 to IP67 black Polyester galvanised 269

+130°C steel

yes yes yes yes -25 to IP67 black Olefin galvanised 270

+90°C steel

-20 to IP66 orange 2 layers E95745 232580 271

+60°C of PVC

-18 to IP65 black reinforced E96548 LL067241 272

+60°C PVC

-18 to IP65 black PVC E95745 LL80349 273

+105°C

-18 to IP65 grey PVC E95745 LL80349 274

+80°C

yes yes yes yes -50 to IP40 metallic galvanised 275

+300°C steel

yes * yes -25 to IP54*** black PVC galvanised 276

+70°C steel

yes yes yes yes -40 to IP66/IP69K black PA6 E96548 277

+105°C

yes yes yes yes -40 to IP66/IP69K black PA6 E96548 278

+105°C

yes yes yes yes -40 to IP66/IP69K black PA6 E96548 279

+105°C

yes yes -50 to IP66/IP69K black PA12 280

+90°C

266

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type TBEF - universal

• TBEF (now integrating the TBHT grade) conduit with heavy duty

double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing) galvanised

steel core

• Universal conduit for all liquidtight applications requiring good

mechanical strength and flexibility: machinery, conveyors, etc.

• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1

“)

• High performance acid and oil resistant, self-extinguishing PVC

jacket

• High mechanical stability

• Tested and certified in accordance with DIN VDE 0605:1982-04

(File Nr: 24058-5410-0050 / 32CRB F41 / LR, Document Nr.: 131354)

• Marked lengths (every 1 m) for quick and easy measuring and

cutting

Technical Information

Outer jacket PVC, self-extinguishing within 30 seconds

Core Galvanised steel

Packing Cotton (up to 1

4”)

Colour Black or grey**

Temperature range Static: -25°C to +105°C

Flexing: -5°C to +105°C

Voltage breakdown > 2 kV

(flash test)

Insulation resistance > 100 MOhm

IP rating IP67, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

** (Grey available upon request. Suffix = G, e.g. TBEF0250-50G)

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min. Mechanical values Weight Type

size size diameter diameter bending min. tensile min. compression of

radius strength strength packaging

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N] [kg/100 m]

TBEF0250-50*

10 50 6.2 11.4 45 500 1250 20.0 A

TBEF0312-50*

12 50 10.0 14.4 50 500 1250 22.2 A

TBEF0375-10

16 10 12.5 17.8 50 1000 1250 41.9 A

TBEF0375-75

16 75 12.5 17.8 50 1000 1250 41.9 B

TBEF0500-10

20 10 16.0 21.1 75 1000 1250 48.1 A

TBEF0500-60

20 60 16.0 21.1 75 1000 1250 48.1 B

TBEF0750-10

25 10 21.0 26.4 90 1000 1250 68.9 A

TBEF0750-50

25 50 21.0 26.4 90 1000 1250 68.9 C

TBEF1000-30 1 32 30 26.0 33.1 110 1000 1250 97.5 C

TBEF1250-30 1

40 30 34.8 41.8 130 1000 1250 123.3 C

TBEF1500-15* 1

50 15 40.4 47.7 190 2500 1250 144.8 C

TBEF2000-15* 2 63 15 51.6 60.0 250 2500 1250 161.0 C

TBEF2500-15* 2

75 15 63.3 72.6 480 2500 1250 298.0 C

TBEF3000-7* 3 90 7 78.4 88.4 760 2500 1250 327.8 C

TBEF4000-7* 4 115 7 102.1 113.8 860 2500 1250 394.4 C

* Not VDE approved

Packaging sizes: A = box 370 x 370 x 180 mm, B = box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

”-1

”

”-4”

Length marking

Type TBDL - dual listed UL & CSA

• Type TBDL with UL / CSA approval, heavy duty double interlocked

/ single interlocked galvanised steel core

• Export and North-America oriented applications: multi-national

projects, power plant, ...

• Copper wire packing for improved grounding (up to 1

”)

• High performance, acid- and oil-resistant PVC jacket, self-

extinguishing in accordance with UL360

• Extremely high mechanical stability

• Marked lengths (every 1 m) for quick and easy measuring and

cutting

• Silicone free

Technical Information

Outer jacket PVC, self-extinguishing in 60 seconds

Core Galvanised steel

Packing Flat copper conductor (up to 1

4”)

Colour Black

Temperature range Static: -25°C to +105°C

(+120°C intermittent)

Flexing: -5°C to +105°C

UL rating: -10°C to +60°C

CSA rating: -10°C to +75°C

IP rating IP67, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

267

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min. Mechanical values Weight Type

size size diameter diameter bending min. tensile min. compression of

radius strength strength packaging

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N] [kg/100 m]

TBDL0375-75

16 75 12.5 17.8 50 1000 4000 39.4 B

TBDL0500-60

20 60 16.0 21.1 80 1000 4000 48.5 B

TBDL0750-50

25 50 21.0 26.4 105 1000 1250 66.3 C

TBDL1000-30 1 32 30 26.0 33.1 165 1000 4000 112.0 C

TBDL1250-30 1

40 30 34.8 41.8 200 1000 1250 160.0 C

TBDL1500-15 1

50 15 40.4 47.7 280 2500 4000 193.5 C

TBDL2000-15 2 63 15 51.6 60.0 355 2500 1250 253.0 C

Packaging sizes: B = box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office

For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

”-1

”

”-2”

091693 E125517

Length marking

268

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type TBOR - oil resistant

• Type TBOR, with heavy duty double interlocked / single inter-

locked (with packing) galvanised steel core

• Applications in greasy environments: machine tools, assembly

machines, hydraulic machinery

• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1

“)

• High performance acid- and oil-resistant PVC outer jacket, self-

extinguishing within 30 seconds

• High mechanical stability in accordance with DIN 49 012

• Marked lengths (every 1m) for quick and easy measuring and

cutting

Technical Information

Outer jacket PVC, self-extinguishing within 30 seconds

Core Galvanised steel

Packing Cotton (up to 1

4”)

Colour Black

Temperature range Static: -25°C to +105°C

Flexing: -5°C to +105°C

Voltage breakdown > 2 kV

(flash test)

Insulation resistance > 100 MOhm

IP rating IP67, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min.

Mechanical values

Weight Type

size size diameter diameter bending min. tensile min. compression of

radius strength strength packaging

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N] [kg/100 m]

TBOR0375-75

16 75 12.5 17.8 50 1000 1250 41.9 B

TBOR0500-60

20 60 16.0 21.1 75 1000 1250 48.1 B

TBOR0750-50

25 50 21.0 26.4 90 1000 1250 68.9 C

TBOR1000-30 1 32 30 26.0 33.1 110 1000 1250 97.5 C

TBOR1250-30 1

40 30 34.8 41.8 130 1000 1250 123.3 C

TBOR1500-15 1

50 15 40.4 47.7 190 2500 1250 144.8 C

TBOR2000-15 2 63 15 51.6 60.0 250 2500 1250 161.0 C

Packaging sizes: B = box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office

For

Shureseal™

liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

”-1

”

”-2”

Length marking

Type TBEHC - extreme heat/cold

• Applications at extreme temperatures: refrigeration, transportation,

industrial HVAC, heavy industries

• Very high tolerance to extreme changes in temperature

• Heavy duty double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing)

galvanised steel core

• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1

“)

• High performance acid- and oil-resistant Polyester jacket, self-

extinguishing according to UL 94 V-2

• High mechanical stability in accordance with DIN 49 012

• Marked lengths (every 1m) for quick and easy measuring and

cutting

Technical Information

Outer jacket Polyester, self-extinguishing

within 30 seconds

Core Galvanised steel

Packing Cotton (up to 1

4”)

Colour Black

Temperature range Static: -50°C to +130°C

(+150°C intermittent)

Flexing: -5°C to +130°C

Voltage breakdown > 2 kV

(flash test)

IP rating IP67, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

269

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

”-1

”

”-2”

Length marking

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min.

Mechanical values

Weight Type

size size diameter diameter bending min. tensile min. compression of

radius strength strength packaging

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N] [kg/100 m]

TBEHC0375-30

16 30 12.5 17.8 50 1000 1250 40.7 B

TBEHC0500-30

20 30 16.0 21.1 75 1000 1250 45.0 B

TBEHC0750-30

25 30 21.0 26.4 90 1000 1250 64.5 C

TBEHC1000-30 1 32 30 26.0 33.1 110 1000 1250 90.7 C

TBEHC1250-30 1

40 30 34.8 41.8 130 1000 1250 112.6 C

TBEHC1500-15 1

50 15 40.4 47.7 190 2500 1250 134.5 C

TBEHC2000-15 2 63 15 51.6 60.0 250 2500 1250 148.7 C

Packaging sizes: B= box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C= reel 800 mm ø

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office

For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are now available for high temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for product availability.

TBEHC conduits with 316 grade stainless steel core (TBEHCSS series) can be available upon request - please contact your Sales Office for product availability

and Minimum Order Quantities.

270

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type TBZH - zero halogen

• Halogen free and low smoke outer jacket

• Ideal for applications where human lives can be a concern: public

transportation, metro, train,...

• Heavy duty double interlocked / single interlocked (with packing)

galvanised steel core

• Cotton packing for high flexibility (up to 1

“)

• High performance acid- and oil-resistant Olefin outer jacket, self-

extinguishing within 30 seconds

• For use in safety areas (tunnels, public areas and transportation

equipment)

• Marked lengths (every 1m) for quick and easy measuring and

cutting

• NFF16-101 / NFF16-102 tested:

I index = I3 (oxygen index = 40.7), F index = F1

Technical Information

Outer jacket Olefin, self-extinguishing within 30 seconds

Core Galvanised steel

Packing Cotton (up to 1

4”)

Colour Black

Temperature range Static: -25°C to +90°C

Flexing: -5°C to +90°C

Voltage breakdown > 2 kV

(flash test)

Insulation resistance > 100 MOhm

IP rating IP67, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min.

Mechanical values

Weight Type

size size diameter diameter bending min. tensile min. compression of

radius strength strength packaging

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [N] [N] [kg/100 m]

TBZH0375-75

16 75 12.5 17.8 60 1000 1250 41.9 B

TBZH0500-60

20 60 16.0 21.1 90 1000 1250 48.1 B

TBZH0750-50

25 50 21.0 26.4 110 1000 1250 68.9 C

TBZH1000-30 1 32 30 26.0 33.1 130 1000 1250 97.5 C

TBZH1250-30 1

40 30 34.8 41.8 160 1000 1250 123.3 C

TBZH1500-15 1

50 15 40.4 47.7 230 2500 1250 144.8 C

TBZH2000-15 2 63 15 51.6 60.0 300 2500 1250 161.0 C

Packaging sizes: B= box 500 x 500 x 275 mm, C = reel 800 mm ø

For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings see pages 290 to 301

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

”-1

”

”-2”

Length marking

Type TYPEA - smooth outer surface

• UL and CSA approved

• Double layer construction offers a high level of mechanical stability

for plastic tubing

• The Nylon lining between the 2 layers ensures a high level of

flexibility

• High performance, durable acid- and oil resistant PVC outer jacket

• Perfectly designed for fittings which have to be safe, secure and

electrically insulated

• Marked in lengths of 1 foot / 30.48 cm for quick and easy

measuring and cutting

• High retention assured when used in association with T&B special

fittings (Product Ref. 37XX and 63XX)

(see pages 302 and 303)

Technical Information

Material 2 layers of PVC with a woven Nylon

fabric in between

Colour Orange

Temperature range -20°C to +60°C

IP rating IP66, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

271

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Length marking

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min. bending Weight

size size diameter diameter radius

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100 m]

TYPEA38-250

16 76.2 12.32 19.63 63.5 23.3

TYPEA50-200

20 61.0 15.75 23.62 76.2 33.3

TYPEA75-175

25 53.3 20.70 29.72 101.6 46.7

TYPEA100-100 1 32 30.5 26.16 36.58 152.4 63.3

TYPEA125-100 1

40 30.5 34.80 46.36 177.8 93.3

TYPEA150-50 1

50 15.2 40.26 52.83 203.2 120.0

TYPEA200-50 2 63 15.2 52.71 65.79 228.6 180.0

For Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits see pages 302 and 303

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

232580 E

95745

272

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type EFC - with strengthened inner coil

• UL Type B liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit, OEM grade

• Highly flexible, liquidtight plastic tubing with strengthened inner

coil

• UV-resistant and weatherproof

• High chemical resistance

• UL recognised under File No. E 96548

• CSA approved File No. LL 067241

• Crush-resistant due to stiffening effects of strengthened inner coil

• The ultra-smooth inner surface ensures that cables and conduc-

tors can be fed through very easily

• Can be used with plastic or metallic T&B “Bullet” fittings (see

pages 304 to 308)

Technical Information

Material PVC

Colour Black or orange* or blue*

Temperature range -18°C to +75°C (CSA)

-18°C to +60°C (UL)

IP rating IP65, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Min. bending Weight Type of

size size diameter diameter radius packaging

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100 m]

EFC025

10 30.5 10.0 14.6 20 7.3 reel

EFC038

16 30.5 12.3 18.0 25 10.7 reel

EFC050

20 30.5 15.8 21.3 30 12.4 reel

EFC075

25 30.5 20.8 26.7 40 15.3 reel

EFC100 1 32 30.5 26.4 33.4 50 23.8 reel

EFC125 1

40 30.5 35.1 42.2 60 31.6 reel

EFC150 1

50 15.2 40.0 48.3 70 43.8 reel

EFC200 2 63 15.2 51.3 60.3 85 59.5 reel

For Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings see pages 304 to 308

* For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference. (e.g. EFC025-1 for orange conduit)

Standard colour = black, 1 = orange, 2 = blue

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

External

LL067241 E96548

Internal

Type LTC - smooth outer surface

• UL Type B liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit,

industrial grade

• UL listed (E95745), CSA approved (LL80349)

• Highly flexible, with smooth outer jacket

• UV-resistant and weatherproof

• High chemical resistance

• The smooth inner surface ensures that cables and conductors can

be fed through very easily

• Marked lengths (every 1 foot = 30.5 cm) for quick and easy

measuring and cutting

• Can be used with plastic or metallic Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings

(see pages 304 to 308)

• Recommended industrial applications include: food processing

equipment, extensions from wireways, sensor and microswitch

control consoles

Technical Information

Material PVC

Colour Black or blue* or orange*

Temperature range -18°C to +105°C

CSA rating: -18°C to +75°C

UL rating: -18°C to +105°C (dry)

-18°C to +70°C (oil)

-18°C to +60°C (wet)

Voltage rating 600V

Flammability rating UL1660

UL specifications Oil resistant: yes

Outdoor applications: yes (black version only)

Direct burial: yes

IP rating IP65, when correctly installed with Shureseal™

plastic or metallic “Bullet” fittings

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

273

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Weight

size size diameter diameter

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [kg/100 m]

LTC038

16 30.5 12.3 18.0 19.0

LTC050

20 30.5 15.8 21.3 22.0

LTC075

25 30.5 20.8 26.7 27.2

LTC100-TB 1 32 30.5 26.4 33.4 42.3

LTC125-TB 1

40 30.5 35.1 42.2 56.1

LTC150-TB 1

50 15.2 40.0 48.3 77.8

LTC200 2 63 15.2 51.3 60.3 105.7

Suitable for use in hazardous location where general purpose equipment is specifically permitted by the NEC Class I Div. 2, Class II, Div. 1 & 2 Class III, Div. 1 & 2,

NEC 501-4(b) 502-4(a)(b) 503-3(a)(b).

Other lengths can be available - please contact your Sales Office for availability

For Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings, see pages 304 to 308

* For other colours add colour suffix to Product Reference. (e.g. LTC050-1 for orange conduit)

Standard colour = black, 1 = orange, 2 = blue

Length marking

LL80349 E95745

274

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type LTC-GY - smooth outer surface

• UL Type B liquidtight flexible non-metallic conduit, commercial

grade

• UL listed (E95745), CSA approved (LL80349)

• Highly flexible, with smooth outer jacket

• UV-resistant and weatherproof

• High chemical resistance

• The smooth inner surface ensures that cables and conductors can

be fed through very easily

• Can be used with plastic or metallic Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings

(see pages 304 to 308)

• Recommended for commercial applications

Technical Information

Material PVC

Colour Grey

Temperature range -18°C to +80°C

UL rating: -18°C to +80°C (dry)

-18°C to +70°C (oil)

-18°C to +60°C (wet)

Voltage rating 600V

UL specifications Oil resistant: yes

Outdoor applications: yes

Direct burial: yes

IP rating IP65, when correctly installed with

Shureseal™ plastic or metallic “Bullet”

fittings

Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Metric Length Internal External Weight

size size diameter diameter

[inch] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [kg/100 m]

LTC038GY

16 30.5 12.3 18.0 19.0

LTC050GY

20 30.5 15.8 21.3 22.0

LTC075GY

25 30.5 20.8 26.7 27.2

LTC100GY 1 32 30.5 26.4 33.4 42.3

LTC125GY 1

40 30.5 35.1 42.2 56.1

LTC150GY 1

50 15.2 40.0 48.3 77.8

LTC200GY 2 63 15.2 51.3 60.3 105.7

Other lengths can be available – please contact your Sales Office for availability

For Shureseal™ “Bullet” fittings, see pages 304 to 308

Length marking

LL80349 E95745

Type UGS - uncovered version

• Highly crush-resistant with an excellent pull off strength

• An economic solution for the protection of cables in industrial

and commercial applications where there is flexing, bending or

vibration

• Stainless steel grade 316 conduits and fittings are available for

specialised applications. Please contact your Sales Office for any

specific requirements

• Wide choice of male fittings (fixed or swivel) with PG or metric

threads, as well as a space saver version

• Typical applications include amongst others: lighting, security

cameras, underfloor wiring, transport and machine-tools

Technical Information

Outer jacket None

Core Continuous spiral in galvanised steel

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -50°C to +300°C

IP rating IP40, when correctly installed with

Shureflex

fittings

Ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits

275

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Product Ref. Nominal Length Min. inner Max. outer Min. bending Weight Type of

size diameter diameter radius packaging

[mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100 m]

UGS1010 10 10 7.0 9.6 20 8.4 box

UGS1030 10 30 7.0 9.6 20 8.4 box

UGS1210 12 10 10.0 12.8 20 12.9 box

UGS1230 12 30 10.0 12.8 20 12.9 box

UGS1610 16 10 12.9 16.1 24 15.6 box

UGS1630 16 30 12.9 16.1 24 15.6 box

UGS2010 20 10 17.0 20.2 32 21.7 box

UGS2030 20 30 17.0 20.2 32 21.7 box

UGS2510 25 10 21.1 24.7 32 27.0 box

UGS2530 25 30 21.1 24.7 32 27.0 box

UGS3210 32 10 28.4 32.0 32 36.0 box

UGS3220 32 20 28.4 32.0 32 36.0 box

UGS4010 40 10 36.4 40.1 44 45.5 box

UGS4020 40 20 36.4 40.1 44 45.5 box

UGS5010 50 10 48.2 53.2 95 98.5 box

UGS5020 50 20 48.2 53.2 95 98.5 box

For T&B Shureflex

fittings see pages 313 and 314

For stainless steel grade 316 conduits please contact your Sales Office

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

276

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type PGS - covered version

• Highly crush-resistant with an excellent pull off strength

• Improved IP rating (IP54), compared to the uncovered conduits

(special fittings with IP65 rating are also available upon request)

• An economic solution for the protection of cables in industrial

and commercial applications where there is flexing, bending or

vibration

• Wide choice of male fittings (fixed or swivel) and female fittings

(fixed), both with PG or metric threads, as well as a space saver

version

• Typical applications include amongst others: lighting, security

cameras, underfloor wiring, transport and machine-tools

Technical Information

Outer jacket Low acid PVC*

Core Continuous spiral in galvanised steel

Colour Black

Temperature range -25°C to +70°C

IP rating IP54, (or IP65 **), when correctly

installed with Shureflex

fittings

* Limited Fire Hazard covering available upon request

** With special fitting, upon request

Ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Length Min. inner Max. outer Min. bending Weight Type of

size diameter diameter radius packaging

[mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100 m]

PGS1010 10 10 7.0 10.3 30 12.5 box*

PGS1030 10 30 7.0 10.3 30 12.5 box*

PGS1210 12 10 10.0 13.8 30 19.8 box*

PGS1230 12 30 10.0 13.8 30 19.8 box*

PGS1610 16 10 12.9 17.1 35 23.1 box*

PGS1630 16 30 12.9 17.1 35 23.1 box*

PGS2010 20 10 17.0 21.2 40 31.4 box*

PGS2030 20 30 17.0 21.2 40 31.4 box*

PGS2510 25 10 21.1 25.7 50 38.5 box*

PGS2530 25 30 21.1 25.7 50 38.5 box*

PGS3210 32 10 28.4 33.0 60 51.7 box*

PGS3220 32 20 28.4 33.0 60 51.7 box*

PGS4010 40 10 36.4 41.1 80 64.4 box*

PGS4020 40 20 36.4 41.1 80 64.4 box*

PGS5010 50 10 48.2 54.9 180 116.0 box*

PGS5020 50 20 48.2 54.9 180 116.0 box*

* Packed in a cardboard box which contains a reel

For T&B Shureflex

fittings see pages 315 and 316

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

Type LG - Light grade (PA6)

• Specially modified Polyamide 6

• Light grade: cost effective version

• Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

• To be used with the Shureflex®Nylon Fittings to provide a water-

tight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional

accessory

• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical

cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204

(Machine Safety)

• Typical applications include: general wiring, machine tools, industrial

equipment, control equipment and automotive

• For slit version please contact your sales office for product avail-

ability

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C (intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

IP rating IP66, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

IP69K, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings and

additional Shureflex

washer and O-ring

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

277

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Product Ref. Nominal Length Internal External Min. bending Type of

size diameter diameter radius packaging

[mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm]

NY-LG07-BK50 7 50 6.3 10.0 15 reel

NY-LG10-BK50 10 50 9.7 13.0 20 reel

NY-LG12-BK50 12 50 12.2 15.8 30 reel

NY-LG17-BK50 17 50 16.8 21.2 40 reel

NY-LG23-BK50 23 50 22.6 28.5 55 reel

NY-LG29-BK50 29 50 28.3 34.5 65 reel

NY-LG36-BK30 36 30 36.3 42.5 80 reel

NY-LG48-BK30 48 30 47.4 54.5 95 reel

For Shureflex

Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

E96548

278

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type SG - Standard grade (PA6)

• High performance Polyamide 6

• Standard grade: very flexible and light

• Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

• To be used with the Shureflex®Nylon Fittings to provide a water-

tight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional

accessory

• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical

cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204

(Machine Safety)

• Typical applications include: general wiring, machine tools, in-

dustrial equipment, control equipment and automotive

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C

(intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (produced from

UL 94 V-0 raw material)

IP rating IP66, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

IP69K, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

and additional Shureflex

washer

and O-ring

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

E96548

Product Ref. Nominal Length Internal External Min. bending Type of

size diameter diameter radius packaging

[mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm]

NY-SG07-BK50 7 50 6.3 10.0 15 reel

NY-SG10-BK50 10 50 9.7 13.0 20 reel

NY-SG12-BK50 12 50 12.2 15.8 30 reel

NY-SG17-BK50 17 50 16.8 21.2 40 reel

NY-SG23-BK50 23 50 22.6 28.5 55 reel

NY-SG29-BK50 29 50 28.3 34.5 65 reel

NY-SG36-BK30 36 30 36.3 42.5 80 reel

NY-SG48-BK30 48 30 47.4 54.5 95 reel

For Shureflex

Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

Type MG - Medium grade (PA6)

• High performance Polyamide 6

• Medium grade: flexible with increased mechanical strength (crush

and impact resistance)

• Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

• To be used with the Shureflex®Nylon Fittings to provide a water-

tight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional

accessory

• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical

cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204

(Machine Safety)

• Typical applications include: machine tools and machinery, indus-

trial equipment, production equipment and railway industry

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -40°C to +105°C

(intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (produced from

UL 94 V-0 raw material)

IP rating IP66, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

IP69K, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

and additional Shureflex

washer

and O-ring

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

279

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Product Ref. Nominal Length Internal External Min. bending Type of

size diameter diameter radius packaging

[mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm]

NY-MG07-BK50 7 50 6.2 10.0 20 reel

NY-MG10-BK50 10 50 9.6 13.0 25 reel

NY-MG12-BK50 12 50 12.0 15.8 35 reel

NY-MG17-BK30 17 30 16.5 21.2 50 reel

NY-MG23-BK30 23 30 22.3 28.5 60 reel

NY-MG29-BK30 29 30 28.2 34.5 70 reel

NY-MG36-BK30 36 30 36.0 42.5 85 reel

NY-MG48-BK30 48 30 47.1 54.5 100 reel

For Shureflex

Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

E96548

280

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Type EG - Extra Flexible grade (PA12)

• High performance Polyamide 12

• Extremely flexible, even at negative temperatures and in very dry

atmospheres

• Resistant to fuel, mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

• To be used with the Shureflex®Nylon Fittings to provide a water-

tight system (rated IP66) without the need for any additional

accessory

• For the insulation and the mechanical protection of electrical

cables in industrial applications, in accordance with EN60204

(Machine Safety)

• Especially recommended for demanding applications requiring

repetitive bending and flexing movements, such as robotics,

automation, production equipment

Technical Information

Material Polyamide 12

Colour Black

Temperature range -50°C to +90°C

(intermittent: to +140°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 HB

IP rating IP66, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

IP69K, with Shureflex

Nylon fittings

and additional Shureflex

washer

and O-ring

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant

Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

Product Ref. Nominal Length Internal External Min. bending Type of

size diameter diameter radius packaging

[mm] [m] [mm] [mm] [mm]

NY-EG07-BK50 7 50 6.5 10.0 20 reel

NY-EG10-BK50 10 50 9.5 13.0 25 reel

NY-EG12-BK50 12 50 12.0 15.8 35 reel

NY-EG17-BK30 17 30 16.4 21.2 50 reel

NY-EG23-BK30 23 30 22.6 28.5 60 reel

NY-EG29-BK30 29 30 28.1 34.5 70 reel

NY-EG36-BK10 36 10 36.0 42.5 85 reel

NY-EG48-BK10 48 10 47.5 54.5 100 reel

For Shureflex

Nylon Fittings & Accessories: see pages 317 to 325

See page 281 for explanations on min. bending radius and temperature ranges

Degree of protection (IP rating)

Degrees of Protection of enclosures according to DIN 40050

IEC 144/529

IP (Ingress Protection) and 2 figures (IPXY) indicates the protection

class, the first figure X indicating the degree of protection against

ingress of solid foreign objects, and the second figure Y indicating

the degree of protection against ingress of water.

Material specifications

281

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Degree of protection Protection of equipment Degree of protection Protection of equipment

X against ingress of solid foreign objects Y against ingress of water

0 Non-protected 0 Non-protected

1 Protected against solid foreign objects of 50 mm ø & greater 1 Protected against vertically falling water drops

2 Protected against solid foreign objects of 12.5 mm ø & greater 2 Protected against vertically falling water drops

when enclosure is tilted up to 15°

3 Protected against solid foreign objects of 2.5 mm ø & greater 3 Protected against spraying water

4 Protected against solid foreign objects of 1.0 mm ø & greater 4 Protected against splashing water

5 Dust-protected 5 Protected against water jets

6 Dust-tight 6 Protected against powerful water jets

7 Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water

8 Protected against the effects of continuous

immersion in water subject to agreement

9K Protected against the effects of high-pressure, high

temperature steam cleaning: spray nozzle with 80 °C water at

8–10 MPa (80–100 bar) pressure (according to DIN 40050-9)

(CHART-IP Protection in accordance with DIN 40050 / IEC 144/529 )

Mandrel Radius =

Minimum Bending Radius

A flexible conduit is able to bend repetitively without permanent

deformation. A way to compare the flexibility of different conduits

is to define the amplitude of the bending that they can withstand,

for example by bending the conduit around a cylindrical object

(mandrel) of known radius.

While bending the conduit around a mandrel of large radius remains

easy, this operation is getting more and more stringent when the

radius is decreased, and the smallest radius that can be reached

before damaging the conduit is called the Minimum Bending Radius.

Therefore the conduits having smaller Minimum Bending Radius can

be qualified as more flexible.

The method for checking the conduit bending is carried out by bend-

ing the conduit half turn around a solid mandrel at the Minimum

Bending Radius.

As materials get stiffer at low temperatures, the use of the conduits

in flexing mode is limited to a narrower range of temperatures than

their use in static mode, as shown in the technical specifications of

the conduits.

The Minimum Bending Radius shown in the tables is suitable for

both the flexing mode (within the flexing temperature range) and

the static mode (within the static temperature range)

Minimum Bending Radius

Material specifications

282

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

Prescriptions & specifications

Specifications

Shureseal™ fittings and conduits satisfy the following specifications:

• for heavy industrial applications in accordance with DIN 49012.

• according to IP67 rating

• according to DIN/VDE 0650, section, 2.1.1b

• according to BS731, part 1

• and have the necessary approvals

(UL/CSA and VDE)

Installation

Installation is simple. The fitting screws easily onto the conduit, with-

out the need for special tools. The fitting can be removed

and re-used again at any time. The fitting also performs excellently

against severe vibration. The conduit is not deformed by the fitting.

In tests, the fittings have been shown to be extremely secure and

guarantee a high level of security and reliability.

Material specifications

Shureseal™ Conduit

Gland nut

Housing

Threaded body

Sealing ring

Ground cone

Locknut

Length marking

Conduits: directions for use

Below are a few short extracts taken from the relevant prescriptions.

VDE 0113/12.73

Metal tubing, pipes and conduits must be used in accordance with

the prescribed safety standard.

Paragraph 10.3 1 states that all conduits must be designed to protect

against the expected demands made on the product. This is to say,

for example, that cable can only be fed through conduit if it is suit-

ably protected from liquids, dust (IP-Protection) and other foreign

substances.

Surfaces with which the laid conduits come into contact - such as

edges, threads etc. should not damage the insulation of the conduit.

Fittings: directions for use

Conduits and fitting assemblies must be installed in accordance with

VDE 0113.

It is not adequate just to feed the conduit into a housing. The con-

duit must be installed using a lock nut and fitting, which ensure a

good electrical connection between the conduit and housing. The

conduit must not reduce the protective capability of the housing.

In order to ensure the effective installation of the conduit, it is

important not only to use a suitable conduit but also to use the

appropriate type of fitting. (see IEC-204)

Material specifications table

This chart gives an indication of the capabilities of the Shureseal™

liquidtight flexible metallic conduits. It is extremely difficult to pro-

vide data on all possible combinations or conditions that can occur.

Material specifications

283

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.1

G = Good

L = Limited

P = Poor

T = No data available

likely to have minor effect

Chemical TBEF TBOR TBHC TBZH TBDL EFC TYPEA PGS

LTC

LTC-GY

OILS AND HYDROCARBONS

ASTM Oil No 1 T T G P T G – T

ASTM Oil No 2 T T G P L – – L

ASTM Oil No 3 T T G P T L L T

Diesel Oil T T T T T L L T

Lubricating Oil L L G L L G G L

Paraffin Oil G G T T G G – G

Petrol G G L T G – – G

Skydrol 500B T T G T T – P T

Transformer Oil T T T T T – – T

Vegetable Oils T T T T T – G T

ORGANIC SOLVENTS

Acetone P P L P P P P P

Benzene P P L P P P P P

Ethyl Alcohol P P L L P G L P

Ethylene Glycol L L G T L G G L

Eteon 12 T T G T T – – T

Methyl Alcohol P P G L P G L P

Methyl Ethyl Ketone T T L P T P P T

Toluene 100 % P P L L P P P P

Turpentine 100 % L L T L L L L L

White Spirit T T T L T – – T

ACIDS AND SALTS GIVING ACID SOLUTIONS

Acetic Acid 10 % G G G T G G G G

Acetic Acid 20% L L G T L – – L

Hydrochloric Acid 10 % – – – – – – G –

Hydrochloric Acid 20 % L L L P L G – L

Hydrochloric Acid 40 % – – – – – – L –

Lactic Acid (90%) T T T T T P – T

Oxalic Acid G G T T G G G G

Zinc Chloride G G G T G G G G

BASES AND SALTS GIVING BASIC SOLUTIONS

Aluminium Chloride (10%) G G G G G G G G

Sodium Hydroxide (20%) T T G G T G G T

Sodium Hydroxide (45%) T T L L T G G T

OTHERS

Ozone Gas G G T T G – – G

Sea Water G G G G G G G G

Therefore it is recommended that this information should be used as

a guideline and that the conduit should be tested in the intended

application by the user, to determine suitability. If you have specific

requirements, please contact Technical Support.

284

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Fittings

Metal and plastic fittings

with positive sealing

against liquids and dust

285

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

CONDUIT & FITTINGS

4.1 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS 260

4.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES 284

Selection guide 288

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for metallic conduits 290

Product description 290

Straight fittings 292

90° fittings 294

45° fittings 296

Stainless steel fitting 298

Chase fittings 300

Female hub and adaptor fitting 301

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits 302

Type TYPEA 302

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY 304

Shureseal™ accessories for liquidtight fittings 309

Sealing washers 309

Locknuts 310

Wire mesh adaptor 311

Replacement parts 312

Shureflex®fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduits 313

Type UGS - uncovered conduits 313

Type PGS - covered conduits 315

Shureflex®fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits 317

Straight fittings 318

90° fittings 319

45° fittings 320

T-splits 321

Shureflex®accessories for nylon conduits & fittings 322

Sealing washer 322

O-ring 323

Locknut 324

Mounting brackets 325

Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings 326

Metallic fittings for threadless conduits 326

Metallic couplings for threadless conduits 327

Plastic bushing 328

Other Thomas & Betts conduit and fittings 329

4.3 SHURESEAL™ CABLE GLANDS 330

286

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Shureseal™

and Shureflex®

Fittings & Accessories

All our high-performance products are designed to deliver

excellent reliability as well as ease of installation in virtually

any application. Thomas & Betts offers two ranges of

fittings for it’s Shureseal™ and Shureflex®flexible conduits

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for metallic conduits

Thomas & Betts offers the largest and most technologically

advanced line of liquidtight fittings in the industry, including

connectors for highly-specialised applications such as power

and petrochemical plants, paper mills, robot manufacturers,

packaging equipment, machine tool building, and other OEM

and MRO applications. At Thomas & Betts, we integrate the

287

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Metal and Plastic fittings

with positive sealing

against liquids and dust

latest manufacturing technologies with the highest quality ma-

terials available. So you can be assured of reliable, liquidtight

products that offer improved on-the-job performance and reduced

installation time and costs.

Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

This engineering breakthrough meets the demand for a tough,

reusable, non-metallic liquidtight fitting for use with TYPEA, EFC,

LTC conduits or flexible tubing.

The BULLET®non-metallic fitting provides a reliable liquidtight seal

that combines high pullout resistance and ease of installation.

Shureflex®fittings for galvanised steel conduits

Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®

galvanised steel conduits

• Manufactured in nickel-plated brass for a professional quality

and finish

• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength

Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,

crush and vibration resistance are required

Offers an economic solution for the protection of cables for

industrial and commercial applications

Shureflex®fittings for nylon conduits

The Shureflex®Nylon conduit and fittings from Thomas & Betts

provide all the benefits of a Halogen free, flexible watertight

system of protection for electrical cables.

In particular, the high performance fitting, with its unique self-

locking mechanism, allows a quick and secure installation with a

watertight protection and an outstanding mechanical strength.

With four different grades of conduits and a wide range of fittings

and accessories available in black, this system is ideally suitable for

all types of applications in general wiring, industrial equipment,

machine tools and machinery, production equipment, control

equipment, robotics, automotive, transportation, railway.

288

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Selection guide

Fittings and accessories

Fitting style Conduit TB series TYPEA EFC LTC series

type

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS

straight Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits X

45° angled Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits X

90° angled Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits X

chase Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits X

hub & adaptor Flexible metallic liquidtight conduits X

SHURESEAL™ FLEXIBLE NON-METALLIC LIQUIDTIGHT CONDUITS

straight Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits X X X

45° angled Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits X X X

90° angled Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits X X X

chase Flexible non-metallic liquidtight conduits X X

SHUREFLEX

FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUITS

straight male Flexible metallic conduits

straight female Flexible metallic conduits

swiveled Flexible metallic conduits

chase Flexible metallic conduits

SHUREFLEX

ULTRA-FLEXIBLE NYLON CONDUITS

straight Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

45° angled Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

90° angled Ultra-flexible nylon conduits,

T-split Ultra-flexible nylon conduits

289

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

UGS NY series ISO metric NPT Imperial PG UNEF Approvals Material IP rating Page

PGS thread thread thread thread thread

X X X X UL / CSA steel / IP67 292

stainless steel

X X X X UL / CSA steel / IP67 296

stainless steel

X X X X UL / CSA steel / IP67 294

stainless steel

UL / CSA steel IP67 300

X X X UL / CSA steel IP67 301

X X UL / CSA / meets steel / IP65 / IP66 from 302

coast guard cg293 thermoplastic to 307

X X UL / CSA steel / IP65 / IP66 from 302

thermoplastic to 307

X X UL / CSA / meets steel / IP65 / IP66 from 302

coast guard cg293 thermoplastic to 307

steel IP65 308

X X X brass IP40 / IP54 from 313

to 316

X X X brass IP40/IP54 from313

to 316

X X X brass IP40/IP54 from313

to 316

Xbrass IP40 / IP54 from 313

to 316

X X X UL Polyamide 6 IP66 / IP69K 318

X X X UL Polyamide 6 IP66 / IP69K 319

X X X UL Polyamide 6 IP66 / IP69K 320

XPolyamide 6 IP66 / IP69K 321

290

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product description

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

A standard fitting assembly is made of 4 pieces:

1. A screw body with a nylon throat on the connection side

2. The ground cone

3. The patented Nylon sealing ring

4. A gland nut

In addition, a locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread.

Double Bevelled Sealing Ring

Unique sealing mechanism to prevent

backwards installation. Look for the

unique T&B Blue colour, ensuring the

highest quality liquidtight product

available.

Safe Edge™ Ground Cone

Provides superior bonding, stronger

pullout and easy threading into the

conduit core. The electrical continuity

is ensured while the rounded edge

protects the cable.

Double Plating for superior corrosion

protection. Zinc plating with clear

Chromate finish.

Precision Rolled Threads

provides smooth, easy installations

and is stronger than cut threads. The

body is drawn steel for exceptional

strength and quality.

Sure-Tight™ Gland Nuts deflects water

away from connector and prevents

“pooling” of moisture. Look for the

distinctive “Pumpkin” appearance

of the gland nut.

Self-Cleaning Threads inside the gland

nut keep dirt and grime out of

the threads as you tighten.

Heat Curled Insulator

curled inside the body provides excellent wire

protection and easier glide of the conductors

through and into the fitting. Also, the

heat-curled finish gives the insulator more

strength compared to “glue-in” versions. Look

for the distinctive blue insulator for your

assurance of T&B quality.

Case-Hardened Locknut with Teeth

provides superior strength and electrical

bonding and can be installed without a

wrench in the enclosure.

Product description

When correctly installed, the Shureseal™ fittings produce a positive

seal against oil, liquids, moisture and dust.

The main features of the assembly include:

• a high resistance to conduit pull-off and a great resistance to

vibration from machines

• an excellent earth continuity

• simplicity of installation: ability to install quickly by hand (or with

standard spanners or wrenches, but no special tools are needed)

• the fittings will not damage or distort the flexible conduit.

• the nylon throat bush makes it easier to pull wires through with-

out risk of damage.

• the fittings have a rugged construction and can be disconnected

and reused.

• available with N.P.T., Imperial, P.G. and metric (l.S.O.) threads

• excellent IP ratings

The patented ground cone design offers the following advantages:

• it compresses the metallic convolutions of the conduit, providing

a high quality ground contact with low impedance and a high

conduit pull-off resistance

• the single helical thread on the ground cone is easy to install with-

out cross threading

• it tolerates variations in conduit diameters and convolution pitch

• its rolled-over edge protects the conductors

The patented sealing ring design has the following exclusive features:

• it grips and seals the conduit without damaging the conduit jacket

• its symmetrical shape assures a foolproof assembly

• it ensures a positive seal against oils, liquids, moisture and dust

The range of fittings includes 5 different styles:

• straight version

• 45° version

• 90° version

• “Chase” = compact version for confined spaces, behind panels

and boxes

• “Female Hub” version, for connecting flexible conduit direct to

rigid conduit and flexible conduits

Approvals

• C.E.G.B. approved (UK)

• UL listed Liquidtight File No E 23018

• ISO threads per BS 4568

• PG threads per DIN 40430

• Canadian Standard Association: File No. 002884,

File No. LR 52391, File No. LR 82069

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

291

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Easy assembly without the requirement of any special

tooling

1. Slide the gland nut and the sealing ring onto the conduit

2. Screw the ground cone into the conduit (between the convolu-

tions) as far as possible

3. Screw the body and the gland nut together and tighten

292

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Straight fittings

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high

temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for

product availability

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style Straight

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP67

Material Galvanised steel chromate finish

Inner sleeve and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

002884

E23018

D=Min.innerø

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D F

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9306*

12 M16 22 36 12 10.0 16.0 5.1 25

9307

12 M20 22 36 12 10.0 20.0 5.1 25

9330*

10 M16 22 36 12 6.0 16.0 3.5 25

9331*

10 M20 22 36 12 6.0 20.0 3.5 25

9360

16 M16 29 40 16 11.0 16.0 6.3 25

9361

16 M20 29 40 16 11.0 20.0 6.3 25

9362

20 M20 35 42 16 14.5 20.0 8.1 25

9363

25 M25 42 45 16 20.0 25.0 12.6 25

9364 1 32 M32 47 54 15 25.0 32.0 23.0 5

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG THREAD

7329

10 PG 7 12 23 6 5.6 12.2 2.2 25

7330*

10 PG 9 21 36 12 6.0 15.2 3.5 25

7360*

12 PG 9 26 36 12 10.0 15.2 5.1 25

7361

16 PG 11 29 40 14 11.0 18.6 6.3 25

7362

16 PG 13.5 29 40 14 11.0 20.4 6.3 25

7363

20 PG 16 35 41 14 14.5 22.5 8.1 25

7364

25 PG 21 42 43 14 20.0 28.3 12.6 25

7365 1 32 PG 29 47 56 19 25.0 37.0 23.0 5

7366 1

40 PG 36 58 67 21 33.5 47.0 41.4 5

7367 1

50 PG 42 69 72 21 38.5 54.0 47.3 2

7368 2 63 PG 48 83 81 21 49.5 59.3 72.0 1

* The products with a * are not UL/CSA approved

Straight fittings

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• A locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high

temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for

product availability

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style Straight

Thread NPT and Imperial

IP rating IP67

Material Galvanised steel chromate finish

Inner sleeve and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

293

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

002884

E23018

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)

5229*

”21 35 12 6.0 3.5 25

5330*

” 25 35 12 10.0 5.1 25

5331

” 29 38 14 11.0 6.3 25

5332

” 35 40 14 14.5 8.1 25

5333

” 42 41 14 20.0 12.6 25

5334-TB 1 32 1” 48 52 19 25.0 23.0 10

5335 1

40 1

” 58 64 21 33.5 41.4 5

5336 1

50 1

” 69 68 21 38.5 47.3 2

5337 2 63 2” 83 78 22 49.5 72.0 5

5338 2

75 2

” 95 105 25 61.0 135.5 5

5339 3 90 3” 114 108 25 75.0 168.8 5

5340 4 115 4” 140 114 29 99.0 275.4 1

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH IMPERIAL THREAD

6365 1

40 1

” 58 64 21 33.5 41.4 5

6366 1

50 2” 69 68 21 38.5 47.3 2

6367 2 63 2

” 83 78 22 49.5 72.0 5

* The products with a * are not UL/CSA approved and are supplied without locknut

D=Min.innerø

294

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

90° fittings

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high

temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for

product availability

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style 90°

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP67

Material Galvanised steel chromate finish

Inner sleeve and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

D=Min.innerø

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E F

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9350

16 M16 28 35 16 10.1 34 16.0 12.6 25

9351

16 M20 28 35 16 10.1 34 20.0 12.6 25

9352-TB

20 M20 34 39 16 14.5 34 20.0 14.4 25

9353-TB

25 M25 42 43 16 20.0 38 25.0 20.2 10

9354-TB 1 32 M32 47 48 23 25.0 43 32.0 30.6 5

90° FITTING WITH PG THREAD

7351

16 PG 11 29 37 14 11.0 33 18.6 12.6 25

7352

16 PG 13.5 29 37 14 11.0 33 20.4 12.6 25

7353

20 PG 16 35 40 14 14.5 37 22.5 14.4 25

7354

25 PG 21 42 44 14 20.0 39 28.3 20.2 5

7355 1 32 PG 29 47 56 21 25.0 48 37.0 30.6 5

7356 1

40 PG 36 58 70 21 33.5 56 47.0 54.0 5

7357 1

50 PG 42 69 75 21 38.5 61 54.0 72.0 2

7358 2 63 PG 48 83 87 24 49.5 66 59.3 103.5 1

002884

E23018

90° fittings

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• A locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high

temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for

product availability

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style 90°

Thread NPT and Imperial

IP rating IP67

Material Galvanised steel chromate finish

Inner sleeve and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

295

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

DD=Min.innerø

002884

E23018

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)

5351

” 29 35 14 11.0 33 12.6 25

5352

” 35 40 14 14.5 37 14.4 25

5353

” 42 45 14 20.0 39 20.2 10

5354 1 32 1” 48 56 19 25.0 48 30.6 5

5355 1

40 1

” 58 70 21 33.5 56 54.0 5

5356 1

50 1

” 69 75 21 38.5 61 72.0 5

5357 2 63 2” 83 287 22 49.5 66 103.5 2

5358 2

75 2

” 95 225 25 61.0 149 270.0 1

5359 3 90 3” 114 260 25 75.0 219 393.8 1

5360 4 115 4” 140 321 29 99.0 299 551.0 1

90° FITTING WITH IMPERIAL THREAD

6355 1

40 1

2”

58 64 21 33.5 56 54.0 5

296

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

45° fittings

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high

temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for

product availability

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style 45°

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP67

Material Galvanised steel chromate finish

Inner sleeve and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

D=Min.innerø

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E F

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

45° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9340

16 M16 28 35 16 10.1 34 16.0 12.6 25

9341

16 M20 28 35 16 10.1 34 20.0 12.6 25

9342

20 M20 34 39 16 14.5 34 20.0 14.4 25

9343-TB

25 M25 42 43 16 20.0 38 25.0 20.2 10

9344 1 32 M32 47 48 23 25.0 43 32.0 30.6 5

45° FITTING WITH PG THREAD

7341

16 PG 11 29 37 14 11.0 33 18.6 12.6 25

7342

16 PG 13.5 29 37 14 11.0 33 20.4 12.6 25

7343

20 PG 16 35 40 14 14.5 37 22.5 14.4 25

7344-TB

25 PG 21 42 44 14 20.0 39 28.3 20.2 5

7345 1 32 PG 29 47 56 21 25.0 48 37.0 30.6 5

7346 1

40 PG 36 58 70 21 33.5 56 47.0 54.0 5

7347 1

50 PG 42 69 75 21 38.5 61 54.0 72.0 2

7348-TB 2 63 PG 48 83 87 24 49.5 66 59.3 103.5 1

002884

E23018

45° fittings

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ Liquidtight conduits

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• A locknut is supplied with the fittings with NPT thread

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

• Special fittings (HT series) rated at 150°C are available for high

temperature applications - please contact your Sales Office for

product availability

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style 45°

Thread NPT and Imperial

IP rating IP67

Material Galvanised steel chromate finish

Inner sleeve and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

297

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

D=Min.innerø

002884

E23018

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)

5341

” 29 35 14 11.0 33 12.6 25

5342

” 35 40 14 14.5 37 14.4 25

5343

” 42 45 14 20.0 39 20.2 10

5344 1 32 1” 48 56 19 25.0 48 30.6 5

5345 1

40 1

” 58 70 21 33.5 56 54.0 5

5346 1

50 1

” 69 75 21 38.5 61 72.0 2

5347 2 63 2” 83 287 22 49.5 66 103.5 1

5348* 2

75 2

” 95 225 25 61.0 149 270.0 1

5349* 3 90 3” 114 260 25 75.0 219 393.8 1

5350* 4 115 4” 140 321 29 99.0 299 551.0 1

45° FITTING WITH IMPERIAL THREAD

6346 1

50 2” 69 68 21 38.5 61 72.0 2

* The Product Ref. with a * are not UL/CSA approved

298

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Straight stainless steel fittings

• Ideal for industrial MRO and OEM applications in food and be-

verage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical, wastewater, salt water,

and other corrosive environments

• 304 stainless steel body and gland-nut resists corrosion far better

than other metallic fittings

• Stronger, more UV-resistant than non metallic fittings

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style straight

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and NPT

IP rating IP67

Material 304 stainless steel

Inner sleeve and Blue Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

002884 E23018

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9361SST

16 M20 34.5 27.0 5.2 25

9362SST

20 M20 34.5 30.0 6.2 25

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

5331SST-EU

34.5 25.9 5.2 25

5332SST-EU

34.5 30.0 6.2 25

5333SST-EU

35.3 34.8 8.9 25

5334SST-EU 1 32 1 39.7 45.0 17.9 5

5335SST 1

40 1

43.7 53.9 27.9 5

5336SST 1

50 1

51.3 63.0 43.8 5

5337SST 2 63 2 59.3 77.2 73.5 2

45° and 90° stainless steel fittings

• Ideal for industrial MRO and OEM applications in food and

beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical, wastewater, salt water,

and other corrosive environments

• 304 stainless steel body and gland-nut resists corrosion far better

than other metallic fittings

• Stronger, more UV-resistant than non metallic fittings

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style 45° and 90°

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and NPT

IP rating IP67

Material 304 stainless steel

Inner sleeve and Blue Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

299

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

002884 E23018

Product Ref. For conduit size Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

45° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9341SST

16 M20 46.7 27.0 - 7.5 25

9342SST

20 M20 41.2 30.0 - 10.6 25

45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

5341SST-EU

46.7 25.9 36.3 7.5 25

5342SST-EU

41.2 30.0 51.8 10.6 25

5343SST-EU

59.0 34.8 49.0 15.7 10

5344SST-EU 1 32 1

72.6 45.0 60.2 26.5 5

5345SST 1

40 1

84.6 53.9 71.1 45.2 5

5346SST 1

50 1

100.1 63.0 86.1 69.1 2

5347SST 2 63 2 120.1

77.2 107.4 125.0 1

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9351SST

16 M20 49.5 27.0 - 9.5 25

9352SST

20 M20 53.9 30.0 - 14.5 25

90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

5351SST-EU

49.5 25.9 46.7 9.5 25

5352SST-EU

53.9 30.0 52.6 14.5 25

5353SST-EU

62.7 34.8 62.0 22.0 10

5354SST-EU 1 32 1 75.7 45.0 73.7 31.7 5

5355SST 1

40 1

89.7 53.9 85.3 57.6 5

5356SST 1

50 1

105.7 63.0 98.6 82.9 2

5357SST 2 63 2 218.4 77.2 119.1 143.0 1

300

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

“Chase” fittings, straight or right-angled

• High-performance fittings for Shureseal™ liquidtight conduits

• Special compact version (CHASE) for space-saving assembly,

thanks to the male nipple (supplied with the fitting) that can be

screwed into the female thread of the body

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 6 parts: the threaded body, the steel

ground cone, the nylon sealing ring, the gland nut, the sealing

washer and a male nipple, ensuring an easy assembly without the

need for specific tools

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduit

Style/thread Straight, 90° angled / NPT threads

IP rating IP67

Material Zinc plated steel

Insulation throat and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

Product Ref. For conduit Dimensions For wall thickness Installation hole Weight Quantity

size A B C (D) up to diameter

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT CHASE FITTING (SUPPLIED WITH MALE NIPPLE AND SEALING WASHER)

5361

16 35 30 3.2 5 22.2 8.1 25

5362

20 35 36 4.7 5 22.2 9.9 25

5363

25 41 44 6.3 8 27.8 15.4 25

5364 1 32 52 50 6.3 10 33.3 29.0 10

5365 1

40 60 69 7.9 12 44.5 58.0 5

5366 1

50 69 75 9.5 13 50.8 68.0 2

5367 2 63 76 88 9.5 15 63.5 99.7 1

5368 2

75 100 107 11.1 15 76.2 199.4 1

5369 3 90 105 125 17.2 17 92.1 253.7 1

5370 4 115 111 155 19.0 19 117.5 407.7 1

90° CHASE FITTING (SUPPLIED WITH MALE NIPPLE AND SEALING WASHER)

5371

16 38 30 3.2 5 22.2 8.1 25

5372

20 37 36 4.7 5 22.2 9.9 25

5373

25 48 44 6.3 8 27.8 18.1 10

5374 1 32 57 50 6.3 10 33.3 30.8 5

E23018

002884

Nipple

Comparison

A A

B B

(wall thickness)

Chase

Sealing washer

Standard

Female hub and adaptor fittings

• Special type hub fitting with female (internal) thread for connecting

flexible conduits to rigid conduits or for connecting 2 flexible

conduits together (using male fittings)

• Special type adaptor fitting with female (internal) thread for

connecting flexible conduits to AN-MS connector shells (such as

MIL-C-5015 connectors and accessories)

• Safe and effective installation without any efforts

• The fitting is composed of 4 parts: the threaded body, the zinc

plated steel ground cone, the nylon sealing ring and the gland

nut ensuring an easy assembly without the need for specific tools

• The steel ground cone which is screwed into the conduit ensures

an excellent earthing continuity and pull-off strength, as well as

a very good resistance against vibrations

• Re-useable and independent replacement parts

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ flexible metallic conduits

Style Straight

Thread NPT, Metric (I.S.O.) and UNEF female threads

IP rating IP67

Material Zinc plated steel

Insulation throat and Polyamide

sealing ring

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for flexible metallic conduits

301

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Female thread

E23018

002884

Product Ref. For conduit Inner AN-MS connector Dimensions Weight Quantity

size thread Shell size A B C

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FEMALE HUB FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9270

16 M16 – 28 40 15 7.0 25

9271

16 M20 – 30 40 15 7.2 25

9272

20 M20 – 34 43 15 10.0 25

9273

25 M25 – 42 45 15 14.5 25

9274 1 32 M32 – 47 54 15 19.0 5

STRAIGHT FEMALE HUB FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

5271

” – 25 40 15 7.2 25

5272

” – 32 43 15 10.0 25

5273

” – 38 44 15 14.5 25

5274 1 32 1” – 44 54 20 19.0 10

5275 1

40 1

” – 58 64 20 32.6 5

5276 1

50 1

” – 70 68 20 54.4 5

5277 2 63 2” – 88 78 25 72.5 5

STRAIGHT ADAPTORS FITTING WITH UNEF THREAD

LTA03810

” - 24 UNEF-2B 10SL, 12, 12S 25.4 11.9 – 6.8 25

LTA03814

” - 20 UNEF-2B 14, 14S 25.4 11.9 – 7.3 25

LTA05014

” - 20 UNEF-2B 14, 14S 31.8 23.8 – 8.7 25

LTA05016

” - 20 UNEF-2B 16, 16S 31.8 23.8 – 8.7 25

LTA05018

20 1” - 20 UNEF-2B 18 31.8 23.8 – 8.7 25

LTA07516

” - 20 UNEF-2B 16, 16S 38.1 27.0 – 13.6 25

LTA07518

25 1” - 20 UNEF-2B 18 38.1 27.0 – 13.6 25

LTA07520

” - 18 UNEF-2B 20, 22 38.1 27.0 – 13.6 25

LTA10020 1 32

” - 18 UNEF-2B 20, 22 43.7 44.5 – 21.0 10

LTA10024 1 32

” - 18 UNEF-2B 25, 28 43.7 44.5 – 21.0 10

302

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Type TYPEA - metallic fittings

• Easy installation

• Inner polyamide sleeve for protection of conductors

• Liquid- and dust-tight in accordance with IP66

• High mechanical stability (high retention)

• Supplied with locknut and sealing washer

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type TYPEA

Style/thread Straight, 45°, 90° / NPT thread

IP rating IP66

Material Galvanised steel, chromate finish

Connecting sleeve and Polyamide 6.6

internal insulation

Sealing washer Santoprene

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

Product Ref. For conduit Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size size A B C D

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING WASHER)

3720-TB*

29.4 51.0 12.0 – 8.2 25

3721-TB

34.9 54.0 16.0 – 9.1 25

3722-TB

41.3 57.2 21.0 – 13.6 25

3723 1 32 1 47.6 63.5 26.0 – 23.6 10

3724-TB 1

40 1

60.3 76.2 35.0 – 40.0 5

3725 1

50 1

69.9 85.7 41.0 – 59.0 2

3726 2 63 2 89.7 92.1 50.0 – 118.0 1

45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING WASHER)

3730-TB*

29.4 51.6 12.0 – 5.4 25

3731-TB

34.9 65.1 16.0 – 8.2 25

3732

41.3 76.2 21.0 – 20.8 10

3733-TB 1 32 1 47.6 88.9 26.0 – 31.2 5

3734-TB 1

40 1

60.3 104.8 35.0 – 54.4 5

3735-TB 1

50 1

69.9 123.8 41.0 – 77.0 2

90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING WASHER)

3740*

29.4 41.3 12.0 33.3 5.0 25

3741

34.9 44.5 16.0 35.7 7.7 25

3742

41.3 57.2 21.0 39.7 22.6 10

3743-TB 1 32 1 47.6 65.1 26.0 47.6 30.7 5

3744-TB 1

40 1

60.3 82.6 35.0 57.2 54.4 5

3745 1

50 1

69.9 88.9 41.0 60.3 77.0 2

3746-TB 2 63 2 89.7 104.8 53.2 73.0 145.0 1

* The Product Ref. with a * are not UL approved

E23018

Type TYPEA - plastic fittings

• Easy installation

• High strength, chemical resistant, non-burning, non dripping

thermoplastic construction

• Smooth insulated body throughout for maximum dielectric

strength

• Ideal for corrosion resistant applications

• Liquid- and dust-tight in accordance with IP66

• Serrated design provides high mechanical pullout strength

• Supplied with steel locknut and sealing O-ring

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type TYPEA

Style Straight, 90°

Thread NPT

IP rating IP66

Material Thermoplastic

Gland nut Thermoplastic

O-Ring Neoprene

Locknut Steel, case hardened and zinc plated

Colour Blue

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

303

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

E23018

Product Ref. For conduit Thread Dimensions Quantity

size size A B C D

[inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

STRAIGHT PLASTIC FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING ‘O’ RING)

6302

37.6 57.9 14.5 – 20

6303

44.7 62.5 19.1 – 10

6304 1 32 1 53.3 67.6 24.4 – 5

6305 1

40 1

67.8 78.5 32.0 – 5

90° PLASTIC FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT AND SEALING ‘O’ RING)

6322

37.6 39.6 14.5 39.9 10

6323

44.7 44.2 19.1 43.4 10

6324 1 32 1 53.3 45.2 24.4 50.8 5

6325 1

40 1

67.8 54.1 32.0 61.2 5

MEETS

COAST

GUARD

CG293

304

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - plastic Bullet fittings

• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant

• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to

prevent unlocking

• The spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting

• No loose pieces - secure against vibration

• Supplied with sealing washer O-ring

• Fittings with NPT threads are supplied with locknut

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY

Style Straight

Thread NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)

IP rating IP65

Material UV-resistant thermoplastic

Locknut Zinc plated steel

O-ring Nitryl

Colour Black

Temperature range -45°C to +105°C

Flammability rating Self-extinguishing according to UL 94 V-2

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

E23018

LR52391

Thread

* Variable dimensions

Product Ref. For conduit Thread size Dimensions D Min. throat F* Weight Quantity

size E A C diameter Approx.

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

LT38PISO20

16 M20 14.5 34.4 10.6 40.5 3.9 20

LT50PISO20

20 M20 14.5 36.8 14.0 41.6 4.1 20

LT75PISO25

25 M25 14.8 44.2 18.8 44.6 6.3 10

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)

LT38P

” 14.5 34.4 10.6 40.5 3.9 20

LT50P

” 14.5 36.8 14.0 41.6 4.1 20

LT75P

” 14.8 44.2 18.8 44.6 6.3 10

LT100P 1 32 1” 18.4 52.5 23.9 48.8 9.9 5

LT125P 1

40 1

” 19.1 63.4 31.9 55.0 15.2 5

LT150P 1

50 1

” 19.5 70.7 36.9 59.8 21.3 2

LT200P 2 63 2” 20.2 85.4 47.8 66.2 34.0 1

* Dimensions F are after assembly (approx.)

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - plastic Bullet fittings

• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant

• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to

prevent unlocking

• The spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting

• No loose pieces - secure against vibration

• Supplied with sealing washer O-ring

• Fittings with NPT threads are supplied with locknut

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY

Style 45°, 90°

Thread NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)

IP rating IP65

Material UV-resistant thermoplastic

Locknut Zinc plated steel

O-ring Nitryl

Colour Black

Temperature range -45°C to +105°C

Flammability rating Self-extinguishing according to UL 94 V-2

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

305

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Thread

Product Ref. For conduit Thread size Dimensions D Min. throat F* G* Weight Quantity

size E A B C diameter Approx. Approx.

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

LT938PISO20

16 M20 14.5 35.0 34.4 10.6 – 47.8 4.9 20

LT950PISO20

20 M20 14.5 37.8 36.8 14.0 – 50.4 4.9 20

LT975PISO25

25 M25 14.8 45.5 44.2 18.8 – 56.0 7.8 10

90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WITH LOCKNUT)

LT938P

” 14.5 35.0 34.4 10.6 – 47.8 4.9 10

LT950P

” 14.5 37.8 36.8 14.0 – 50.4 4.9 10

LT975P

” 14.8 45.5 44.2 18.8 – 56.2 7.8 10

LT9100P 1 32 1” 18.4 53.4 44.2 23.9 – 63.7 12.6 5

LT9125P 1

40 1

” 19.1 65.1 52.5 31.9 – 72.5 21.3 2

LT9150P 1

50 1

” 19.5 72.5 63.4 36.9 – 79.9 36.3 2

LT9200P 2 63 2” 20.2 87.2 70.7 47.8 – 93.3 40.8 1

45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD (SUPPLIED WTH LOCKNUT)

LT438P

” 14.5 – 34.4 10.6 39.0 35.1 4.8 20

LT450P

” 14.5 – 36.8 14.0 40.4 37.8 5.0 20

LT475P

” 14.8 – 44.2 18.8 46.3 45.5 7.4 10

LT4100P 1 32 1” 18.4 – 52.5 23.9 51.7 53.4 11.7 5

LT4125P 1

40 1

” 19.0 – 43.4 31.9 60.6 65.1 20.9 5

LT4150P 1

50 1

” 19.5 – 70.7 36.9 66.1 72.5 24.7 2

LT4200P 2 63 2” 20.2 – 85.4 47.8 77.5 87.2 38.1 1

* Dimensions F and G are after assembly (approx.)

E23018

LR52391

306

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - metallic Bullet fittings

• Robust construction, ideal for demanding applications like in the

railway industry (can be used with other kind of conduits and

hoses commonly used in the railway industry, such as textile

inserted rubber hoses,...)

• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant

• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to

prevent unlocking

• Separate rotating attachment for easy fitting of conduit

• Spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting

• No loose pieces - secure against vibration

• Delivered with locknut

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY

Style Straight

Thread NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)

IP rating IP65

Material Zinc plated steel

Gland nut Zinc steel

Insert Nylon

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

E23018

LR52391

Product Ref. For conduit Thread size Dimensions Weight Quantity

size E A B* C

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O) THREAD

LT38M-ISO20

16 M20 14.3 38.1 29.4 5.8 25

LT50M-ISO20

20 M20 14.3 39.7 34.9 7.7 25

LT75M-ISO25

25 M25 15.9 41.2 42.1 10.9 25

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

LT38M

” 14.3 38.1 29.4 5.8 25

LT50M

” 14.3 39.7 34.9 7.7 25

LT75M

” 15.9 41.2 42.1 10.9 25

LT100M 1 32 1” 19.0 52.4 47.6 16.1 10

LT125M 1

40 1

” 20.6 63.5 60.3 28.9 5

LT150M 1

50 1

” 20.6 68.2 69.8 46.7 2

LT200M 2 63 2” 20.6 77.8 88.1 69.9 1

* Dimensions shown with a (*) are after assembly (approx.)

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - metallic Bullet fittings

• Robust construction, ideal for demanding applications like in the

railway industry (can be used with other kind of conduits and

hoses commonly used in the railway industry, such as textile

inserted rubber hoses,...)

• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant

• Thomas & Betts patented quick connecting feature designed to

prevent unlocking

• Separate rotating attachment for easy fitting of conduit

• Spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting

• No loose pieces - secure against vibration

• Delivered with locknut

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY

Style 45°, 90°

Thread NPT and Metric (I.S.O.)

IP rating IP65

Material Zinc plated steel

Gland nut Zinc steel

Insert Nylon

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

307

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product Ref. For conduit Thread size Dimensions Weight Quantity

size E A B C F*

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O) THREAD

LT938M-ISO20

16 M20 15.9 33.3 29.4 34.9 9.4 25

LT950M-ISO20

20 M20 15.9 36.5 34.9 39.7 13.2 25

LT975M-ISO25

25 M25 15.9 44.4 42.1 44.4 18.1 25

90° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

LT938M

” 15.9 33.3 29.4 34.9 9.4 25

LT950M

” 15.9 36.5 34.9 39.7 13.2 25

LT975M

” 15.9 44.4 42.1 44.4 18.1 25

LT9100M 1 32 1” 20.6 49.2 47.6 55.5 30.2 10

LT9125M 1

40 1

” 20.6 63.5 60.3 69.8 55.7 5

LT9150M 1

50 1

” 20.6 71.4 69.8 74.6 76.4 2

LT9200M 2 63 2” 22.2 88.9 88.1 87.3 116.6 1

45° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O) THREAD

LT438M-ISO20

16 M20 14.3 49.8* 29.4 – 7.7 25

LT450M-ISO20

20 M20 14.3 47.6* 34.9 – 14.2 25

45° FITTING WITH NPT THREAD

LT438M

” 14.3 49.8* 29.4 – 7.7 25

LT450M

” 14.3 47.6* 34.9 – 14.2 25

LT475M

” 14.3 54.0* 42.1 – 18.6 10

LT4100M 1 32 1” 20.6 57.1* 47.6 – 25.5 5

LT4125M 1

40 1

” 20.6 69.8* 60.3 – 49.6 5

LT4150M 1

50 1

” 20.6 69.8* 69.8 – 68.0 2

LT4200M 2 63 2” 22.2 98.4* 88.1 – 99.8 1

* Dimensions shown with a (*) are after assembly (approx.)

E23018

LR52391

308

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY - metallic Bullet, chase fitting

• Metallic fitting, designed for type - EFC / LTC / LTC-GY flexible

plastic conduit

• Special version (Chase) for space saving assembly, thanks to the

male nipple that can be screwed into the female thread of the

body

• Liquid-tight, dust-tight and oil-resistant

• Robust construction, ideal for demanding applications like in the

railway industry (can be used with other kind of conduits and

hoses commonly used in the railway industry, such as textile

inserted rubber hoses,...)

• Spiral-shaped EFC conduit coil locks into fitting

• The fitting is composed of 5 components: nipple with insulation

throat, O-ring, body, insert and gland nut (Product Ref. LT6275MI

also includes an additional sleeve)

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureseal™ conduit type EFC / LTC / LTC-GY

Style Straight

IP rating IP65

Material Zinc plated steel

Gland nut Zinc plated steel

Insert Nylon

O-ring Neoprene

Colour Metallic

Liquidtight fittings for non-metallic conduits

ABC F

Product Ref. For conduit Dimensions

size øA* B C D øE* øF*

across flats across flats approx.

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

LT638MI

16 14.5 24 30 30 12.4 18.4

LT650MI

20 14.5 24 30 30 15.4 22.0

LT675MI

25 18.0 32 36 36 20.0 29.0

LT6100MI 1 32 23.5 40 41 41 26.0 35.0

LT6125MI 1

40 31.0 45 60 60 34.0 44.5

LT6150MI 1

50 38.0 54 65 65 39.0 50.0

LT6275MI - - 60.0 78 93 125 65.0 70.0

* ø A = inner diameter in fitting

ø E = min. inner diameter of conduit

ø F = max. outer diameter of conduit

Sealing washers

• Design locks resilient sealing material in steel

• Steel retainer protects seal from extruding out under torque and

limits compression to an optimum predetermined value; provides

high quality seal

• Resilient material flows and seals rough surfaces

Technical Information

Fitting Type Shureseal™ and Shureflex

fittings

Thread NPT, Metric (I.S.O.) and Imperial

Material Chromated galvanised steel, with blue

Buna-N rubber or black synthetic rubber

Colour Metallic

Accessories for liquidtight fittings

309

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product Ref. Thread size Weight Quantity

[kg/100] [pieces]

SEALING WASHERS FOR METRIC (I.S.O.) FITTINGS

051-72123-1* M16 0.2 100

035-72272-1* M20 0.2 100

035-72272-2* M25 0.3 100

035-72272-3* M32 0.3 100

SEALING WASHERS FOR NPT FITTINGS

5261*

”0.2 50

5262

”0.2 50

5263

”0.3 25

5264 1” 0.3 25

5265 1

”1.8 5

5266 1

”1.9 5

5267 2” 2.0 5

5268 2

”2.2 5

5269 3” 2.9 5

5270 4” 3.8 5

SEALING WASHERS FOR IMPERIAL FITTINGS

035-72272-4 1

” 1.8 100

* The Product Ref. with a * are not UL approved

E13938

002884

Box side

52XX 051-XXXXX-X

035-XXXXX-X

Box side

310

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Locknuts

•Case-Hardened Locknut with Teeth provides superior strength

and electrical bonding and can be installed without a wrench in

the enclosure.

Technical Information

Fitting Type Shureseal™ fittings

Thread NPT

Material Galvanised steel, chromated

Colour Metallic

Accessories for liquidtight fittings

Product Ref. Thread size Weight Quantity

[inch] [kg/100] [pieces]

139

0.4 100

140

0.5 100

141

0.5 100

142-TB

0.9 100

143 1 1.8 50

144 1

3.2 50

145 1

4.0 50

146-TB 2 6.3 25

147 2

11.7 15

148 3 18.0 5

149 3

19.8 5

150 4 23.4 5

E23018

004484

Locknut

Sealing washer Body of

standard fitting

Sealing ring

Ground cone

Gland nut

Wire mesh adaptor

• Strain Relief Wire Mesh adaptor with integrated gland nut

• Simple installation: just replace the existing gland nut in the fitting

with the wire mesh adaptor

• Provides a support function (strain relief), to protect the conduit

at the point of connection

• Rounded corners ensure secure attachment of the conduit without

the risk of damage

• Anti-corrosive

Technical Information

Fitting Type Shureseal™ liquidtight fittings for metallic

conduits (straight, 45°, 90°, chase, female hub)

Thread Replaces the standard gland nut

Material Gland nut: zinc plated steel

Collar: aluminium, Wire mesh: aluminium

Colour Metallic

Accessories for liquidtight fittings

311

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Wire mesh adaptor with gland nut

Locknut

E13938

E23018

002884

004484

Product Conduit Straight 45° fitting 90° fitting Chase Chase 90° Adapter Weight Quantity

Ref. size fitting fitting fitting

[inch] [mm] [prod. ref.] [prod. ref.] [prod. ref.] [prod. ref.] [prod. ref.] [prod. ref.] [kg/100] [pieces]

FOR FITTINGS WITH ISO THREAD

WMG-LT1

16 9360, 9361 9340, 9341 9350, 9351 – – 9270, 9271 2.5 10

WMG-LT2

20 9362 9342 9352-TB – – 9272 4.0 10

WMG-LT3

25 9363 9343-TB 9353-TB – – 9273 5.0 10

WMG-LT4 1 32 9364 9344 9354-TB – – 9274 10.0 10

FOR FITTINGS WITH PG THREAD

WMG-LT1

16 7361, 7362 7341, 7342 7351, 7352 – – – 2.5 10

WMG-LT2

20 7363 7343 7353 – – – 4.0 10

WMG-LT3

25 7364 7344-TB 7354 – – – 5.0 10

WMG-LT4 1 32 7365 7345 7355 – – – 10.0 10

WMG-LT5 1

40 7366 7346 7356 – – – 17.0 2

WMG-LT6 1

50 7367 7347 7357 – – – 29.0 2

WMG-LT7 2 63 7368 7348-TB 7358 – – – 43.0 5

FOR FITTINGS WITH NPT THREAD

WMG-LT1

16 5331 5341 5351 5361 5371 5271 2.5 10

WMG-LT2

20 5332 5342 5352 5362 5372 5272 4.0 10

WMG-LT3

25 5333 5343 5353 5363 5373 5273 5.0 10

WMG-LT4 1 32 5334-TB 5344 5354 5364 5374 5274 10.0 10

WMG-LT5 1

40 5335 5345 5355 5365 – 5275 17.0 2

WMG-LT6 1

50 5336 5346 5356 5366 – 5276 29.0 2

WMG-LT7 2 63 5337 5347 5357 5367 – 5277 43.0 5

FOR FITTINGS WITH IMPERIAL THREAD

WMG-LT5 1

40 6365 – 6355 – – – 17.0 2

WMG-LT6 1

50 6366 6346 6356 – – – 29.0 2

WMG-LT7 2 63 6367 6347 – – – – 43.0 5

Sealing ringGround cone

Body of

standard fitting

is inserted instead of

the standard gland nut of the fitting

Shureseal™ conduit

Sealing washer

312

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Replacement parts

If after some time the fitting is released and needs to be re-secured,

the seal and the ground cone should be replaced.

The following accessories are appropriate for all the standard

liquidtight Shureseal™ fittings for metallic conduits:

•Steel ground cone: it provides a high quality ground contact with

low impedance and high conduit pull-off resistance. The single

helical thread on ground cone is easy to install by hand without

cross threading. It tolerates variations in conduit diameters and

convolution pitch. Its rolled-over edge protects the conductors.

Manufactured in zinc plated steel.

•Sealing ring: it grips and seals the conduit without damaging the

conduit jacket. Its symmetrical shape assures a foolproof assem-

bly. It ensures a positive seal against oils, liquids, moisture and

dust. Made from high-performance nylon. Colour: blue.

•Gland nut: rugged construction, made of zinc plated steel. Rein-

forced corners to allow hand screwing.

Accessories for liquidtight fittings

Fitting replacement parts

Ground cone

Sealing ring

Gland nut

Ground cone Sealing ring Gland nut Conduit size

Product Ref. Product Ref. Product Ref.

[inch] [mm]

R 719124 – –

IR 719123 7 R68301 7 R68201

R 719101 IR 763101 R 735540

R 719125 IR 763102 R 735503

R 719126 IR 763108 R 735504

R 719127 IR 763104 R 735522 1 32

IR 719128 IR 763105 IR 735509 1

IR 719129 IR 763106 IR 723418 1

053-71814-127 053-71814-137 053-71814-7 2 63

053-71814-128 053-71814-28 053-71814-8 2

053-71814-129 053-71814-29 053-71814-9 3 90

053-71814-130 053-71814-30 053-71814-10 4 115

Type UGS - uncovered conduit

• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®

conduits

• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength

• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,

crush and vibration resistance are required

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

type UGS uncovered conduits*

Style Straight fixed male

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP40

Material Nickel-plated brass

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -50°C to +300°C

* Can also be used with Shureflex

stainless steel conduits

Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit

313

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

UFMM1616

U = Uncovered

Conduit FM = Fixed Male

SM = Swivel Male

SS = Space Saver

For conduit:

10, 12, 16, 20, 25,

32,40or50mm

Thread size

(PG or Metric)

Thread:

M=Metric

PG = PG

Product reference structure

Type UFM

Product Ref. Conduit type Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TYPE UFMM: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD

UFMM1616 UGS1610 / UGS1630 M16 16 10.8 19 10 24.5 550 25

UFMM1620 UGS1610 / UGS1630 M20 20 10.8 24 10 24.5 900 25

UFMM2020 UGS2010 / UGS2030 M20 20 14.8 24 10 24.5 700 25

UFMM2525 UGS2510 / UGS2530 M25 25 18.8 30 12 28.0 450 10

UFMM3232 UGS3210 / UGS3220 M32 32 25.8 36 13 29.0 350 5

UFMM4040 UGS4010 / UGS4020 M40 40 33.8 46 15 31.5 450 5

UFMM5050 UGS5010 / UGS5020 M50 50 41.8 55 15 33.0 400 2

TYPE UFMPG: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD

UFMPG1007 UGS1010 / UGS1030 PG7 12.5 4.8 14.0 5.0 16.5 271 25

UFMPG1209 UGS1210 / UGS1230 PG9 15.2 7.8 17.0 8.0 21.5 532 25

UFMPG1611 UGS1610 / UGS1630 PG11 18.6 10.9 20.0 12.0 28.0 750 25

UFMPG2016 UGS2010 / UGS2030 PG16 22.5 14.9 24.0 12.0 28.0 1100 25

UFMPG2521 UGS2510 / UGS2530 PG21 28.3 18.9 30.0 13.5 31.0 650 10

UFMPG3229 UGS3210 / UGS3220 PG29 37.0 25.9 40.0 15.0 33.0 350 5

UFMPG4036 UGS4010 / UGS4020 PG36 47.0 33.9 49.6 17.0 36.0 900 5

314

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Type UGS - uncovered conduit

• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex

conduits

• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength

• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,

crush and vibration resistance are required

• The swivel fittings improve the flexibility and decrease the stress

in the connection of the conduit

• The space saver version, with its compact design, is perfectly

appropriate for applications in confined spaces and to install the

fitting directly on a panel

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

type UGS uncovered conduits*

Style Straight swivel male and straight space

saver

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP40

Material Nickel-plated brass

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -50°C to +300°C

* Can also be used with Shureflex

stainless steel conduits

Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit

BCC

Type USS Type USM

Product Ref. Conduit type Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TYPE USMM: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD

USMM1616 UGS1610 / UGS1630 M16 16 10.8 19 10 34.3 850 25

USMM2020 UGS2010 / UGS2030 M20 20 14.8 24 10 34.3 1020 25

USMM2525 UGS2510 / UGS2530 M25 25 18.8 30 12 40.5 840 10

USMM3232 UGS3210 / UGS3220 M32 32 25.8 36 13 41.5 850 5

USMM4040 UGS4010 / UGS4020 M40 40 33.8 46 15 47.3 730 5

USMM5050 UGS5010 / UGS5020 M50 50 41.8 55 15 47.0 750 2

TYPE USMPG: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD

USMPG1007 UGS1010 / UGS1030 PG7 12.5 4.8 14 5 22.0 550 25

USMPG1209 UGS1210 / UGS1230 PG9 15.2 7.8 17 8 30.3 750 25

USMPG1611 UGS1610 / UGS1630 PG11 18.6 10.9 20 12 38.0 1150 25

USMPG2016 UGS2010 / UGS2030 PG16 22.5 14.9 24 12 38.0 1300 25

USMPG2521 UGS2510 / UGS2530 PG21 28.3 18.9 30 12 41.0 1000 10

USMPG3229 UGS3210 / UGS3220 PG29 37.0 25.9 40 15 46.0 800 5

USMPG4036 UGS4010 / UGS4020 PG36 47.0 33.9 49 17 51.0 1250 5

TYPE USSM: SPACE SAVER STRAIGHT FITTING (NO THREAD)

USSM1010 UGS1010 / UGS1030 – – 4.8 14 – 11.5 255 25

USSM1212 UGS1210 / UGS1230 – – 7.8 16 – 13.5 351 25

USSM1616 UGS1610 / UGS1630 – – 10.8 19 – 14.5 470 25

USSM2020 UGS2010 / UGS2030 – – 14.8 24 – 14.5 662 25

USSM2525 UGS2510 / UGS2530 – – 18.8 30 – 16.0 370 10

USSM3232 UGS3210 / UGS3220 – – 25.8 36 – 16.0 254 5

USSM4040 UGS4010 / UGS4020 – – 33.8 46 – 16.0 322 5

USSM5050 UGS5010 / UGS5020 – – 41.8 55 – 18.0 200 2

Type PGS - covered conduit

• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®

covered conduit

• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength

• Improved IP rating (IP54) compared to the uncovered conduit

• Special IP65 rated fittings available on request

• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,

crush and vibration resistance are required

Technical Information

Conduit Type Shureflex

type PGS covered conduit

Style Straight fixed male and female

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP54

Material Nickel-plated brass

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -50°C to +300°C*

* PGS conduit temperature -25°C to +70°C

Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit

315

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

PFMM1616

P = Covered

Conduit FM=FixedMale SM=SwivelMale

FF = Fixed Female SS = Space Saver For conduit:

10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40 or 50 mm

Thread size

(PG or Metric)

Thread:

M=Metric

PG=PG

Product reference Structure

Type PFF

Type PFM

Product Ref. Conduit type Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TYPE PFMM: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD

PFMM1616 PGS1610 / PGS1630 M16 16 10.8 19 10 24.5 550 25

PFMM1620 PGS1610 / PGS1630 M20 20 10.8 24 10 24.5 900 25

PFMM2020 PGS2010 / PGS2030 M20 20 14.8 24 10 24.5 700 25

PFMM2525 PGS2510 / PGS2530 M25 25 18.8 30 12 28.0 450 10

PFMM3232 PGS3210 / PGS3220 M32 32 25.8 36 13 29.0 350 5

PFMM4040 PGS4010 / PGS4020 M40 40 33.8 46 15 31.5 450 5

PFMM5050 PGS5010 / PGS5020 M50 50 41.8 55 15 33.0 400 2

TYPE PFMPG: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD

PFMPG1007 PGS1010 / PGS1030 PG7 12.5 4.8 14.0 8.0 16.5 270 25

PFMPG1209 PGS1210 / PGS1230 PG9 15.2 7.8 17.0 8.0 21.5 483 25

PFMPG1611 PGS1610 / PGS1630 PG11 18.6 10.9 20.0 12.0 28.0 550 25

PFMPG2016 PGS2010 / PGS2030 PG16 22.5 14.9 24.0 12.0 28.0 1050 25

PFMPG2521 PGS2510 / PGS2530 PG21 28.3 18.9 30.0 13.5 31.0 650 10

PFMPG3229 PGS3210 / PGS3220 PG29 37.0 25.9 40.0 15.0 33.0 1150 5

PFMPG4036 PGS4010 / PGS4020 PG36 47.0 33.9 49.6 17.0 36.0 450 5

TYPE PFFM: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) FEMALE THREAD

PFFM1616 PGS1610 / PGS1630 M16 16 10.8 19 10 23.5 552 25

PFFM2020 PGS2010 / PGS2030 M20 20 14.8 24 10 23.5 765 25

PFFM2525 PGS2510 / PGS2530 M25 25 18.8 30 12 28.0 511 10

PFFM3232 PGS3210 / PGS3220 M32 32 25.8 36 13 28.0 292 5

PFFM4040 PGS4010 / PGS4020 M40 40 33.8 46 15 30.5 535 5

TYPE PFFPG: FIXED STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG FEMALE THREAD

PFFPG1209 PGS1210 / PGS1230 PG9 15.2 7.8 19 8 20.5 389 25

316

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Type PGS - covered conduit

• Wide choice of fittings especially manufactured for Shureflex®

covered conduit

• Highly crush resistant with an excellent pull-off strength

• Improved IP rating (IP54) compared to the uncovered conduit

• Special IP65 rated fittings available on request

• Ideal for industrial and commercial applications where flexibility,

crush and vibration resistance are required

• The swivel fittings improve the flexibility and decrease the stress

in the connection of the conduit

• The space saver version, with its compact design, is perfectly

appropriate for applications in confined spaces and to install the

fitting directly on a panel

Technical Information

Conduit Type Shureflex

type PGS covered conduit

Style Straight swivel male, straight space saver

Thread Metric (I.S.O.) and PG

IP rating IP54

Material Nickel-plated brass

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -50°C to +300°C*

* PGS conduit temperature -25°C to +70°C

Fittings for ultra-flexible galvanised steel conduit

Product Ref. Conduit type Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TYPE PSMM: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) MALE THREAD

PSMM1616 PGS1610 / PGS1630 M16 16 10.8 19 10 34.3 860 25

PSMM2020 PGS2010 / PGS2030 M20 20 14.8 24 10 34.3 1060 25

PSMM2525 PGS2510 / PGS2530 M25 25 18.8 30 12 40.5 850 10

PSMM3232 PGS3210 / PGS3220 M32 32 25.8 36 13 41.5 800 5

PSMM4040 PGS4010 / PGS4020 M40 40 33.8 46 15 47.3 850 5

PSMM5050 PGS5010 / PGS5020 M50 50 41.8 55 15 47.0 700 2

TYPE PSMPG: SWIVEL STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG MALE THREAD

PSMPG1007 PGS1010 / PGS1030 PG7 12.5 4.8 14.0 8 22.0 280 25

PSMPG1209 PGS1210 / PGS1230 PG9 15.2 7.8 17.0 8 30.3 550 25

PSMPG1611 PGS1610 / PGS1630 PG11 18.6 10.9 20.0 12 38.0 1100 25

PSMPG2016 PGS2010 / PGS2030 PG16 22.5 14.9 24.0 12 38.0 1300 25

PSMPG2521 PGS2510 / PGS2530 PG21 28.3 18.9 30.0 12 41.0 950 10

PSMPG3229 PGS3210 / PGS3220 PG29 37.0 25.9 40.0 15 46.0 750 5

PSMPG4036 PGS4010 / PGS4020 PG36 47.0 33.9 49.6 17 51.0 850 5

TYPE PSSM: SPACE SAVER STRAIGHT FITTING (NO THREAD)

PSSM1010 PGS1010 / PGS1030 – – 4.8 14 – 11.5 203 25

PSSM1212 PGS1210 / PGS1230 – – 7.8 16 – 13.5 296 25

PSSM1616 PGS1610 / PGS1630 – – 10.8 19 – 14.5 405 25

PSSM2020 PGS2010 / PGS2030 – – 14.8 24 – 14.5 560 25

PSSM2525 PGS2510 / PGS2530 – – 18.8 30 – 16.0 350 10

PSSM3232 PGS3210 / PGS3220 – – 25.8 36 – 16.0 240 5

PSSM4040 PGS4010 / PGS4020 – – 33.8 46 – 16.0 382 5

PSSM5050 PGS5010 / PGS5020 – – 41.8 55 – 18.0 213 2

Type PSS

Type PSM

Product description

Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits

317

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Installation with IP66 protection Installation with IP69K protection Easily released & removed

“One piece assembly” fitting, no loose

piece, handy to use, requires no tool

Twelve flat edges, for easy tightening

Solid construction: robust design, shock

resistant and high quality material (Halogen

free Polyamide 6), for a durable perform-

ance

Conduit size marking on the fitting,

for immediate identification

Six flat edges, for spanner tightening

Thread style/size marking,

for immediate identification

Optional O-ring and sealing washer,

for IP69K rating

Range of accessories: locknuts for panel

mounting, mounting brackets for attaching

the conduits, T-splits for connecting 3

conduits together

Three grades of Halogen free flexible

conduits, available in 8 sizes, with an excellent

combination of flexibility and mechanical strength

Release ring, for easy removal without any tool

Self-locking (push-fit): mounting and locking at

the same time, for a quick and easy installation

After mounting, the fitting can rotate freely

on the conduit, allowing the possibility to

pre-mount the straight fittings on the conduits

before the final installation on the support

(without causing the cables to be twisted)

Crown of self-locking clips around the

whole circumference of the conduit, for a

secure locking and a superior pull-off strength

Tapered fitting body, providing a standard

IP66 watertight system, without the

need for any additional accessory

Broad contact base, with 2 built-in sealing rings

Availableinstraight,90°and45°versions,

with Metric (I.S.O.) and PG threads

One push and you’re ready

• Self-locking (push-fit) installation: simply

push the conduit completely into the

fitting. Mounting and locking the fitting

are done simultaneously

• Optional sealing washer can be used

(placed around the thread of the fitting), in

combination with an optional O-ring

(inserted in the first groove of the conduit)

• Just press the release ring of the fitting and

pull the conduit out. No tool is required!

318

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Straight fittings

• High quality Polyamide (PA6)

• UV and shock resistant

• Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit

• Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required

• Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips

around the whole circumference of the conduit

• Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts

• Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories

• Sealing washers and O-rings available (delivered separately) for

the applications requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)

• Locknuts (delivered separately) are available for installations on

panels and enclosures

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

Nylon conduits

Style / thread Straight / Metric (I.S.O.), PG thread

IP rating IP66 (standard), IP69K (with additional

Shureflex

washer and O-ring)

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (produced from UL 94 V-0 raw

material)

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,

mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits

Product Ref. For conduit Thread Inner Dimensions Spanner Weight Quantity

size size diameter A B C D size

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

NY-SF07-BKM12 7 M12 x 1.5 6.5 35.0 11.0 19.0 17.0 15 0.4 100

NY-SF10-BKM16 10 M16 x 1.5 10.0 37.0 11.0 21.0 21.0 18 0.6 100

NY-SF12-BKM16 12 M16 x 1.5 10.0 37.0 11.0 26.0 25.5 20 0.7 100

NY-SF12-BKM20 12 M20 x 1.5 14.0 37.0 11.0 31.0 25.5 20 0.8 100

NY-SF17-BKM20 17 M20 x 1.5 14.5 44.0 11.0 31.0 30.0 27 1.2 100

NY-SF23-BKM25 23 M25 x 1.5 18.5 48.0 12.0 37.0 37.0 34 1.6 50

NY-SF29-BKM32 29 M32 x 1.5 25.5 52.0 15.0 46.0 46.0 42 2.8 30

NY-SF36-BKM40 36 M40 x 1.5 32.0 60.0 19.0 54.0 54.0 50 3.9 20

NY-SF48-BKM50 48 M50 x 1.5 42.0 61.0 19.0 69.0 69.0 66 6.2 10

STRAIGHT FITTING WITH PG THREAD

NY-SF07-BKPG7 7 PG7 8.0 35.5 11.5 19.0 17.0 15 0.4 100

NY-SF10-BKPG9 10 PG9 10.3 37.5 11.5 21.0 21.0 18 0.6 100

NY-SF12-BKPG11 12 PG11 14.0 37.5 11.5 26.0 25.5 20 0.8 100

NY-SF17-BKPG13 17 PG13.5 14.0 44.5 11.5 31.0 28.0 27 1.2 100

NY-SF17-BKPG16 17 PG16 17.0 44.5 11.5 31.0 29.0 27 1.2 100

NY-SF23-BKPG21 23 PG21 22.0 48.5 12.5 37.0 36.5 34 1.6 50

NY-SF29-BKPG29 29 PG29 30.0 49.5 12.5 46.0 46.0 42 2.8 30

NY-SF36-BKPG36 36 PG36 37.5 55.0 14.0 54.0 56.0 50 3.9 20

NY-SF48-BKPG48 48 PG48 50.0 56.0 14.0 69.0 69.5 66 5.6 10

See pages 322 to 325 for locknuts and accessories

E96548

Spanner

Thread

inner ø

90° fittings

• High quality Polyamide (PA6)

• UV and shock resistant

• Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit

• Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required

• Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips

around the whole circumference of the conduit

• Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts

• Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories

• Sealing washers and O-rings available (delivered separately) for

the applications requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)

• Locknuts (delivered separately) are available for installations on

panels and enclosures

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

Nylon conduits

Style / thread 90° / Metric (I.S.O.), PG thread

IP rating IP66 (standard), IP69K (with additional

Shureflex

washer and O-ring)

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (produced from

UL 94 V-0 raw material)

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,

mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits

319

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product Ref. For conduit Thread Inner Dimensions Weight Quantity

size size diameter A B C D E F

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

90° FITTING WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

NY-90F10-BKM16 10 M16 x 1.5 10.0 35.0 11.0 21.0 21.0 42.5 11.0 0.9 50

NY-90F12-BKM16 12 M16 x 1.5 10.5 39.0 11.0 25.0 23.0 44.0 15.0 1.3 50

NY-90F12-BKM20 12 M20 x 1.5 12.3 39.0 11.0 25.0 26.0 45.5 15.0 1.3 50

NY-90F17-BKM20 17 M20 x 1.5 14.5 45.0 11.0 30.0 30.0 58.0 18.0 2.2 50

NY-90F23-BKM25 23 M25 x 1.5 18.5 53.0 12.0 36.5 37.0 66.0 23.0 3.4 30

NY-90F29-BKM32 29 M32 x 1.5 25.5 66.0 15.0 45.0 46.0 76.0 27.0 5.5 20

NY-90F36-BKM40 36 M40 x 1.5 32.0 79.0 19.0 54.0 55.0 89.0 33.0 9.2 10

NY-90F48-BKM50 48 M50 x 1.5 42.0 92.0 19.0 68.0 69.0 103.0 39.0 15.0 10

90° FITTING WITH PG THREAD

NY-90F10-BKPG9 10 PG9 10.3 35.0 11.5 21.0 21.5 42.5 11.0 0.8 50

NY-90F12-BKPG11 12 PG11 14.0 39.0 11.5 25.0 25.0 45.0 15.0 1.1 50

NY-90F17-BKPG13 17 PG13.5 14.0 45.0 11.5 30.0 27.0 56.5 18.0 2.2 50

NY-90F17-BKPG16 17 PG16 17.0 45.0 11.5 30.0 29.0 57.5 18.0 1.9 50

NY-90F23-BKPG21 23 PG21 22.0 53.0 12.5 37.0 36.5 65.5 23.0 3.0 30

NY-90F29-BKPG29 29 PG29 30.0 65.0 12.5 45.0 46.0 76.0 28.0 4.6 20

NY-90F36-BKPG36 36 PG36 37.5 79.0 14.0 54.0 56.0 89.5 33.0 7.5 10

NY-90F48-BKPG48 48 PG48 50.0 92.0 14.0 68.0 69.5 103.5 39.0 11.7 10

See pages 322 to 325 for locknuts and accessories

Thread

inner ø

E96548

320

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

45° fittings

• High quality Polyamide (PA6)

• UV and shock resistant

• Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit

• Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required

• Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips

around the whole circumference of the conduit

• Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts

• Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories

• Sealing washers and O-rings available (delivered separately) for

the applications requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)

• Locknuts (delivered separately) are available for installations on

panels and enclosures

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

Nylon conduits

Style / thread 45° / Metric (I.S.O.), PG thread

IP rating IP66 (standard), IP69K (with additional

Shureflex

washer and O-ring)

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (produced from

UL 94 V-0 raw material)

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,

mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits

Product Ref. For conduit Thread Inner Dimensions Weight Quantity

size size diameter A B C D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

45° FITTING WITH METRIC METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

NY-45F12-BKM16 12 M16 x 1.5 10.5 50.0 11.0 24.0 23.0 45.0 0.9 50

NY-45F17-BKM20 17 M20 x 1.5 11.5 60.0 11.0 29.0 27.0 56.0 1.4 50

NY-45F23-BKM25 23 M25 x 1.5 18.5 70.0 12.0 37.0 34.0 67.0 2.2 30

NY-45F29-BKM32 29 M32 x 1.5 25.7 80.0 15.0 45.0 41.0 76.0 3.6 10

NY-45F36-BKM40 36 M40 x 1.5 32.0 96.0 19.0 53.0 50.0 90.0 5.4 10

NY-45F48-BKM50 48 M50 x 1.5 42.0 109.0 19.0 67.0 60.0 106.0 8.4 5

45° FITTING WITH PG THREAD

NY-45F12-BKPG11 12 PG11 11.5 50.0 11.0 24.0 26.0 47.0 0.9 50

NY-45F17-BKPG16 17 PG16 14.7 60.0 11.0 29.0 30.0 58.0 1.5 50

NY-45F23-BKPG21 23 PG21 18.5 69.0 11.0 37.0 37.0 69.0 2.2 30

NY-45F29-BKPG29 29 PG29 25.5 78.0 12.0 45.0 46.0 79.0 3.7 10

NY-45F36-BKPG36 36 PG36 32.0 90.0 13.0 53.0 56.0 94.0 5.5 10

NY-45F48-BKPG48 48 PG48 42.0 102.0 13.0 67.0 69.0 112.0 8.8 5

See pages 322 to 325 for locknuts and accessories

Thread

inner ø

E96548

T-splits

• High quality Polyamide (PA6)

• UV and shock resistant

• Secure: self-locking (push-fit) installation onto the conduit

• Quick and easy to install and remove, no tool required

• Strong: high pull-off strength thanks to the self-locking clips

around the whole circumference of the conduit

• Handy: “one-piece assembly” construction, no loose parts

• Watertight: IP66 rating as standard, without additional accessories

• O-rings are available (delivered separately) for the applications

requiring a maximum IP rating (IP69K)

• Can be used with all the types of Shureflex®ultra-flexible nylon

conduits, from 10 mm to 36 mm nominal sizes

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

Nylon conduits

Style T-split

IP rating IP66 (standard)

IP69K (with additional Shureflex

O-ring)

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -30°C to +100°C (intermittent: to +150°C)

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2 (produced from UL 94 V-0 raw

material)

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free,

UV-resistant. Good resistance to fuel,

mineral oils, greases and diluted bases

Fittings for ultra-flexible nylon conduits

321

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product Ref. For conduit Thread Inner Dimensions Weight Quantity

size size diameter A B C D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

NY-T10-BK 10 (3x) M4 (2x) 11.2 (3x) 46.0 72.0 20.0 (3x) 19.0 27.0 1.5 20

NY-T12-BK 12 (3x) M4 (2x) 12.8 (3x) 52.0 81.0 23.5 (3x) 20.5 30.0 2.1 20

NY-T17-BK 17 (3x) M5 (2x) 18.0 (3x) 63.0 96.0 29.0 (3x) 28.0 35.0 3.4 20

NY-T23-BK 23 (3x) M5 (2x) 25.5 (3x) 76.0 117.0 37.0 (3x) 36.0 40.0 5.3 10

NY-T29-BK 29 (3x) M5 (2x) 31.5 (3x) 85.0 128.0 45.0 (3x) 41.5 41.0 8.6 5

NY-T36-BK 36 (3x) M6 (2x) 38.5 (3x) 97.0 144.0 53.0 (3x) 50.5 46.0 11.7 5

See pages 322 to 325 for accessories

322

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Sealing washers

• To be placed around the thread of the Shureflex®Nylon fitting,

between the fitting and the entry panel

Technical Information

Fitting type Shureflex

Nylon fittings

Material Deformable, asbestos free material

Colour Blue

Temperature range -40°C to +200°C

Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings

Product Ref. Thread Inner diameter Outer diameter Thickness Weight Quantity

size I.D. O.D. T

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

SEALING WASHERS FOR METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

NY-SW-M12 M12 12 18 1.5 0.04 100

NY-SW-M16 M16 16 22 1.5 0.05 100

NY-SW-M20 M20 20 27 1.5 0.07 100

NY-SW-M25 M25 25 35 1.5 0.14 50

NY-SW-M32 M32 32 43 1.5 0.19 30

NY-SW-M40 M40 40 55 1.5 0.34 20

NY-SW-M50 M50 50 69 1.5 0.50 10

SEALING WASHERS FOR PG THREAD

NY-SW-PG7 PG7 12.4 18 1.5 0.04 100

NY-SW-PG9 PG9 15.2 21 1.5 0.04 100

NY-SW-PG11 PG11 18.6 26 1.5 0.07 100

NY-SW-PG13 PG13.5 20.4 29 1.5 0.09 100

NY-SW-PG16 PG16 22.5 33 1.5 0.13 100

NY-SW-PG21 PG21 28.3 39 1.5 0.29 50

NY-SW-PG29 PG29 37.0 49 1.5 0.34 30

NY-SW-PG36 PG36 47.0 59 1.5 0.25 20

NY-SW-PG48 PG48 59.3 71 1.5 0.30 10

O-rings

• To be inserted in the first groove of the Shureflex®Nylon conduit,

prior to the insertion of the conduit into the fitting

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

Nylon conduits

Material NBR70 elastomer

Colour Black

Temperature range -30°C to +100°C

Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings

323

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product

Ref.

Conduit Inner diameter Diameter Weight Quantity

size I.D. T

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

NY-OR-07 7 6.35 1.27 0.004 100

NY-OR-10 10 10.00 1.30 0.011 100

NY-OR-12 12 11.50 1.50 0.013 100

NY-OR-17 17 16.00 1.80 0.022 100

NY-OR-23 23 22.00 2.00 0.037 50

NY-OR-29 29 29.00 2.00 0.036 30

NY-OR-36 36 34.00 2.30 0.073 20

NY-OR-48 48 44.60 2.40 0.110 10

324

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Hexagonal locknuts

• For mounting the Shureflex

Nylon fittings on panels and enclosures

• High quality Polyamide (PA6)

• Shock resistant

• Thread style and thread size marked on the locknut for immediate

identification

• Good resistance to mineral oils, greases and fuel

Technical Information

Fitting type Shureflex

Nylon fittings

Thread Metric (I.S.O.), PG

Material Polyamide 6

Colour Black

Temperature range -30°C to +100°C

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Other properties Halogen, Phosphor and Cadmium free

Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings

Product Ref. Thread Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A - spanner size B - Across corner T - thickness

[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

LOCKNUT WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

NY-LNBK-M12 M12 17 18.0 5 0.09 100

NY-LNBK-M16 M16 22 24.0 5 0.14 100

NY-LNBK-M20 M20 26 28.0 6 0.20 100

NY-LNBK-M25 M25 32 35.0 6 0.30 100

NY-LNBK-M32 M32 42 47.0 7 0.60 100

NY-LNBK-M40 M40 52 57.5 7 0.88 50

NY-LNBK-M50 M50 62 68.0 9 1.66 50

LOCKNUT WITH PG THREAD

NY-LNBK-PG7 PG7 15 16.5 4.5 0.05 100

NY-LNBK-PG9 PG9 19 20.9 4.5 0.11 100

NY-LNBK-PG11 PG11 22 24.2 5.0 0.12 100

NY-LNBK-PG13 PG13.5 24 26.4 5.5 0.17 100

NY-LNBK-PG16 PG16 27 29.7 6.0 0.25 100

NY-LNBK-PG21 PG21 32 35.2 6.5 0.29 100

NY-LNBK-PG29 PG29 41 45.1 7.5 0.48 50

NY-LNBK-PG36 PG36 54 59.4 9.0 0.79 20

NY-LNBK-PG48 PG48 67 73.7 9.5 1.16 1

Mounting brackets

• A range of mounting brackets for quickly and easily attaching the

Shureflex®Nylon conduits to existing equipment

• Screw mounted (with 1 screw) for secure installation

• Quick installation: the cover is just snapped after inserting the

conduit

• The conduits can rotate freely in the mounting bracket

• Releasable and re-usable

• Resistant to UV, to oils, greases, fuels, cleaning fluids and synthetic

fluids

Technical Information

Conduit type Shureflex

Nylon conduits

Material Polyamide 6.6

Colour Black

Temperature range -40°C to +120°C

(intermittent: to +150°C)

Other properties Halogen free, UV resistant

Accessories for nylon conduit and fittings

325

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product Ref. Conduit Dimensions ØG Weight Quantity

size A B C D E F Installation hole

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/piece] [pieces]

NY-MB-07 7 22.6 12.9 23.3 11.6 7.5 4.2 1.9 10

NY-MB-10 10 22.6 12.9 23.3 11.6 7.5 4.2 1.7 10

NY-MB-12 12 26.7 15.1 26.9 13.7 8.8 5.1 2.6 10

NY-MB-17 17 33.8 19.5 34.9 17.5 10.4 6.1 4.8 10

NY-MB-23 23 43.8 23.4 43.7 20.7 10.3 6.1 8.6 10

NY-MB-29 29 52.8 26.9 51.6 23.2 10.2 6.2 12.7 10

NY-MB-36 36 64.5 32.4 62.5 27.0 10.2 6.2 19.5 5

NY-MB-48 48 81.0 38.5 77.0 32.1 10.2 6.2 34.7 5

326

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Metallic fittings for threadless conduits

• Makes a permanent connection and eliminates the need for cutting

a thread on the rigid conduit.

• A split steel ring with diagonal serrations grips the conduit and

bites into it for positive ground.

• Insulation helps to guarantee continuity of service with protection

of the conductor at the critical point: the bushing

• Available in 2 versions, with or without nylon insert

• Components: gland nut, steel ring, steel spacer (only for sizes up

to 1 inch), body (with or without insert), locknut

Technical Information

Conduit Type Metallic rigid conduits

Style Straight

Thread NPT (up to 1”) or NPS (larger than 1”)

Material Zinc plated steel or malleable iron

Gland nut Zinc plated steel (up to 1”) or malleable

iron (larger sizes)

Locknut Zinc plated steel

Insert Nylon

Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings

E23018

002884

Product Ref. Product Ref. For conduit Thread Dimensions Weight Weight Quantity Quantity

insulated non-insulated size size A B C insulated non-insulated insulated non-insulated

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [kg/100] [pieces] [pieces]

8123 8121

” NPT 31.0 42.9 38.1 9.1 9.5 10 25

8223 8221

” NPT 38.9 44.5 38.1 12.0 11.7 10 25

8323 8321 1 1” NPT 48.4 50.8 14.3 18.1 18.0 5 5

8423 8421 1

” NPS 34.9 61.9 27.0 36.3 34.7 5 5

8523 8521 1

” NPS 68.3 66.7 19.1 40.8 48.8 2 2

8623 8621 2 2” NPS 82.6 71.4 21.4 72.6 71.2 2 2

8723-TB 8721 2

” NPS 104.8 96.8 28.6 154.2 160.6 2 2

8823-TB 8821 3 3” NPS 123.8 101.6 13.5 181.4 195.0 1 1

8853 8851 3

” NPS 139.7 104.8 28.6 220.0 226.8 1 1

8973 8971 4 4” NPS 153.2 123.8 28.6 275.0 283.5 1 1

Note: insulated version also available in right angled (elbow) style up to 2”

Metallic couplings for threadless conduits

• Easy coupling between 2 rigid conduits

• Eliminates the need for cutting a thread on the rigid conduits

• When tightened with a wrench, they form a UL listed and CSA

approved concrete-tight connection

• Components: 2 gland nuts, steel ring, steel spacer (only for sizes

up to 1 inch), body

Technical Information

Conduit Type Metallic rigid conduits

Style Straight

Material Zinc plated malleable iron or steel

Gland nut Zinc plated steel (up to 1”) or malleable

iron (larger sizes)

Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings

327

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Product Ref. For conduit Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B

[inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

8120

32.5 50.8 8.2 25

8220

40.5 58.7 14.6 25

8320 1 47.6 68.3 22.2 5

8420 1

60.3 71.4 54.0 5

8520 1

66.7 92.1 68.5 2

8620 2 82.6 96.8 98.9 2

8720 2

100.0 136.5 227.7 2

8820 3 119.1 139.7 258.6 1

8850 3

131.8 139.7 317.5 1

8970 4 144.5 139.7 378.8 1

E23018

002884

328

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Plastic bushing

• For threadless rigid conduits and intermediate metal conduits

• When assembled to the end of a threadless conduit, provides a

well rounded insulating surface over which conductors may be

pulled or on which conductors may bear while in service.

• Designed to be popped onto, and bush, conduit end.

• Fast easy installation without screws

• High impact thermoplastic construction, for applications up to

+105°C

• Flammability rating UL 94 V-1

Technical Information

Conduit Type Metallic rigid conduits

Style Straight

Material UL 94 V-1 rated thermoplastic

Conformity UL514, ANSI C80.4, ANSI C33.84

NFPA 70-1978 (ANSI)

Rigid and intermediate metal conduit fittings

Product Ref. For conduit Dimensions Weight Quantity

size A B C

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

TRIB50

15.1 15.1 27.0 0.4 50

TRIB75

19.8 35.3 31.8 1.1 50

TRIB100 1 25.4 38.1 39.7 1.5 25

TRIB125 1

23.8 41.3 48.8 2.9 10

TRIB150 1

38.9 42.1 55.2 4.3 5

TRIB200 2 50.0 46.0 68.3 7.9 2

TRIB250 2

59.9 50.8 82.6 7.7 2

TRIB300 3 74.2 56.4 99.2 5.0 2

TRIB350 3

85.7 58.7 113.1 14.7 2

TRIB400 4 97.6 61.1 127.0 14.7 2

E13938

2884

4484

Other Thomas & Betts Conduit and Fittings

329

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.2

Examples of other fittings and accessories for the rigid and inter-

mediate metal conduit:

• Conduit straps and supports

• Uncoated and PVC-coated hubs for threaded rigid conduits

• Set screw connectors and couplings

• Threaded Erickson couplings

• Insulated nipples and bushings

The product ranges shown in this catalogue represent only a small

part of the extensive range of conduits and fittings that Thomas &

Betts offer on a global scale, including among others:

• Other special fittings for flexible metallic conduits (e.g. PVC coated

fittings, aluminium fittings, fittings with revolving grounding lug,

etc)

• Conduit outlet bodies, for ordinary and hazardous locations

• Explosion proof conduit outlet bodies, elbows, reducers, plugs,

adapters and couplings

• Explosion proof aluminium sealing fittings

• STAR Teck metal clad cable glands for harsh and corrosive

environments

• Non-metallic sheathed cable glands

• OCAL, corrosion resistant PVC-coated rigid conduits, junction

boxes and accessories

For more detailed information on these products, please visit the Thomas & Betts global web site: www.tnb-europe.com and / or contact your Sales Office

for product availability.

330

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Cable glands

Providing strain relief

and sealing

for cable entries

331

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

CONDUIT & FITTINGS

4.1 FLEXIBLE CONDUITS 260

4.2 FITTINGS & ACCESSORIES 284

4.3 SHURESEAL™ CABLE GLANDS 330

Metallic cable glands 334

Plastic cable glands 336

Housing entry tubes with strain relief 337

332

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Whatever the application.

Whatever the size.

Thomas & Betts is your

connection to tough,

versatile cable glands.

333

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Shureseal™ Cable glands

Providing strain relief and sealing

for cable entries

The Liquidtight cable glands take twice the cable range of

most ordinary strain relief connectors. T&B’s cable glands

allow you to reduce your inventory and save time, with

one connector that can do the work of two. The sturdy

nylon material of the plastic cable glands adds corrosion

resistance to your installation.

Thomas & Betts offers a complete line of rugged, reliable cable

glands. All fittings are produced to the highest standards, com-

bining innovative design and precision manufacturing methods to

provide the products you need for your specific applications.

Combining proven performance, installation advantages and

availability of ranges, T&B is also your connection to lower installed

costs for the life of your cord and cable requirements.

Standard application

• Provide means for passing a cable into an enclosure, through

a bulkhead or into a rigid conduit.

• Form a mechanical grip and water and/or oil resistant seal for

round cables.

• Form a non-slip connection or termination for flexible cable.

Features

• Extended range with superior strain relief.

• Reduced overall size fits into tighter spaces.

• Gland nut designed to restrict cable bending.

334

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Straight metallic cable glands

• Special construction prevents twisting and ensures effective strain

relief

Technical Information

Style/thread Straight / NPT and metric (I.S.O.)

IP rating IP65

Material Zinc or zinc plated steel

Gland nut Steel or zinc plated steel

Seal Neoprene or rubber

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -35°C to +105°C

Cable glands

E13938

004484

002884

Product ref. Material Material Material Cable ø range Thread Dimensions Quantity

body seal nut from...to size A B C

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

STRAIGHT METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH METRIC (I.S.O.) THREAD

9520* zinc plated steel Neoprene zinc plated steel 3.2 - 6.3 M20 28.6 42.0 14.3 25

9521-EU* zinc plated steel Neoprene zinc plated steel 6.3 - 9.5 M20 28.6 42.0 14.3 25

9522-EU* zinc plated steel Neoprene zinc plated steel 9.5 - 12.7 M20 28.6 42.0 14.3 25

9523* zinc plated steel Neoprene zinc plated steel 11.4 - 14.2 M20 28.6 42.0 14.3 25

9524-EU* zinc plated steel Neoprene zinc plated steel 12.7 - 15.8 M20 34.9 44.5 15.0 25

STRAIGHT METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD

2920 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 3.2 - 9.5

28.6 44.5 15.9 25

2921 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 7.9 - 14.2

28.6 44.5 15.9 25

2922 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 12.7 - 19.1

34.9 44.5 15.9 10

2930 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 3.2 - 9.5

34.9 45.2 19.1 10

2931 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 7.9 - 14.2

34.9 45.2 19.1 10

2932 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 12.7 - 19.1

34.9 45.2 19.1 10

2940 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 7.9 - 14.2 1 34.9 44.5 20.6 10

2941 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 12.7 - 19.1 1 34.9 44.5 20.6 10

2942 zinc rubber zinc plated steel 17.8 - 24.1 1 41.3 47.6 20.6 10

2520 zinc Neoprene steel 3.2 - 6.4

29.4 42.9 15.9 25

2521 zinc Neoprene steel 6.4 - 9.5

29.4 42.9 15.9 25

2522 zinc Neoprene steel 9.5 - 12.7

29.4 42.9 15.9 25

2523 zinc Neoprene steel 11.4 - 14.2

29.4 42.9 15.9 25

2524 zinc Neoprene steel 12.7 - 15.9

34.9 44.5 15.9 25

2525 zinc Neoprene steel 15.9 - 19.1

34.9 44.5 15.9 25

2558 zinc Neoprene steel 22.4 - 27.1 1

53.2 54.8 20.6 5

2559 zinc Neoprene steel 27.1 - 30.6 1

53.2 54.8 20.6 5

2562 zinc Neoprene steel 20.6 - 25.4 1

59.5 63.5 17.5 5

2563 zinc Neoprene steel 25.4 - 30.1 1

59.5 63.9 17.5 5

2574 zinc Neoprene steel 34.9 - 41.3 2 71.4 66.7 17.5 1

2575 zinc Neoprene steel 41.3 - 47.6 2 71.4 66.7 17.5 1

* The Product Ref. with a * are not CSA approved

45° and 90° metallic cable glands

• Special construction prevents twisting and ensures effective strain

relief

Technical Information

Style/thread 45° and 90° / NPT

IP rating IP65

Material Zinc or zinc plated steel

Gland nut Steel or zinc plated steel

Seal Neoprene or rubber

Colour Metallic

Temperature range -35°C to +105°C

Cable glands

335

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

E13938

052391

002884

004484

Product ref. Material Material Material Cable ø range Thread Dimensions Quantity

body seal nut from...to size A B C

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

90° METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD

4960 zinc plated steel rubber steel 3.2 - 9.5

28.6 44.5 15.9 25

4961 zinc plated steel rubber steel 7.9 - 14.2

28.6 44.5 15.9 25

4970 zinc plated steel rubber steel 3.2 - 9.5

34.9 45.2 17.5 10

4971 zinc plated steel rubber steel 7.9 - 14.2

34.9 45.2 17.5 10

4972 zinc plated steel rubber steel 12.7 - 19.0

34.9 45.2 17.5 10

45° METALLIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD

2200 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 3.2 - 6.3

29.4 32.5 14.3 25

2201 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 6.3 - 9.5

29.4 32.5 14.3 25

2202 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 9.5 - 12.7

29.4 32.5 14.3 25

2203 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 11.4 - 14.2

29.4 32.5 14.3 25

2204 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 12.7 - 15.9

34.9 35.7 14.3 10

2205 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 15.9 - 19.1

34.9 35.7 14.3 10

2206-TB zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 3.2 - 6.3

34.9 35.7 15.9 10

2207-TB zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 6.3 - 9.5

34.9 35.7 15.9 10

2208-TB zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 9.5 - 12.7

34.9 35.7 15.9 10

2209 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 12.7 - 15.9

34.9 35.7 15.9 10

2210 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 15.9 - 19.1

34.9 35.7 15.9 10

2211 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 19.1 - 22.2

42.9 38.1 38.1 10

2213 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 9.5 - 12.7 1 34.9 38.1 19.8 5

2214 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 12.7 - 15.9 1 34.9 38.1 19.8 5

2215 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 15.9 - 19.1 1 34.9 38.1 19.8 5

2216 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 19.1 - 22.2 1 42.9 37.3 19.8 5

2217 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 22.2 - 25.0 1 42.9 37.3 19.8 5

2218 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 22.3 - 27.0 1 53.2 50.0 19.8 5

2219 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 27.0 - 30.1 1 53.2 50.0 19.8 5

2220-TB zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 22.3 - 27.0 1

53.2 48.4 20.6 2

2221 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 27.0 - 30.1 1

53.2 48.4 20.6 2

2222 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 30.1 - 34.9 1

59.5 57.2 20.6 2

2223 zinc plated malleable iron Neoprene zinc plated steel 34.9 - 37.7 1

59.5 57.2 20.6 2

336

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Plastic cable glands

• High performance plastic cable fittings

• Special construction prevents twisting and ensures effective strain

relief

• Easy to install

• For all cable sizes between 3.2 and 24.1 mm of outer diameter

Technical Information

Style/thread Straight and 90° / NPT threads

IP rating IP65

Material UV resistant polyamide 6.6.

Steel locknut Chromate finished steel or zinc

Seal Neoprene

Colour Black

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Temperature range -34°C to +105°C

Cable glands

Product ref. Cable diameter range Thread Dimensions Quantity

from...to size A B C

[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

STRAIGHT PLASTIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD

2920NM 3.2 - 9.5

26.2 54.0 15.9 25

2921NM 7.9 - 14.2

26.2 54.0 15.9 25

2922NM 12.7 - 19.0

35.7 54.0 15.9 25

2930NM 3.2 - 9.5

35.7 55.6 15.9 10

2931NM 7.9 - 14.2

35.7 55.6 15.9 10

2932NM 12.7 - 14.2

35.7 55.6 15.9 10

2940NM 7.9 - 14.2 1 35.7 59.5 19.8 10

2941NM 12.7 - 19.0 1 35.7 59.5 19.8 10

2942NM 17.8 - 24.1 1 42.5 60.3 19.8 10

90° PLASTIC CABLE GLAND WITH NPT THREAD

4960NM 3.2 - 9.5

30.9 31.8 15.9 25

4961NM 7.9 - 14.2

30.9 31.8 15.9 25

4970NM 3.2 - 9.5

35.7 34.9 15.9 10

4971NM 7.9 - 14.2

35.7 34.9 15.9 10

4972NM 12.7 - 19.0

35.7 34.9 15.9 10

E13938

052391

Housing entry tubes with strain relief ties

• Highly elastic material allows passing of single wires

• Resistant to chemicals

• Weatherproof

• Simple and fast installation

• Supplied with a UV-resistant Ty-Rap®cable tie (see chapter 1 for

cable tie specifications) for strong, secure and watertight strain-

relief

Technical Information

Material - Housing Neoprene

Material - Tie Polyamide 6.6, UV-resistant

Temperature range -30°C to +110°C for the housing

-40°C to +85°C for the cable tie

Colour Black (housing and tie)

Flammability rating UL 514 (housing)

UL 94 V-2 (cable tie)

Other properties Halogen free, Silicone free

Cable glands

337

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

4.3

Product Ref. Dimensions for cable ø ø of hole for panel Type of Weight Quantity

A B D E from … to in panel thickness up to included

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] cable tie [g/100] [pieces]

7401 18.6 24 13.6 5.0 4.0 - 9.0 16 2.2 TY24MX 420 10

7402 18.7 28 13.7 5.0 7.0 - 12.0 19 2.2 TY25MX 690 10

7403 22.0 34 17.0 5.0 12.0 - 18.0 25 2.2 TY25MX 1100 10

7404 24.0 43 19.0 5.0 18.0 - 25.0 32 2.2 TY25MX 1500 5

7405 24.5 51 18.5 6.0 25.0 - 32.0 38 2.2 TY25MX 1950 5

338

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Sta-Kon®

Solderless crimp

connectors to

terminate cables

339

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

TERMINATION SYSTEMS

5.1 STA-KON®- CRIMP TERMINALS 338

Selection guide 342

Insulated terminals 344

Ring terminals 344

Fork terminals 347

Pin terminals & Blade terminals 350

Bootlace ferrules 352

Disconnect terminals 353

Sectional terminal block 356

Bullet disconnects 356

Butt splices 358

Wire joints 359

Quick splices 359

Non-insulated terminals 360

Ring terminals 360

Fork terminals 361

Pin terminal 362

Butt splices 362

Copper tube ring terminals 363

Disconnect terminals 365

Tabs for soldering 367

Screw mounted disconnect tabs 368

Crimping tools 370

Plier type crimping tools 370

Standard crimping tools 370

Ergonomic hand tools with interchangeable dies 372

Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die 372

Large hand tool 374

Hydraulic tools 375

Tooling and die selection chart 376

Stripping & cutting tools 377

Ergonomic hand tools 377

Standard hand tools 378

Heavy-duty cable cutters 381

5.2 COLOR-KEYED®- POWER CABLE CONNECTORS 382

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH®- MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS 396

5.4 SHIELD-KON®- SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS 428

340

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Sta-Kon®Solderless

crimp connectors

Experience the Sta-Kon®advantage!

Thomas & Betts developed the first tool-applied solderless

terminals and connectors more than 60 years ago in

response to industry awareness of the need for better

performance of electrical systems.

Since then, the crimping technology, in which a permanent join-

ing of wires / cables to connectors is achieved by the insertion of

a conductor into the barrel of the connector, which is then com-

pressed to form a solid joint, has proven its many advantages year

after year. Reliability of connection, low installed cost, low level of

skill required to produce repeatable and quality crimps, environ-

mental compliance (versus soldering for instance) are examples of

benefits that have given this technology its natural superiority.

341

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Wide range of styles,

materials and

application tools

Easy entry design

This feature makes wire insertion faster and easier. Chamfering

eliminates wire strand “hang up” and departure upon insertion

into the terminal’s barrel. The loss of even a couple of wire strands

can have negative results on electrical efficiency and resistance to

mechanical strain.

Brazed seam / tubular construction

Sta-Kon®connectors have a barrel with brazed seam (or a tubu-

lar construction), which provides increased mechanical properties

(no barrel separation during the crimp process, higher wire pull-

out force) and electrical properties (reduced chances of wirestrand

loss and electrical failure) compared to butted seam connectors.

Wide range of styles, materials and application tools

Extensive range of styles to suit the various applications: rings,

forks, blades, pins, bootlace ferrules, disconnects, splices…

Non-insulated or insulated with various types of material (Poly-

carbonate, Vinyl, Polyamide, Tefzel®…) according to the specific

requirements.

Complete range of tooling, from ergonomic hand tool to pneu-

matic and hydraulic power tools.

342

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Selection guide

With the Sta-Kon®range of solderless terminals, Thomas & Betts

offer a complete termination system:

• Terminals for wires / cables from 0.25 to 150 mm2

• Insulated, non-insulated, disconnects and splices

• Copper lugs and compression connectors

• Standard and unique products for specific applications

• Products for harsh or ambient environments

• Low to high volume applications

• Complete range of tooling, from ergonomic hand tool to

pneumatic and hydraulic power tools

Sta-Kon®terminals are available in insulated and non insulated

versions (including copper tube terminals)

Crimp terminals

Features Benefits Insulated Non insulated Copper

terminals terminals tube lugs

Easy entry design Avoid wire hang up and allows fast x x x

and secure insertion of the conductor

High conductivity electrolytic copper Superior conductivity and low contact x x x

resistance with a strong connection

Disconnects in brass with min. 70% copper Improved mechanical properties x x

(spring effect)

Electro-tin plating Maximum corrosion resistance x x

The contact area on the terminal Better resistance to mechanical deformations x x

(e.g. in forks, rings,...) is harder than

the crimp area

Brazed seam (*) No barrel separation during crimping x x

Internal barrel serrations (with some terminals) Better contact (low contact resistance) x x

and improved mechanical properties

(against vibration and pull out)

Cable size and bolt size marking Instant identification and selection of the terminal x x x

(on most terminals)

Dimensional specifications according to Standardised dimensioning x

DIN 46235 and DIN 46234

Several styles: Rings, Forks, Blades, pins, To cover all types of application x x

bootlace ferrules, Male and female disconnects, …

Special styles: Copper tube ring terminals, To cover specific applications x x

PCB terminals (DIN 46244)

Colour coded insulators, according to Instant identification and selection of the terminal x

DIN cable sizes

Several insulation materials: Multiple temperature and flammability rating x

PVC (Vinyl), PA (Nylon), PC, Tefzel®

Specifications According to DIN specifications MIL, UL, x x x

CSA approved terminals available upon request

Dedicated tooling range: xxx

crimp tools Reliable and high quality crimps, for all kind of volumes

cable strippers and cutters Standard, ergonomic and heavy duty ranges

Tefzel

is a registered trademark of DuPont de Nemours

(*) Note: some non-insulated terminals have a copper tube construction, for maximum resistance against barrel opening during the crimp process

Selection guide

Crimp terminals

343

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Terminal type Material Plating Marking Metal Insulation Colour Cable Flammability Page

barrel

coding insertion rating N°

INSULATED TERMINALS

Ring Copper Tin plated Wire size & Brazed PC / PVC / PA yes Easy entry UL 94 V-0 & 344

bolt size seam UL 94 V-2

Fork Copper Tin plated Wire size & Brazed PC / PVC / PA yes Easy entry UL 94 V-0 & 347

bolt size seam UL 94 V-2

Pin Electrolytic Tin plated - Brazed PC yes Easy entry UL 94 V-2 350

Copper seam

Blade Electrolytic Tin plated Wire size Brazed PC yes Easy entry UL 94 V-2 351

Copper seam

Bootlace Copper Tin plated - Copper PA yes - UL 94 V-2 352

tube

Disconnect Brass with Tin plated - Brazed PC / PVC / PA yes Easy entry UL 94 V-0 & 353

70% copper** seam* UL 94 V-2

Bullet Phosphor Tin plated - Brazed PC / PVC yes Easy entry UL 94 V-0 & 356

bronze / Brass seam* UL 94 V-2

Splice Electrolytic Tin plated - Brazed PA / PC / yes Easy entry UL 94 V-2 358

Copper / Brass seam heat shrink

insulation / PP

NON-INSULATED TERMINALS

Ring Electrolytic Electro- Wire size & Brazed - - Easy entry - 360

Copper tin plating bolt size seam

Fork Electrolytic Electro- Wire size & Brazed - - Easy entry - 361

Copper tin plating bolt size seam

Pin Electrolytic Tin plated - - - - - - 362

Copper

Splice Copper Tin plated - Tubular - - Easy entry - 362

construction

Disconnect Brass with Tin plated - - - - - - 365

70% copper

Solder tabs Brass with Tin plated - - - - - - 367

70% copper

COPPER TUBE LUGS

Ring Electrolytic Tin plated Wire size & Copper - - Easy entry - 363

Copper bolt size tube

* Non brazed, with brass support sleeve

** 100% Brass for MTB1-TB

344

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Polycarbonate insulated ring terminals

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size and bolt size stamped on

the tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

High temperature applications,

excellent deformation characteristics

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Stud hole size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L D L1 tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RZ 3 0.25 - 0.75 Green M 3 5.5 18.0 3.2 15.0 36 100

RZ 4 0.25 - 0.75 Green M 4 7.5 21.0 3.2 17.5 45 100 ERG2510

RZ 5 0.25 - 0.75 Green M 5 9.0 22.0 3.2 17.5 51 100

RA3RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3 5.5 19.0 4.0 16.0 60 100

RA4RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 4 7.0 20.5 4.0 17.0 71 100

RA5RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 5 9.0 22.5 4.0 18.0 79 100

RA6RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 6 11.0 26.5 4.0 21.0 96 100

RB 3 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3 5.5 19.0 4.5 16.0 75 100

RB 4-EU 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 4 7.0 20.5 4.5 17.0 92 100 ERG2000KE

RB 5 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 5 9.0 22.5 4.5 18.0 96 100 ERG2001A

RB 6 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 6 11.0 26.5 4.5 21.0 117 100 WT2124Y

RB 8 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 8 14.0 27.5 4.5 21.0 141 100

RC 4 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 4 8.0 24.0 6.4 20.5 158 50

RC 5 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 5 9.0 25.0 6.4 20.5 166 50

RC 6-EU 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 6 11.0 28.5 6.4 23.0 179 50

RC 8 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 8 14.0 31.0 6.4 24.0 220 50

RC 10 E 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 10 17.0 34.0 6.4 25.5 245 50

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Nylon insulated ring terminals DIN 46237

Technical Information

Material Copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size and bolt size stamped on the

tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PA = Polyamide

Ideal for harsh environments, excellent

chemical, impact and abrasion resistance

Temperature resistance +85°C / +105°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size

insulation

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

345

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Stud hole size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L1 D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TRA 3 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3 5.5 17.5 4.0 70 100

TRA 35 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3.5 6.6 20.4 4.0 67 100

TRA 4 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 4 8.0 21.8 4.0 76 100

TRA 5 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 5 8.0 21.8 4.0 79 100

TRA 6 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 6 11.6 27.5 4.0 108 100

TRA 8 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 8 11.6 27.5 4.0 134 100

TRB 3 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3 6.0 20.6 4.5 79 100

TRB35 1.5-2.5 Blue M 3.5 8.5 23.0 4.5 76 100 ERG2000KE

TRB 4 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 4 8.5 23.0 4.5 79 100 ERG2001A

TRB 5 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 5 9.5 22.9 4.5 89 100 WT2124Y

TRB 6 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 6 12.0 28.0 4.5 117 100

TRB 8 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 8 12.0 28.0 4.5 148 100

TRB10 1.5-2.5 Blue M 10 13.6 31.7 4.5 204 100

TRC 4-EU 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 4 7.4 26.7 6.4 158 100

TRC 5-EU 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 5 9.5 26.7 6.4 175 100

TRC 6-EU 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 6 12.0 32.7 6.4 187 100

TRC 8 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 8 15.0 34.9 6.4 230 100

TRC 10 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 10 15.0 34.9 6.4 296 100

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

346

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Vinyl insulated ring terminals DIN 46237

Technical Information

Material Copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size and bolt size stamped on the

tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PVC = Polyvinylchloride (Vinyl)

Economical yet premium quality,

moisture resistant

Max. electrical rating +75°C / 600 Volts max

Colour coding of the According to the wire size

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Stud hole size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L1 D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

VB3RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3 6.0 17.2 4.0 68 100

VB35RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3.5 6.0 17.2 4.0 69 100

VB4RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 4 8.0 18.2 4.0 73 100

VB5RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 5 10.0 19.2 4.0 92 100

VB6RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 6 10.0 19.2 4.0 87 100

VB8RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 8 14.0 23.2 4.0 139 100

VB10RR 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 10 14.0 23.2 4.0 100 100

VB3BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3 6.0 17.5 4.5 80 100 ERG2000KE

VB35BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3.5 6.0 17.5 4.5 94 100 ERG2001A

VB4BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 4 8.0 18.5 4.5 83 100 WT2124Y

VB5BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 5 10.0 20.5 4.5 110 100

VB6BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 6 11.0 22.5 4.5 122 100

VB8BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 8 14.0 23.5 4.5 146 100

VB10BR 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 10 15.0 23.5 4.5 204 100

VB4YR 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 4 8.0 22.1 6.3 167 100

VB5YR 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 5 10.0 23.1 6.3 196 100

VB6YR 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 6 11.0 24.1 6.3 195 100

VB8YR 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 8 14.0 27.1 6.3 250 100

VB10YR 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 10 18.0 29.1 6.3 305 100

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Polycarbonate insulated fork terminals

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size and bolt size stamped on the

tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

High temperature applications,

excellent deformation characteristics

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

347

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Stud hole size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L D L1 tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RZ 3F 0.25 - 0.75 Green M 3 5.5 18.0 3.2 15.0 41 100

RZ 4F 0.25 - 0.75 Green M 4 7.5 21.0 3.2 17.5 41 100

ERG2510

RA 3F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3 5.5 18.0 4.0 15.0 60 100

RA 35F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3.5 5.5 21.0 4.0 17.5 62 100

RA 4F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 4 7.0 20.5 4.0 17.0 64 100

RA 5F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 5 9.0 22.5 4.0 18.0 75 100

RA 6F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 6 11.0 26.5 4.0 21.0 90 100

RB 3F 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3 5.5 19.0 4.5 16.0 72 100

RB 4F 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 4 7.0 20.5 4.5 17.0 84 100 ERG2000KE

RB 5F 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 5 9.0 22.5 4.5 18.0 96 100 ERG2001A

RB 6F 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 6 11.0 26.5 4.5 21.0 113 100 WT2124Y

RC 4F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 4 8.0 24.0 6.4 20.5 159 50

RC 5F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 5 9.0 25.0 6.4 20.5 161 50

RC 6F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 6 11.0 28.5 6.4 23.0 174 50

RC 8F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 8 14.0 31.0 6.4 24.0 207 50

RC 10F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 10 18.0 36.0 6.4 27.0 280 50

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

348

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Nylon insulated fork terminals DIN 46237

Technical Information

Material Copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size and bolt size stamped on the

tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PA = Polyamide

Ideal for harsh environments, excellent

chemical, impact and abrasion resistance

Temperature resistance +85°C / +105°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Stud hole size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L1 D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

TRA 3F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3 5.7 22.0 4.0 65 100

TRA 35F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3.5 6.2 22.0 4.0 62 100

TRA 4F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 4 7.2 22.0 4.0 70 100

TRA 5F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 5 8.0 22.0 4.0 92 100

TRA 6F 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 6 10.8 23.0 4.0 102 100 ERG2000KE

TRB3F 1.5-2.5 Blue M 3 5.7 22.2 4.5 81 100 ERG2001A

TRB 35F 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3.5 6.2 22.2 4.5 74 100 WT2124Y

TRB4F 1.5-2.5 Blue M 4 7.2 22.2 4.5 80 100

TRB5F 1.5-2.5 Blue M 5 8.0 22.2 4.5 110 100

TRB6F 1.5-2.5 Blue M 6 10.8 23.5 4.5 122 100

TRC 4F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 4 8.2 26.7 6.4 163 100

TRC 5F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 5 9.0 26.7 6.4 182 100

TRC 6F 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 6 12.0 30.3 6.4 190 100

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Vinyl insulated fork terminals DIN 46237

Technical Information

Material Copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size and bolt size stamped on the

tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PVC = Polyvinylchloride (Vinyl)

Economical yet premium quality,

moisture resistant

Max. electrical rating +75°C / 600 Volts

Colour coding of the According to the wire size

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Insulated terminals

349

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size Colour Stud hole size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

range

d2 W L1 D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

VB3RF 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3 6.0 17.2 4.0 68 100

VB35RF 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 3.5 6.0 17.2 4.0 68 100

VB4RF 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 4 6.8 18.2 4.0 73 100

VB5RF 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 5 10.0 19.2 4.0 92 100

VB6RF 0.5 - 1.5 Red M 6 11.0 21.2 4.0 103 100

VB3BF 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3 5.5 19.5 4.5 90 100 ERG2000KE

VB35BF 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 3.5 6.0 17.5 4.5 97 100 ERG2001A

VB4BF 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 4 6.8 19.2 4.5 83 100 WT2124Y

VB5BF 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 5 10.0 20.5 4.5 110 100

VB6BF 1.5 - 2.5 Blue M 6 11.0 22.5 4.5 121 100

VB4YF 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 4 8.0 22.1 6.3 169 100

VB5YF 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 5 10.0 23.1 6.3 189 100

VB6YF 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 6 11.0 24.1 6.3 200 100

VB8YF 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 8 14.0 27.1 6.3 235 100

VB10YF 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow M 10 18.0 29.1 6.3 305 100

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

350

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Polycarbonate insulated pin terminals DIN 46231

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

High temperature applications,

excellent deformation characteristics

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

L F B D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RZ P 0.25 - 0.75 Green 22.0 12.0 1.8 3.2 47 100 ERG2510

RA P 0.5 - 1.5 Red 22.0 12.0 1.9 4.0 67 100 ERG2000KE

RB P 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 22.0 12.0 1.9 4.5 80 100 ERG2001A

RC P 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow 27.0 14.0 2.8 6.4 175 50 WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Polycarbonate insulated blade terminals DIN 46231

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Marking Wire size stamped on the tongue

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

High temperature applications,

excellent deformation characteristics

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

351

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

L F B t D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RZ PP 0.25 - 0.75 Green 20.0 10.0 2.5 0.5 3.2 39 100 ERG2510

RA PP** 0.5 - 1.5 Red 22.0 11.5 2.9 0.7 4.5 60 100 ERG2000KE

RB PP** 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 22.0 11.5 2.9 0.7 4.5 78 100 ERG2001A

RC PP*** 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow 27.0 13.0 4.0 1.0 6.7 120 100 WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

** With locking tab

*** Product Ref. RCPP: PVC insulation and no easy entry

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

352

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Nylon insulated bootlace ferrules

Technical Information

Material Copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube

Insulation PA = Polyamide

Ideal for harsh environments, excellent

chemical, impact and abrasion resistance

Electrical rating +105°C / 300 Volts max

Colour coding of the According to the wire size and the

insulation country standard

F=France, D=DIN, G=Germany

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size French German Din Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

colour* colour* colour* F L W B D tool**

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

N-0306C* 0.30 Pink Turquoise NA 6.0 10.4 1.9 1.1 4.4 4.2 1000 TBZ3

N-0308C* 0.30 Pink Turquoise NA 8.0 12.4 1.9 4.4 1.1 4.9 1000

N-0508C* 0.50 White Orange White 8.0 14.0 2.6 6.0 1.3 8.1 1000

N-0510C* 0.50 White Orange White 10.0 16.0 2.6 6.0 1.3 8.5 1000

N-7508C* 0.75 Blue White Grey 8.0 14.3 2.8 6.3 1.5 9.0 1000

N-7512C* 0.75 Blue White Grey 12.0 18.3 2.8 6.3 1.5 12.0 1000

N-1008C* 1.00 Red Yellow Red 8.0 14.3 3.0 6.3 1.7 10.0 1000

N-1012C* 1.00 Red Yellow Red 12.0 18.3 3.0 6.3 1.7 14.0 1000

N-1508C* 1.50 Black Red Black 8.0 14.3 3.5 6.3 2.0 12.0 1000

N-1510C* 1.50 Black Red Black 10.0 16.36 3.5 6.3 2.0 13.0 1000 ERG2000KE

N-1518C* 1.50 Black Red Black 18.0 24.3 3.5 6.3 2.0 19.0 1000 ERG2106

N-2508C* 2.50 Grey Blue Blue 8.0 15.4 4.0 7.4 2.6 19.0 1000 TBZ3

N-2512C* 2.50 Grey Blue Blue 12.0 19.4 4.0 7.4 2.6 21.0 1000

N-2518C* 2.50 Grey Blue Blue 18.0 25.4 4.0 7.4 2.6 27.0 1000

N-4010C* 4.00 Orange Grey Grey 10.0 17.4 4.5 7.4 3.2 28.0 1000

N-4012C* 4.00 Orange Grey Grey 12.0 19.4 4.5 7.4 3.2 31.0 1000

N-4018C* 4.00 Orange Grey Grey 18.0 25.4 4.5 7.4 3.2 42.0 1000

N-6012C* 6.00 Green Black Yellow 12.0 20.5 6.0 8.5 3.9 45.0 1000

N-6018C* 6.00 Green Black Yellow 18.0 26.5 6.0 8.5 3.9 57.0 1000

N-10012C* 10.00 Brown Ivory Red 12.0 20.8 7.5 8.8 4.9 59.0 1000

N-10018C* 10.00 Brown Ivory Red 18.0 26.8 7.5 8.8 4.9 76.0 1000

N-16012C* 16.00 White Green Blue 12.0 22.0 8.7 10.0 6.2 68.0 500

N-16018C* 16.00 White Green Blue 18.0 28.0 8.7 10.0 6.2 103.0 500

N-25016C* 25.00 Black Brown Yellow 16.0 28.0 11.0 12.0 7.9 126.0 500

N-25022C* 25.00 Black Brown Yellow 22.0 34.0 11.0 12.0 7.9 154.0 250 ERG2000KE

N-35016C* 35.00 Red Beige Red 16.0 30.0 12.5 14.0 8.7 164.0 200

N-35025C* 35.00 Red Beige Red 25.0 39.0 12.5 14.0 8.7 202.0 200

N-50020C* 50.00 Blue Olive Blue 20.0 36.0 15.0 16.0 10.9 311.0 100

N-50025C* 50.00 Blue Olive Blue 25.0 41.0 15.0 16.0 10.9 361.0 100

* For French Colour codes please add suffix “F” e.g. N-0508CF, for German Colour codes please add suffix “G” e.g. N-0508CG,

for Din Colour codes add suffix ”D” e.g. N-0508CD.

** Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Insulated female disconnects DIN 46245

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

High temperature applications,

excellent deformation characteristics

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

(For PVC insulation +65°C / +75°C)

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

353

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range For male Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

tab size

L D W tool*

[mm

] [mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RA 28 0.5 - 1.5 2.8 x 0.8 Red 18.5 3.3 3.5 60 100

RA 29 0.5 - 1.5 2.8 x 0.5 Red 18.5 3.3 3.5 60 100

RA 48** 0.5 - 1.5 4.8 x 0.8 Red 19.0 3.7 5.7 82 100

RA 49** 0.5 - 1.5 4.8 x 0.5 Red 19.0 3.7 5.7 83 100

RA 63 0.5 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 Red 20.0 4.0 7.6 96 100 ERG2000KE

RB 48** 1.5 - 2.5 4.8 x 0.5 Blue 19.0 4.4 5.7 91 100 ERG2001A

RB 49** 1.5 - 2.5 4.8 x 0.8 Blue 19.0 4.4 5.7 87 100 WT2124Y

RB 63 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 Blue 20.0 4.5 7.6 106 100

RC 63 4.0 - 6.0 6.3 x 0.8 Yellow 24.0 6.4 7.6 183 50

RC 95** 4.0 - 6.0 9.5 x 1.2 Yellow 31.0 6.2 11.0 233 50

* Use selection chart to determine the appropriate die set (see page 376)

** Non-brazed with support sleeve and PVC insulation, not easy entry

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

354

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Insulated male disconnects DIN 46245

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

High temperature applications,

excellent deformation characteristics

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

(For PVC insulation +65°C / +75°C)

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Male tab size Colour Dimensions [mm] Weight Quantity Crimping

[mm

] [mm x mm] L D [g/100] [pieces] tool*

RA 63M 0.5 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 Red 22.0 4.0 107 100 ERG2000KE

RB 63M 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 Blue 22.0 4.5 107 100 ERG2001A

RC 63M** 4.0 - 6.0 6.3 x 0.8 Yellow 25.0 6.3 155 50 WT2124Y

** PVC insulation. no easy entry and non brazed, with brass support sleeve

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Wire size range For tab size Colour Dimensions [mm] Weight Quantity Crimping

[mm

] [mm x mm] L D W [g/100] [pieces] tool*

RA 63T 0.5 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 Red 22.0 3.7 7.4 135 100 ERG2000KE

RB 63T 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 Blue 22.0 4.3 7.5 146 100 ERG2001A, WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Insulated piggy back disconnects DIN 46245

Insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Non brazed, with brass support sleeve

Insulation PVC = Polyvinylchloride (Vinyl)

Economical yet premium quality,

moisture resistant

Temperature resistance +65°C / +75°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Flammability rating UL 94 V-0

Fully insulated female disconnects

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Non brazed, with brass support sleeve

Insulation PA = Polyamide

Ideal for harsh environments, excellent

chemical, impact and abrasion resistance

Temperature resistance +85°C / +105°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

355

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range For male tab size Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

W L D tool*

[mm

] [mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RA 28V 0.5 - 1.5 2.8 x 0.8 Red 5.0 19.3 3.8 110 100

RA 29V 0.5 - 1.5 2.8 x 0.5 Red 5.0 19.3 3.8 110 100

RA 48V 0.5 - 1.5 4.8 x 0.8 Red 7.4 20.2 3.6 115 100

RA 49V 0.5 - 1.5 4.8 x 0.5 Red 7.4 20.2 3.6 115 100 ERG2000KE

RA 63V** 0.5 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 Red 8.8 21.0 4.0 123 100 ERG2001A

RB 48V 1.5 - 2.5 4.8 x 0.8 Blue 7.1 19.5 3.9 120 100 WT2124Y

RB 49V 1.5 - 2.5 4.8 x 0.5 Blue 7.1 19.5 3.9 120 100

RB 63V** 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 Blue 8.8 21.0 4.5 132 100

RC 63V 4.0 - 6.0 6.3 x 0.8 Yellow 9.0 26.0 5.3 215 50

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

** Easy entry and brazed barrel, polycarbonate insulator

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

356

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Insulated sectional terminal block (6 male tabs)

Technical Information

Material Brass

Plating Tin plated

Insulation PA = Polyamide

Ideal for harsh environments, provides

excellent chemical, impact and abrasion

resistance

Colour Black

Temperature resistance +105°C

Voltage 250V

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Tab size Mounting method Weight Quantity

[mm x mm] [g/100] [pieces]

MTB1-TB 6 male tabs 6.3 x 0.8 M4 fillister head screw 798 100

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

W L D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RAB 0.5 - 1.5 Red 3.9 25.0 4.0 115 100 ERG2000KE

RB5B 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 4.9 26.0 4.3 144 100 ERG2001A, WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Fully insulated bullet female receptacles

Insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material RAB Phosphor bronze

Material RB5B Brass

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel: RAB Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Metal barrel: RB5B Non brazed, with brass support sleeve

Insulation RAB Polycarbonate

Insulation RB5B PVC

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry for RAB

Insulated bullet male disconnects

Technical Information

Material Brass

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation RABM - Polycarbonate

RB5BM - PVC

Temperature resistance RABM: +115°C / +125°C

RB5M: +65°C / +75°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry except of RB5BM

Flammability rating PVC: UL 94 V-0

PC: UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

357

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

W L D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RABM 0.5 - 1.5 Red 4.0 22.0 4.0 102 100 ERG2000KE

RB5BM** 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 5.0 20.0 4.3 109 100 ERG2001A, WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

** non brazed, with brass support sleeve

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

358

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Fully insulated butt splices

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PC = Polycarbonate

Temperature resistance +115°C / +125°C

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

L D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RAA15 0.5 - 1.5 Red 24.0 3.4 97 100 ERG2000KE

RBB25-EU 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 26.0 4.3 150 100 ERG2001A

RCC6 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow 33.0 6.5 316 50 WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Wire size Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

range L D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RAA15SI 0.5 - 1.5 Red 35.0 4.5 100 25 ERG2000KE

RBB25SI 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 35.0 5.4 150 25 ERG2001A

RCC6SI 4.0 - 6.0 Yellow 40.0 6.8 320 25 WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Requires a hot air tool for heat-shrinkage (see Shrink-Kon

section)

Insulated heat shrink butt splices

Insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation Halogen free heat shrink insulation material

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

Cable insertion Easy entry

Other properties Halogen free

Waterproof after application (heat shrink)

Insulated wire joints

Technical Information

Material Brass

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Insulation PA = Polyamide

Ideal for harsh environments, provides

excellent chemical, impact and abrasion

resistance

Temperature resistance +85°C / +105°C

Flammability rating UL 94 V-2

Insulated terminals

359

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

F L D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

RBJ 1.0 - 3.0 White 8.0 15.2 6.4 86 100 ERG2000KE, ERG2001A

RCJ 2.0 - 6.0 White 9.0 17.7 9.2 166 50 WT2124Y

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Wire size range Colour Dimensions Quantity

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [pieces]

TRAWT 0.5 - 1.5 Red 31.0 20.0 100

TRBWT 1.5 - 2.5 Blue 31.0 20.0 100

Insulated quick splice

Insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Brass

Insulation P.P. = Polypropylene

Max. electrical rating +105°C / 600V

Colour coding of the According to the wire size (DIN)

insulation

E9809

360

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Non-insulated ring terminals

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper for very good

conductivity

Plating Electro-tin plating, excellent corrosion

resistance

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Current rating 0.5-1.5 mm

= 12 Ampere

1.5-2.5 mm

= 27 Ampere

4.0-6.0 mm

= 37 Ampere

Marking Diameter and bolt size

Cable insertion Easy entry (chamfered entry edges)

Non-insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Stud size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L D L1 tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

K18-6R-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 3.5 6.6 14.4 3.4 11.1 64 1000

K18-8R-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 4 6.6 14.4 3.4 11.1 61 1000

K18-10R-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 5 8.0 15.8 3.4 11.8 66 1000

K18-14R-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 6 11.6 21.8 3.4 15.8 99 1000

K18-516R-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 8 11.6 21.8 3.4 15.8 85 1000

K14-6R-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 3.5 6.6 14.4 4.1 11.1 81 1000

K14-8R-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 4 6.6 14.4 4.1 11.1 71 1000

K14-10R-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 5 8.5 16.8 4.1 12.6 87 1000

K14-14R-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 6 12.0 21.8 4.1 15.8 118 1000 ERG2002E

K14-516R-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 8 12.0 21.8 4.1 15.8 110 1000 ERG2000KE

K14-38R-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 10 13.6 25.5 4.1 18.7 114 1000

K10-6R-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 3.5 7.2 15.7 5.6 12.1 128 1000

K10-8R-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 4 7.2 15.7 5.6 12.1 123 1000

K10-10R-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 5 9.5 19.6 5.6 15.1 155 1000

K10-14R-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 6 12.0 22.5 5.6 16.5 192 1000

K10-516R-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 8 15.0 27.0 5.6 19.5 242 1000

K10-38R-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 10 15.0 27.0 5.6 19.5 207 1000

K10-12R-D 4.0 - 6.0 M 12 19.2 31.6 5.6 22.0 299 500

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Non-insulated fork terminals

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper for very good

conductivity

Plating Electro-tin plating, excellent corrosion

resistance

Metal barrel Brazed seam to prevent barrel separation

Current rating 0.5-1.5 mm

= 12 Ampere

1.5-2.5 mm

= 27 Ampere

4.0-6.0 mm

= 37 Ampere

Marking Diameter and bolt size

Cable insertion Easy entry (chamfered entry edges)

Non-insulated terminals

361

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Stud size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d2 W L D L1 tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

K18-6F-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 3.5 5.7 16.0 3.4 11.3 66 1000

K18-8F-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 4 6.4 16.0 3.4 11.3 65 1000

K18-10F-M 0.5 - 1.5 M 5 8.1 16.0 3.4 11.3 67 1000

K14-6F-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 3.5 6.0 16.0 4.1 11.3 75 1000

K14-8F-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 4 6.4 16.0 4.1 11.3 75 1000 ERG2002E

K14-10F-M 1.5 - 2.5 M 5 8.1 16.0 4.1 11.3 81 1000 ERG2000KE

K10-6F-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 3.5 7.2 17.4 5.6 13.5 140 1000

K10-8F-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 4 9.0 18.5 5.6 13.0 146 1000

K10-10F-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 5 9.0 18.5 5.6 13.0 142 1000

K10-14F-M 4.0 - 6.0 M 6 9.0 18.5 5.6 13.0 143 1000

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

E9809

362

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Non-insulated pin terminal DIN 46230

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Non-insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

L L1 D W tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

B6P 4.0 - 6.0 20.0 14.0 3.4 2.8 160 100 ERG2002E, ERG2000KE

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Wire size range Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

d1 L D tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

K18-BS-M 0.5 - 1.5 1.7 15.0 3.3 94 1000

K14-BS-M 1.5 - 2.5 2.3 15.0 3.9 112 1000 ERG2002E

K10-BS-M 4.0 - 6.0 3.5 15.0 5.4 183 1000 ERG2000KE

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

E9809

Non-insulated butt splices

Non-insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Tubular construction

Cable insertion Easy entry

Non-insulated copper tube ring terminals DIN 46235

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube

Marking Cable cross-section area and bolt size

Cable insertion Easy entry

Non-insulated terminals

363

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire Stud Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

size size L1 C1 W s d1 d2 tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

T 2.5-4** 2.5 M 4 13.0 4.0 7.5 1.2 2.3 4.3 0.14 100

T 4-6** 4.0 M 6 19.0 6.5 10.0 1.2 3.0 6.5 0.21 100 ERG2002E

T 6-5 6.0 M 5 24.0 6.5 8.5 1.5 3.8 5.3 0.34 100

T 6-6 6.0 M 6 24.0 7.5 8.5 1.5 3.8 6.4 0.35 100

T 10-6 10.0 M 6 27.0 7.5 9.0 1.5 4.5 6.4 0.40 100

T 10-8 10.0 M 8 27.0 10.0 13.0 1.3 4.5 8.4 0.41 100 ERG1016

T 16-6 16.0 M 6 36.0 7.5 13.0 2.5 5.5 6.4 1.50 100 WT3165B

T 16-8 16.0 M 8 36.0 10.0 13.0 2.5 5.5 8.4 1.50 100 WTH500 (+Dies)

T 16-10 16.0 M 10 36.0 12.0 17.0 2.5 5.5 10.5 1.50 100

T 25-6 25.0 M 6 38.0 7.5 14.0 3.0 7.0 6.4 2.20 100

T 25-8 25.0 M 8 38.0 10.0 16.0 3.0 7.0 8.4 2.20 100

T 25-10 25.0 M 10 38.0 12.0 17.0 3.0 7.0 10.5 2.20 100

T 25-12 25.0 M 12 38.0 13.0 19.0 3.0 7.0 13.5 2.20 100

T 35-8 35.0 M 8 42.0 10.0 17.0 3.5 8.2 8.4 3.50 100 WT3165B

T 35-10 35.0 M 10 42.0 12.0 19.0 3.5 8.2 10.5 3.50 100 WTH500 (+Dies)

T 50-8 50.0 M 8 52.0 10.0 20.0 4.0 10.0 10.5 4.40 100

T 50-10 50.0 M 10 52.0 12.0 19.0 3.5 10.0 10.5 4.40 100

T 70-10 70.0 M 10 55.0 12.0 24.0 4.5 11.5 10.5 6.20 50

T 95-10 95.0 M 10 65.0 12.0 28.0 5.0 13.5 10.5 8.70 25

T 120-10 120.0 M 10 70.0 15.0 32.0 5.5 15.5 10.5 10.00 25 WT3014E (+Dies)

T 150-12 150.0 M 12 78.0 15.0 34.0 6.0 17.0 10.5 12.00 100

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

** Not according to DIN Ring form with inspection hole

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

364

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Non-insulated copper tube ring terminals with inspection window

Technical Information

Material Electrolytic copper

Plating Tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube with inspection window

(hole)

Current rating See table

Marking Cable size (cross-section area) and

bolt size

Cable insertion Easy entry

Non-insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire Stud Dimensions Current Weight Quantity Crimping

size size L W s d1 d2 rating tool*

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ampere] [kg/100] [pieces]

TW 10-6 10 M6 27.0 12.6 0.85 4.5 6.5 90 0.29 100

TW 10-8 10 M8 27.0 12.6 0.85 4.5 8.4 90 0.27 100

ERG1016

TW 16-6 16 M6 29.5 12.6 0.85 5.5 6.5 125 0.38 100

WT3165B

TW 16-8 16 M8 29.5 12.6 0.85 5.5 8.4 125 0.36 100

WTH500 (+ Dies)

TW 25-6 25 M6 33.0 15.0 1.0 7.0 6.5 160 0.68 100

TW 25-8 25 M8 33.0 15.0 1.0 7.0 8.4 160 0.63 100

TW 25-10 25 M10 33.0 15.0 1.0 7.0 10.5 160 0.59 100

TW 35-6 35 M6 38.0 15.2 2.5 8.2 6.5 200 1.14 100

TW 35-8 35 M8 38.0 15.2 2.5 8.2 8.4 200 1.03 100

TW 35-10 35 M10 38.0 15.2 2.5 8.2 10.5 200 1.00 100

TW 50-8 50 M8 44.5 18.5 2.9 10.0 8.4 250 1.86 100 WT3165B

TW 50-10 50 M10 44.5 18.5 2.9 10.0 10.5 250 1.77 100 WTH500 (+ Dies)

TW 50-12 50 M12 44.5 18.5 2.9 10.0 13.0 250 1.71 100

TW 70-8 70 M8 54.2 21.4 3.5 11.5 8.4 310 3.18 50

TW 70-10 70 M10 54.2 21.4 3.5 11.5 10.5 310 3.08 50

TW 70-12 70 M12 54.2 21.4 3.5 11.5 13.0 310 2.94 50

TW 95-10 95 M10 59.0 25.5 3.9 13.5 10.5 380 4.42 50

TW 95-12 95 M12 59.0 25.5 3.9 13.5 13.0 380 4.26 50

TW 120-10 120 M10 66.7 28.3 4.5 15.5 10.5 440 6.83 25

TW 120-12 120 M12 66.7 28.3 4.5 15.5 13.0 380 6.36 25

TW 120-14 120 M14 66.7 28.3 4.5 15.5 15.0 380 5.93 25

TW 120-16 120 M16 66.7 28.3 4.5 15.5 17.0 380 5.52 25 WT3014E (+ Dies)

TW 150-12 150 M12 74.5 31.0 4.7 17.0 13.0 510 8.34 25

TW 150-14 150 M14 74.5 31.0 4.7 17.0 15.0 510 8.48 25

TW 150-16 150 M16 74.5 31.0 4.7 17.0 17.0 510 8.34 25

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Other sizes available upon request - please contact your Sales Office

Non-insulated female disconnect terminals

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

Non-insulated terminals

365

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Wire size range Male tab size Dimensions [mm] Weight Quantity Crimping

[mm

] [mm x mm] L L1 [g/100] [pieces] tool*

BA 285 0.5 - 1.0 2.8 x 0.5 12.7 5.0 21 100

BA 288 0.5 - 1.0 2.8 x 0.8 12.7 5.0 25 100 ERG0560

BA 485 0.75 - 1.5 4.8 x 0.5 16.0 6.4 47 100

BA 488 0.75 - 1.5 4.8 x 0.8 16.0 6.4 47 100 ERG1475

BA 638 0.75 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 19.0 7.6 77 100

BB 638 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 19.0 7.6 80 100 ERG0560

BC 638 4.0 - 6.0 6.3 x 0.8 19.0 7.6 86 100

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Wire size range Male tab size Dimensions [mm] Weight Quantity Crimping

[mm

] [mm x mm] L L1 [g/100] [pieces] tool*

BA 288M 0.5 - 1.0 2.8 x 0.8 13.0 5.5 23 100 ERG0560

BA 638M 0.5 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 19.0 8.0 57 100 ERG1475

BB 638M 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 20.0 8.0 61 100 ERG0560

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Non-insulated female disconnect terminals

Non-insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

366

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Non-insulated Piggy back disconnect terminal

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

Non-insulated terminals

Product Ref. Wire size range For male & female tab size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

L L1 tool*

[mm

] [mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

BA 638T 0.5 - 1.5 6.3 x 0.8 19.0 7.5 108 100 ERG0560, ERG1475

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Wire size range For tab size Dimensions Weight Quantity Crimping

L L1 tool*

[mm

] [mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

B 638 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 19.0 7.5 74 100 ERG0560

BM 638 1.5 - 2.5 6.3 x 0.8 28.0 16.0 82 100

* Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (see page 376)

See pages 370 to 376 for tooling specifications

Male: BM638 Female: B 638

Non-insulated disconnect terminals with lock tongues

Non-insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

Non-insulated branch off tab

Technical Information

Material Brass with 70% copper

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

Non-insulated terminals

367

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Tab size Dimensions Weight Quantity

LWL1

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

Z 638-2 6.3 x 0.8 18.5 9 7.5 177 100

0.9

10.4

6.2

13.6

1.2

8.5 1.35

6.2

1.2

6.3

Product Ref. Recommended Tab size Weight Quantity

drill hole Ø [mm] [mm x mm] [g/100] [pieces]

B 288L 1.00 2.8 x 0.8 16 100

B 288LD 1.30 2.8 x 0.8 37 100

B 638L 1.45 6.3 x 0.8 62 100

B 638LW 1.30 6.3 x 0.8 83 100

Non-insulated tabs for soldering DIN 46244

Non-insulated terminals

Technical Information

Material Brass

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

B 288L B 288LD B 638L B 638LW

368

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Non-insulated screw mounted male disconnect tab terminals DIN 46244

Technical Information

Material Brass

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

Non-insulated terminals

Product Ref. Tab size Dimensions Hole ø Weight Quantity

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

ZG 638-4 6.3 x 0.8 7.0 23.0 4.2 94 100

Product Ref. Angle Tab size Dimensions Hole ø Weight Quantity

BL1 L2

[mm x mm]

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

ZG 638-4W 2 x 45° 6.3 x 0.8 8.0 10.0 12.0 4.3 152 100

Non-insulated screw mounted male disconnect tab terminals DIN 46244

Technical Information

Material Brass

Plating Tin plated

Temperature rating +110°C

Non-insulated terminals

369

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Tab size Dimensions Hole ø Weight Quantity

BL L1

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

Z 288-2 2.8 x 0.8 4.5 13.1 5.5 2.8 24 100

Z 488-3 4.8 x 0.8 6.5 17.5 7.0 3.2 68 100

Z 638-4 6.3 x 0.8 8.1 19.1 8.3 4.4 80 100

Z 638-5 6.3 x 0.8 8.0 19.2 8.3 5.4 74 100

Product Ref. Angle Tab size Dimensions Hole ø Weight Quantity

BL1L2

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

Z 638-4-4 45° 6.3 x 0.8 8.0 8.0 8.0 4.1 81 100

Z 638-5-4 45° 6.3 x 0.8 8.0 8.0 8.0 5.4 74 100

Product Ref. Angle Tab size Dimensions Hole ø Weight Quantity

BL1L2

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [g/100] [pieces]

Z 488-3-9 90° 4.8 x 0.8 7.8 8.8 7.5 4.5 59 100

Z 638-4-9 90° 6.3 x 0.8 7.8 8.3 8.8 5.4 76 100

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Overview

An extensive range of tooling is available, suiting a variety of

requirements, to crimp the following terminals:

• Insulated terminals and bootlace ferrules

• Non-insulated terminals

• Copper tube terminals

Crimping tools

5.1

370

Plier type crimping tools

Crimping tools

Different types of tooling are offered, depending on volume and

application:

• Plier type hand tools for occasional applications (“Do-It-

Yourself” users)

• Standard hand tooling for low to medium volume applications

• Ergonomic hand tooling for low to medium volume applications,

where high, repeatable quality is essential

• Large hand tools

• Hydraulic tooling for heavy-duty applications

Standard crimping tools

Product Ref.: WT2124Y

• Ratchet type hand tool, fixed die

•Forinsulated terminals from:

0.5 to 1.5 mm² red

1.5 to 2.5 mm² blue

4.0 to 6.0 mm² yellow

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 228 mm

• Weight: 533 g

Crimping tools

Product Ref.: TBZ3

• Ratchet type hand tool, fixed die

• Front loading

•Forinsulated bootlace ferrules, 0.5 to 6.0 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 195 mm

• Weight: 390 g

Product Ref.: WT52

• Plier type tool

•Forinsulated and non-insulated terminals from0.5to6mm²

• Incorporates wire stripper and bolt cutters

• Recommended for ‘Do-It-Yourself’ applications only

• Length: 225 mm

• Weight: 200 g

Ergonomic hand tools

• Ergonomic ratchet style hand tools used for installing insulated

and non-insulated terminals

• Specially designed ergonomic handles distribute the crimping

force more evenly across the user’s hands. This helps to reduce

the risk of Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, the cause of almost one in

two industrial injuries

• Ratchet design greatly reduces handle forces over conventional

hand tools and incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism which

ensures a full crimp cycle every time

Crimping tools

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

371

For easy visual verification

of crimps, integrity dots are

embossed on the top and

bottom of the terminal.

Patent-pending toggle action increases

mechanical gain, which dramatically reduces

handle force - and the stress on your hands.

Advanced ergonomic

design of handle distributes

the force more evenly

across the hand.

Colour-coded die nests on both the right

and left sides of the tool are included for

insulated terminals.

Shure-Stake™ mechanism ensures

a complete crimp cycle before it

releases.

Rubberised thermoplastic handle

combines maximum friction

with a soft, comfortable feel

that reduces muscle tension.

• Most dies incorporate wire range mark for easy inspection (insu-

lated only)

• Colour coded die nests (insulated only) makes terminal and die

nest selection easy

• The product design and engineering results in a long lasting pre-

cision tool

• Exists in 2 versions: with interchangeable dies or with fixed dies

372

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Ergonomic hand tools with interchangeable dies

Product Ref.: ERG2000KE

• Ergonomic hand tool with interchangeable dies

• Frame, with the option of interchangeable steel dies

• A versatile tool, one frame with a selection of dies covers a

large range of terminals.

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 255 mm

• Weight: 510 g

Crimping tools

Die Product Ref. Terminal description Cross section

[mm

]

D-0760DIN Insulated terminal 0.5 - 6.0

D-1060G Non-insulated terminal & Copper tube lug 0.5 - 6.0

D-0560 Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule 0.5 - 6.0

D-4010 Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule 4, 6, 10

D-1025 Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule 10, 16, 25

D-3550 Insulated bootlace ferrule & Non-insulated bootlace ferrule 35, 50

ERG2000KE die selection chart

D-0760DIN D-1060G D-0560 D-4010 D-1025 D-3550

Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die

Crimping tools

Product Ref.: ERG2001A

• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with three colour-coded die nests for

easy selection

•Forinsulated terminals from:

0.5 to 1.5 mm² red

1.5 to 2.5 mm² blue

4.0 to 6.0 mm² yellow

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression every

time

• Length: 255 mm

• Weight: 560 g

Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die

Product Ref.: ERG2106

• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 5 die nests

•Forinsulated and non-insulated bootlace ferrules (cord

end terminals) from 0.5 to 6.0 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 255 mm

• Weight: 560 g

Product Ref.: ERG2510

• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 2 die nests

•Forinsulated terminals from:

0.25 to 0.5 mm²

0.5 to 1.0 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 215 mm

• Weight: 470 g

Product Ref.: ERG1475

• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 3 die nests

•Fornon-insulated male & female disconnects (F-crimps)

from: 0.1 to 0.5 mm²

0.5 to 1.0 mm²

1.0 to 1.5 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 215 mm

• Weight: 470 g

Product Ref.: ERG0560

• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 3 die nests

•Fornon-insulated male & female disconnects (F-crimps)

from: 0.5 to 1.5 mm²

1.5 to 2.5 mm²

4.0 to 6.0 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 255 mm

• Weight: 560 g

Crimping tools

373

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

374

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Ergonomic hand tools with fixed die

Product Ref.: ERG2002E

• Ergonomic fixed die tool with 3 die nests

•Fornon-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:

0.5 to 1.5 mm²

1.5 to 2.5 mm²

4.0 to 6.0 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 255 mm

• Weight: 550 g

Product Ref.: ERG1016

• Ergonomic fixed die tool, with 2 die nests

•Fornon-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs of:

10 mm² and 16 mm²

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Length: 255 mm

• Weight: 550 g

Crimping tools

Product Ref.: WT3165B

• Large fixed die tool, with rotating head and 6 nests

•Fornon-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:

10 to 95 mm²

• According to DIN, SEN, BS, UL, Mil specifications

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression every

time

• Length: 500 mm

• Weight: 2,8 kg

• Max. pressure: 130 kN

Large hand tool

Crimping tools

Hydraulic tools

Product Ref.: WTH500

• High quality hydraulic hand tool with interchangeable dies

•Fornon-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:

10 to 95 mm²

• 180° rotating head to get into hard to reach places

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism to ensure a full compression

every time

• Complete with plastic carrying case

• Length: 470 mm

• Weight: 3 kg

• Max. performance: 60 kN

WTH500 die selection chart

Crimping tools

375

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref. Terminal description Cross-section

[mm

]

TB6-8DIN Copper tube lug 10 - 16

TB10-12DIN Copper tube lug 25 - 35

TB14-16DIN Copper tube lug 50 - 70

TB18DIN Copper tube lug 95

V1318

V1316

Product Ref.: WT3014E

• Hydraulic tool head with interchangeable dies

•Fornon-insulated terminals and copper tube lugs from:

10 to 300 mm²

• Crimping according to DIN46235

• Hand or foot activated switch

• Rapid coupling

• To be used with a hydraulic pump

(10.000 p.s.i.= 690 bar = 69 MPa)

• Length: 295 mm

• Weight: 4 kg

• Output pressure: 15 ton

• Max. performance: 130kN

WT3014E die selection chart

Product Ref. Terminal description Cross-section

(+ Die adapters) [mm

]

B6DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 10

B8DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 16

B10DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 25

B12DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 35

B14DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 50

B16DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 70

B18DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 95

B20DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 120

B22DIN (+V1318, V1316) Copper tube lug 150

13B25DIN Copper tube lug 185

13B28DIN Copper tube lug 240

13B32DIN Copper tube lug 300

376

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Tooling and die selection chart

Crimping tools

Terminal Type Cross section WT52 Fixed die hand tool ERG2000KE WTH500 WT3014E

[mm

] Product Ref. Die Product Ref. Die Product Ref. Die Product Ref.

INSULATED TERMINALS AND DISCONNECTS

0.25 - 0.5 ERG2510

0.5 - 1.0 WT52 ERG2510 D-0760DIN

0.5 - 6.0 WT52 WT2124Y, ERG2001A D-0760DIN

INSULATED BOOTLACE FERRULES**

0.5 - 6.0 WT52 ERG2106, TBZ3 D-0560

4, 6, 10 D-4010

10, 16, 25 D-1025

35, 50 D-3550

NON-INSULATED TERMINALS

0.5 - 6.0 WT52 ERG2002E D-1060G

NON-INSULATED DISCONNECTS (F-CRIMPS)

0.1 - 1.5 ERG1475

0.5 - 6.0 ERG0560

NON-INSULATED COPPER TUBE LUGS

0.5 - 6.0 ERG2002E D-1060G

10 ERG1016 , WT3165B TB6-8DIN B6DIN*

16 ERG1016, WT3165B TB6-8DIN B8DIN*

25 WT3165B TB10-12DIN B10DIN*

35 WT3165B TB10-12DIN B12DIN*

50 WT3165B TB14-16DIN B14DIN*

70 WT3165B TB14-16DIN B16DIN*

95 WT3165B TB18DIN B18DIN*

120 B20DIN*

150 B22DIN*

185 13B25DIN

240 13B28DIN

300 13B32DIN

* To be used with a Hydraulic pump, with die adaptors V1316, V1318

** The tools WT52, ERG2106, ERG2000KE can also crimp non-insulated bootlace ferrules

Overview

Thomas & Betts offer a wide variety of specialty tools used most

commonly by electricians. Easy to use, they are convenient to all

kind of job, whether it is new installation or maintenance.

Designed for the professionals, all the stripping and cutting tools

from Thomas & Betts are manufactured from top quality materials

to assure durability and a long usable life. Single purpose and com-

bination function designs are included.

Stripping & cutting tools

377

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref.: ERG1-WS

• Ergonomic, self-adjusting wire stripping & cutting tool

•Thewidest stripping range in the industry for this type of tool:

from 0.02 mm2to 10 mm2insulated wires

• Incorporates interchangeable stripping cassettes for a wide range

of wire insulations

• The lightweight, ergonomic design makes this tool ideal for

higher volume production as well as portable field usage.

• Replaces the ERG1 cutting / stripping tool

Feature & Benefits:

•Versatile - Interchangeable cassettes for stripping a wide range

of insulations without having to change tools. Integral wire cutter,

to cut and strip with the same tool.

•Powerful - V-Blade cassette designed for stripping difficult insu-

lations like PTFE coated wire.

•Safe & Ergonomic - Stationary handle has a soft grip moulded into

the tool for extra comfort. Optimised grip span and lightweight

ensures comfortable operation for the user. Cutting blades are not

exposed so user’s hands are protected.

•Automatic & Precise - Tool automatically strips wire to preset

length. Hard plastic wire-stop allows the user to easily adjust wire

strip length. The fine adjusting slide allows the user to strip thin in-

sulation jackets without damaging conductors.

•Durable & Reliable - Cutting blades manufactured from high

grade hardened steel. Body is moulded in a new high strength

plastic to withstand the harshest working environments. The tool

has been tested to over 150,000 cycles.

• Stripping Capacity

- Straight Blade Cassette (SBC-1): PVC Insulations, 0.02 - 10 mm2

- “V” Blade Cassette (VBC-1): all insulations, 0.02 - 6 mm2

• Cutting Capacity

- Flexible wires: 10 mm2

- Rigid wires: 1.5 mm2

• Dimensions: 191 x 123 x 20 mm

• Weight: 136 g

Ergonomic hand tools

Stripping & cutting tools

Different types of tools are offered, depending on volume and appli-

cation:

•Ergonomic hand tools for medium to high volume applications,

where high, repeatable quality as well as durability and comfort of

use are essential

•Standard hand tools for medium volume applications

•Heavy-duty cable cutters for cables of large cross-section

Product Ref. Description

ERG1-WS Ergonomic Wire Stripping & Cutting Tool,

interchangeable cassettes.

Supplied with 1ea. SBC-1 cassette

SBC-1 Replacement Cassette - Straight blade,

for PVC insulations from 0.02 to 10 mm

VBC-1 Replacement Cassette - “V” blade,

for all insulations from 0.02 to 6 mm

378

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Standard hand tools

Product Ref.: Superstrip 5

• Fully insulated automatic wire stripper

• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the diameter

of the wire and ensures quick and accurate stripping without leaving

witness marks on the insulation, or damage to the conductor

• The ergonomic design and the light weight guarantee fatigue-

free operation

• The slim plier type jaw enables access to wiring in confined spaces

such as in switching cabinets, junction and distribution boxes

•

Type: stranded and solid wires

•

Crosssection:0.2-6.0mm²(24-10AWG)

•

Weight: 105 g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 4-16

• Accurate, fast and safe stripping

• Removable reducing adapter, made of highly abrasion resistant

plastic (POM)

• No damage of the inner conductors due to infinitely variable ad-

justment of the cutting depth

• Each cable stripper contains a spare swivel-blade inside the handle

•

Type: round cables

•

Diameter:4-16mm

•

Weight:70g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 4-28H

• Accurate, fast and safe stripping

• Removable reducing adapter, made of highly abrasion resistant

plastic (POM)

• No damage of the inner conductors due to infinitely variable ad-

justment of the cutting depth

• Each cable stripper contains a spare swivel-blade inside the handle

•

Type: round cables

•

Diameter:4-28mm

•

Weight:84g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 8-27

• Accurate, fast and safe stripping

• Removable reducing adapter, made of highly abrasion resistant

plastic (POM)

• No damage of the inner conductors due to infinitely variable ad-

justment of the cutting depth

• Each cable stripper contains a spare swivel-blade inside the handle

•

Type: round cables

•

Diameter:8-28mm

•

Weight:72g

Stripping & cutting tools

Standard hand tools

Product Ref.: Coaxstrip 3

• Two or three level stripping

• Ergonomic handle, for faster and more convenient stripping

• Needs no adjustment of the cutting depth

• Easily accessible built-in side cutter

•

Type: coaxial cables & flexible cable

•

Size: 4.8 - 7.5 mm diameter (coaxial) & 3 x 0.75 mm², 10 mm² and

16 mm² (flexible)

•

Weight: 55 g

Product Ref.: Coaxstrip 2

• In a few quick operations the braid, the dielectric and the inner

conductor of coaxial cables are set free without damage

•

Type: coaxial cables & flexible cable

•

Size: 4.8 - 7.5 mm diameter (coaxial) & 3 x 0.75 mm², 10 mm² and

16 mm² (flexible)

•

Weight: 24 g

Product Ref.: Duocrimp 300

• Stripping and crimping with only one tool

• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the wire

diameter and allows fast and accurate stripping

• The insulation is stripped off at a length of 5 mm and remains on

the conductor (this allows proper twisting of stranded wire ends)

• A gauge inside the handle simplifies stripping to a pre-set length

• Two crimping ranges are offered: 0.5 - 2.5 mm² (20 - 13 AWG) &

4.0 - 6.0 mm² (12 - 10 AWG)

• Easily accessible built-in side cutter for max 6.0 mm² (10 AWG) and

solid conductors for 4.0 mm² (12 AWG)

• The blades are made of specially hardened steel

•

Type: wire s

•

Size: 0.5 - 6.0 mm² (20 - 10 AWG)

•

Weight: 116 g

Product Ref.: Duostrip 200

• Professional cable and wire stripping with only one tool

Cable Stripping:

• Allows variable adjustment of the cutting depth

• The cable holder is adjustable for cable diameters from 4 - 16 mm

or16-28mm

• The tool handle contains a spare swivel-blade

Wire Stripping:

• Integrated scale for lengths from 8 - 20 mm

• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the wire dia-

meter and allows quick and accurate stripping

•

Type: round cables & stranded and solid wires

•

Size:4-28mmdiameter(cables) & 0.5 - 6.0 mm² (20 - 10 AWG)

(wires)

•

Weight: 123 g

Stripping & cutting tools

379

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

380

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Standard hand tools

Product Ref.: Duostrip 150

• Fully insulated automatic wire stripper with integrated scale for

lengths from 8 - 20 mm

• The special scanning system automatically adjusts to the wire

diameter and allows fast and accurate stripping

• Comes with an easily accessible built-in side cutter for stranded

conductors up to 6.0 mm2(10 AWG) and solid conductors up to

4.0 mm² (12 AWG)

•

Type: stranded and solid wires

•

Size: 0.5 - 6.0 mm² (20 - 10 AWG)

•

Weight: 110 g

Product Ref.: Multistrip 400

• Cable and wire stripper

• Allows circular and longitudinal stripping as well as flush strip-

ping in hard-to-reach areas (e.g. ceilings and walls, junction and

distribution boxes, switch cabinets)

• Easily accessible built-in side cutter for flexible conductors of maxi-

mum 6.0 mm

(10 AWG) and solid conductors of maximum 4.0 mm

(12 AWG)

•

Type: round cables & stranded and solid wires

•

Size: 8 - 13 mm diameter (cables) & 0.5 mm², 4.0 mm² and 6.0 mm²

(20-10AWG)(wires)

•

Weight:78g

Product Ref.: Cabstrip 13

• This tool has been specially designed to remove the outer insula-

tion jacket of round cables in confined spaces

• Enables flush stripping in ceiling and wall areas, junction and

distribution boxes, switch, cabinets, etc.

• The ergonomic tool design provides for a sure grip and comfort

• In only one operation, the cable sheath is cut and pulled off. No

adjustment of cutting depth is necessary

•

Type: round cables

•

Size:8-13mmdiameter

•

Weight:42g

Stripping & cutting tools

Heavy-duty cable cutters

Stripping & cutting tools

381

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.1

Product Ref.: 364RF and 366RF

• For copper and aluminium cable

• Cuts cables up to 500 mm2

• Fiberglass durable handles and carbon steel blades

• Precision circular cutting

• Easy to operate

Product Ref. Max. cable cross-section Max. cable diameter Length Weight Replacement blade reference

[mm

] [mm] [cm] [kg] Product Ref.

364RF 250 30 53 1.6 C150001

366RF 500 50 74 3.6 C350001

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Color-Keyed®

Solderless compression

connectors for

power cables

382

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

TERMINATION SYSTEMS

5.1 STA-KON®- CRIMP TERMINALS 338

5.2 COLOR-KEYED®- POWER CABLE CONNECTORS 382

Connectors for 600 V to 25 kV applications 386

Overview 386

Splices 387

Lugs 389

Crimping tools 391

Standard hand tool 391

Large hand tools 391

Hydraulic tools 393

Smart tools 394

Tool and die selection chart 395

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH®- MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS 396

5.4 SHIELD-KON®- SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS 428

383

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Color-Keyed®

Solderless compression

connectors for power cables

The better method to install sorderless compression

connectors on power cables.

Designed to provide a tight degree of reliability in electrical

wiring, this method allows electrical workers to make

installations with little effort and considerable savings in

time.

A simple installation method in just three steps:

• First, the appropriate connector is chosen for the conductor

size

• Next, the proper installing die is selected by matching the die

colour to the connector colour

• Last, the die is installed in the tool, and the connector is com-

pressed

384

5.2

385

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Wide range of copper tube lugs,

splices and installation tools

Color-Keyed®: special lugs for special applications

Thomas & Betts can solve your difficult wire bending and termi-

nating problems in confined power distribution panels, switchgear

and motor control enclosures. We have the design and production

capability to deliver exactly the type of lug you need, shaped the

way you need.

• Straight, 45° and 90° angle

• Stacking or non-stacking

• Narrow tongue or standard

• Tin, silver, lead, nickel plated Thomas & Betts offer an extensive

line of copper Color-Keyed®lugs for flexible and solid cables.

The lug tongues are modified in several different configurations to

meet your exact needs: 45° and 90° bend angles, narrow tongues

to fit into circuit breakers, offset tongues to stack two cables, and

special stud hole drilling.

These special configurations let you:

• run the cable directly to the bus bar with no bending,

• terminate into very narrow spaces, and

• utilise minimal bus bar space.

The specially designed lugs help you “clean up” your cabling in

crowded enclosures.

Customised Color-Keyed®lugs

All customised lugs for Copper Cables can be made to order.

Consult your Sales Office for price and delivery.

5.2

386

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Overview

Precision dies form a solid, homogenous mass

The Thomas & Betts method utilising compression tools with matching

dies forms the connector and conductor into a solid, homogenous mass

to provide an optimum electrical bond between connector and conductor.

Color-Keyed®dies are designed to produce a circumferential, hex- or

diamond-shaped compression rather than a simple indent. Precision

dies are an integral part of the Thomas & Betts method.

Each die is designed so that all conductors receive the same amount

of compression force. The circumferential compression creates a

large area of high pressure contact between cable and connector

which, in turn, assures high conductivity, low resistance, and high

pullout values which exceed UL requirements.

These features result in a permanent, low installed cost connection.

You can install it, and forget it.

The Color-Keyed®system from Thomas & Betts tells you

where to place the installing die

Color-Keyed®connectors not only identify the correct installing die

to be used for positive compressions, but also indicate the proper

placement of the die on the connector. This is done by the coloured

rings around the connector which match the colour on the dies.

Compression is made between or on these colour bands. The colour

name is also spelled on the connector as an added means of iden-

tification.

Power cable connectors

Features Benefits

High conductivity electrolytic copper Excellent electrical conductivity thanks to lowest electrical resistance,

associated to superior tensile strength

Tubular construction No seam, ensuring excellent mechanical properties

Electro-tin plated Enhanced corrosion resistance

Colour-coding according to the cross-section of the cable, Easy selection of the connector, the die and the tool according

by marking the connector with coloured rings and to the size of the cable

with the name of the colour Higher level of reliability

Die-code engraved on the surface of the die Easy and reliable inspection

Specifications According to DIN and UL

Air compression by the T&B Method, the cross section looks like this, 100%

metal with virtually no air spaces.

Before compression, a typical cross section of cable and connector consists

of about 75% metal and 25% air.

The die is positioned between colour bands for copper connectors and on the

bands for aluminium connectors.

Two-way splice connectors for copper cable - Standard barrel

Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications

387

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Product Ref. USA Approx. European Colour Tooling Dimensions Weight Quantity

cable size cable size die code A E

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

54504 # 8 AWG 8 Red 21 25.4 6.9 0.540 50

54505 # 6 AWG 13 Blue 24 25.4 7.6 0.553 50

54506 # 4 AWG 21 Grey 29 25.4 9.4 0.816 50

54507 # 2 AWG 25 - 34 Brown 33 31.8 10.4 1.252 25

54508 # 1 AWG 42 Green 37 38.1 11.9 1.633 20

54509 1/0 AWG 53 Pink 42H 41.4 13.2 2.132 10

54510 2/0 AWG 67 Black 45 44.5 14.5 2.903 10

54511 3/0 AWG 85 Orange 50 44.5 16.0 3.221 10

54512 4/0 AWG 107 Violet 54H 47.8 17.8 4.146 10

54513 250 kcmil 125 Yellow 62 57.2 19.6 4.990 10

54514 300 kcmil 150 White 66 54.1 21.1 6.328 10

54515 350 kcmil 175 Red 71H 57.2 22.9 7.711 10

54516 400 kcmil 200 Blue 76 / 80 69.9 23.6 10.582 6

54518 500 kcmil 250 Brown 87H 69.9 28.2 13.699 6

54520 600 kcmil 300 Green 94H 76.2 30.0 19.577 6

54522-TB 700 kcmil 350 Pink 99H 82.6 31.2 19.654 6

54523-TB 750 kcmil 375 Black 106H 76.2 33.0 22.362 6

54528 1000 kcmil 500 – – 92.2 38.1 36.287 3

For tooling see pages 391 to 395

For American cable size conversion, see table page 427

This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed

range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

Two-way connectors provide high pullout values, are easy to insulate,

and provide a low resistance connection of high quality and low

installed cost.

Technical Information

Material High conductivity wrought copper

Plating Electro-tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube

Voltage 600V to 35kV

Marking Colour reference for die and cable size

004503 E9809

388

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Two-way splice connectors for copper cable - Long barrel

Technical Information

Material High conductivity wrought copper

Plating Electro-tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube

Voltage 600V to 35kV

Marking Colour reference for die and cable size

Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications

004503 E9809

Product Ref. USA Approx. European Colour Tooling Dimensions Weight Quantity

cable size cable size die code A E

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

54804 # 8 AWG 8 Red 21 44.5 6.4 0.789 50

54805 # 6 AWG 13 Blue 24 44.5 7.1 0.916 50

54806 # 4 AWG 21 Grey 29 44.5 9.1 1.315 50

54807 # 2 AWG 25 - 34 Brown 33 47.6 10.3 1.787 25

54808 # 1 AWG 42 Green 37 50.8 11.9 2.041 20

54809 1/0 AWG 53 Pink 42H 50.8 13.5 2.631 10

54810 2/0 AWG 67 Black 45 54.0 14.7 3.130 10

54811 3/0 AWG 85 Orange 50 57.2 15.9 4.014 10

54812 4/0 AWG 107 Violet 54H 69.9 17.9 5.874 10

54813 250 kcmil 125 Yellow 62 85.7 19.5 7.439 10

54814 300 kcmil 150 White 66 88.9 21.5 9.571 10

54815 350 kcmil 175 Red 71H 95.3 23.9 12.837 10

54816 400 kcmil 200 Blue 76 / 80 95.3 24.6 13.227 6

54818 500 kcmil 250 Brown 87H 120.7 27.8 23.678 6

54820 600 kcmil 300 Green 94H 108.0 30.2 25.809 6

54823 750 kcmil 375 Black 106H 120.7 33.7 35.380 6

54828 1000 kcmil 500 – – 142.9 39.3 54.068 3

54833 1500 kcmil 750 – – 165.1 47.6 95.000 3

54839 2000 kcmil 1000 – 106H 179.3 54.0 150.000 3

For tooling see pages 391 to 395

For American cable size conversion, see table page 427

This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed

range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

One hole lug for copper cable - Standard barrel

Technical Information

Material High conductivity wrought copper

Plating Electro-tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube

Voltage 600V to 35kV

Marking Colour reference for die and cable size

Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications

389

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

004503 E9809

Product USA Approx. Stud size Colour Tooling Dimensions Weight Quantity

Ref. cable European USA metric die code A B C D E F

size cable size equivalent

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

54132 # 8 AWG 8

M8 Red 21 33.8 16.3 14.2 1.3 6.4 7.1 1.361 50

54136 # 6 AWG 13

M8 Blue 24 35.8 17.0 15.2 1.8 7.9 7.9 0.603 50

54140 # 4 AWG 21

M 8 Grey 29 36.1 16.8 15.5 1.8 9.4 7.9 0.912 50

54145-TB # 2 AWG 25 - 34

M12 Brown 33 48.8 27.4 19.1 2.0 10.4 12.7 1.633 25

54150 # 1 AWG 42

M12 Green 37 53.3 31.8 19.3 2.8 11.9 12.7 2.041 20

54155-TB 1/0 AWG 53

M 12 Pink 42H 55.9 31.8 19.1 3.3 13.2 12.7 3.062 10

54160 2/0 AWG 67

M12 Black 45 57.2 31.8 21.1 3.3 14.5 12.7 3.334 10

54165-TB 3/0 AWG 85

M12 Orange 50 59.7 31.8 23.4 3.3 16.0 12.7 4.082 10

54170 4/0 AWG 107

M12 Violet 54H 63.5 31.8 26.2 3.6 17.8 12.7 5.171 10

54113 250 kcmil 125

M 12 Yellow 62 66.0 31.8 28.7 3.6 19.6 12.7 6.622 10

58165 4/0 Weld –

M 12 Yellow 62 70.1 31.8 31.8 3.8 20.1 12.7 8.210 10

54114 300 kcmil 150

M 12 White 66 68.6 31.8 31.8 3.8 21.6 12.7 8.210 10

58171 300 Weld –

M12 Red 71H 72.4 31.8 34.5 4.6 23.6 12.7 10.705 10

54183 350 kcmil 175

M16 Blue 76 81.5 40.1 34.5 4.6 23.6 15.9 10.909 10

54185 400 kcmil 200

M16 Blue 80 89.7 40.1 35.8 4.3 24.4 15.9 11.340 6

58177 400 Weld –

M12 Black 107H 84.1 31.8 40.9 5.6 26.4 12.7 18.098 6

54187 500 kcmil 250

M16 Brown 87H 92.2 40.1 40.9 5.6 27.9 15.9 19.958 6

58180 500 Weld –

M16 Green 94H 96.3 40.1 44.5 6.1 30.5 15.9 26.195 2

54120 600 kcmil 300

M 16 – – 96.3 40.1 44.5 6.1 30.5 15.9 25.038 6

54122-TB 700 kcmil 350

M 16 Pink 99H 93.5 40.1 46.7 5.8 32.0 15.9 23.283 6

54123-TB 750 kcmil 375

M16 Black 107H 98.3 40.1 49.3 6.9 33.8 15.9 31.661 6

For tooling see pages 391 to 395

For American cable and stud size conversion, see tables page 427

This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed

range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

390

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Two hole lugs for copper cable - Long barrel

Technical Information

Material High conductivity wrought copper

Plating Electro tin plated

Metal barrel Copper tube

Voltage 600V to 35kV

Marking Colour reference for die and cable size

Connectors for 600 V to 35 kV applications

007222 E9809

Product USA Approx. Stud size Colour Tooling Dimensions Weight Quantity

Ref. cable European USA metric die A B C D E F H

size cable size equivalent code

[mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg/100] [pieces]

256-30695-1157 # 8 AWG 6 - 8

M8 Red 21 76.2 53.3 14.2 1.5 6.6 9.5 25.4 1.361 10

256-30695-1158 # 6 AWG 10 - 13

M8 Blue 24 74.4 49.0 15.0 1.5 7.6 9.5 25.4 1.588 50

256-30695-1159 # 4 AWG 20 - 25

M 8 Grey 27 79.5 50.3 15.0 2.3 9.4 9.5 25.4 2.177 10

54811 BE # 3-2 AWG 25 - 35

M12 Brown 29 108.7 76.2 22.4 2.8 10.4 12.7 44.5 6.577 10

54857 BE # 1 AWG 40

M12 Green 33 112.5 76.2 22.4 2.8 11.9 12.7 44.5 7.348 10

256-30695-593 1/0 AWG 50

M 12 Pink 37 110.0 76.2 19.1 3.3 13.2 15.9 44.5 5.897 5

54862 BE 2/0 AWG 70

M12 Black 42H 106.7 71.4 21.1 3.3 14.5 12.7 44.5 6.124 10

54864 BE 3/0 AWG 80 - 95

M12 Orange 45 113.8 76.2 23.9 3.3 16.0 12.7 44.5 7.802 10

54866 BE 4/0 AWG 100 - 120

M12 Violet 50 119.4 76.2 26.2 3.6 17.8 12.7 44.5 10.024 10

54868 BE 250 kcmil 125

M 12 Yellow 54H 125.0 76.2 28.7 3.6 19.6 12.7 44.5 11.567 10

54870 BE 300 kcmil 150

M 12 White 66 132.8 76.2 31.8 3.8 21.6 12.7 44.5 15.377 10

54872 BE 350 kcmil 170 - 185

M12 Red 71H 137.2 76.2 34.5 4.6 23.6 12.7 44.5 18.915 10

54874 BE 400 kcmil 200

M12 Blue 76/80 140.0 76.2 35.8 4.3 24.4 12.7 44.5 20.502 6

54876 BE 500 kcmil 250

M12 Brown 87H 152.4 76.2 40.9 5.6 27.9 12.7 44.5 31.797 6

54878 BE 600 kcmil 300

M12 Green 94H 148.1 76.2 44.5 6.1 30.5 12.7 44.5 37.798 6

54880 BE 750 kcmil 400

M12 Black 106H 157.5 76.2 49.3 6.9 33.8 12.7 44.5 47.854 6

For tooling see pages 391 to 395

For American cable and stud size conversion, see tables page 427

This represents a small part of the Color-Keyed

range, please contact your Sales Office for additional product information

Standard hand tool

Product Ref.: TBM25S

• Fixed die tool, with rotating head and 5 nests

•ForColor-Keyed®copper tube lugs and splices from:

6to35mm

•Shure-Stake™ mechanism

• Length: 220 mm

• Weight: 430 g

Crimping tools

391

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Product Ref.: TBM5-S

• Large hand tool with interchangeable dies

•ForColor-Keyed®copper tube lugs and splices from:

8 AWG to 250 kcmil (=8.4 to 126.7 mm2) in the case

of copper cables

• Incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once the pressing

has commenced, the tool can be re-opened only after successful

completion of the crimping cycle, ensuring a correct crimp every

time

• Furnished complete with carrying case and 5 installing dies

(Product Ref. 13454, 13455, 13456, 13457, 13458)

• Dies are colour-coded and die-code embossed

• Tool length: 650 mm approx.

• Tool weight: 3kg approx.

Die Product Ref. Nest identification Nest identification Copper wire size Copper wire size

colour-code die-code USA conversion to metric cross-section

[mm

]

Red 21 8 AWG 8.4

Blue 24 6 AWG 13.3

13454

Grey 29 4 AWG 21.1

Brown 33 2 AWG 33.6

Green 37 1AWG 42.4

Pink 42H 1/0 AWG 53.5

13455

Black 45 2/0 AWG 57.4

Orange 50 3/0 AWG 85.0

Violet 54H 4/0 AWG 107.2

13456

Yellow 60 250 kcmil 126.7

Note: 2 other dies (Product Ref. 13457 and Product Ref. 13458) are available, but for aluminium wire sizes only

Large hand tools

Crimping tools

Product Ref.: TBM5

• Same specifications as Product Ref. TBM5-S but does not incor-

porate the Shure-Stake™ mechanism

Dies for TBM5 and TBM5-S

• Multi-nest dies, to cover a wire size range from: 8 AWG to 250

kcmil (=8.4 to 126.7 mm2) in the case of copper cables

• Each nest is colour-coded and die-code embossed

TBM5 and TBM5S die selection chart

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Large hand tools

Product Ref.: TBM8S

• Large hand tool with interchangeable dies

•ForColor-Keyed®copper tube lugs and splices from:

8 AWG to 500 kcmil (= 8.4 to 253.4 mm2) in the case of copper

cables

• Incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once the pressing

has commenced, the tool can be re-opened only after successful

completion of the crimping cycle, ensuring a correct crimp every

time

• Furnished complete with carrying case and 8 installing dies

(Product ref. 13461, 13462, 13463, 13464, 13465, 13466,

13467, 13468)

• Dies are colour-coded and die-code embossed

• Tool length: 650 mm

• Weight: 9.3 kg

Product Ref.: TBM8

• Same specifications as Product Ref. TBM8S but does not incor-

porate the Shure-Stake™ mechanism

Dies for TBM8 and TBM8S

• Multi-nest dies, to cover a wire size range from: 8 AWG to

500 kcmil (= 8.4 to 253.4 mm2) in the case of copper cables

• Each nest is colour-coded and die-code embossed

Crimping tools

Die Product Ref. Nest identification Nest identification Copper wire size Copper wire size

colour-code die-code USA conversion to metric cross-section

[mm

]

Red 21 8 AWG 8.4

Blue 24 6 AWG 13.3

13461

Grey 29 4 AWG 21.1

Brown 33 2 AWG 33.6

Green 37 1AWG 42.4

Pink 42H 1/0 AWG 53.5

13462

Black 45 2/0 AWG 57.4

Orange 50 3/0 AWG 85.0

Violet 54H 4/0 AWG 107.2

13463

Yellow 60 250 kcmil 126.7

13465 White 66 300 kcmil 152.0

13466 Red 71H 350 kcmil 177.3

13467 Blue 76 400 kcmil 202.7

13468 Brown 87H 500 kcmil 253.4

Note: 1 other die (Product Ref. 13464) is available, but for aluminium wire sizes only

392

5.2

TBM8 and TBM8S die selection chart

Hydraulic tools

Product Ref.: TBM14M

• Self-contained hydraulic hand tool with colour-coded inter-

changeable dies

•ForColor-Keyed®copper tube lugs and splices from:

6 to 450 mm²

• Incorporates the Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once the pressing

has commenced, the tool can be re-opened only after successful

completion of the crimping cycle, ensuring a correct crimp every

time

• Swiveled “C”- shaped head rotates 180°

• Complete with carrying case

• Weight: 6.8kg

• Output pressure: 14 ton

Product Ref.: TBM15i

• Hydraulic tool head with interchangeable dies

•ForColor-Keyed®copper tube lugs and splices from:

6 to 500 mm2

• New longer, slimmer profile allows easier access into tight spaces

• Wider jaw opening eases crimping of larger connectors

• Available with an insulated head

• Supplied in a carrying case in steel

• Dies to be ordered separately

• Output Force: 15 tons (nominal)

• Operating Pressure: 10,000 psi (nominal) = 690 bar

• Tool weight: 7 kg (without dies)

Crimping tools

393

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Die Product Ref. Nest identification Nest identification Copper wire size Copper wire size

colour-code die-code USA conversion to metric cross-section

[mm

]

15520 Red 21 8 AWG 8.4

15522 Blue 24 6 AWG 13.3

15527-CK Grey 29 4 AWG 21.1

15528 Brown 33 2 AWG 33.6

15513-CK Green 37 1 AWG 42.4

15508 Pink 42H 1/0 AWG 53.5

15526 Black 45 2/0 AWG 57.4

15530 Orange 50 3/0 AWG 85.0

15511 Violet 54H 4/0 AWG 107.2

15510-CK Yellow 60 250 kcmil 126.7

15534 White 66 300 kcmil 152.0

15514-CK Red 71H 350 kcmil 177.3

15512 Blue 76 400 kcmil 202.7

15506 Brown 87H 500 kcmil 253.4

15611 Green 94H 600 kcmil 304.0

15505 Pink 99H 700 kcmil 354.7

15515-CK Black 106H 750 kcmil 380.0

15603 – 125H 1000 kcmil 506.7

TBM14M and TBM15i die selection chart

394

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Smart tools

Product Ref.: TBM8-750

•

Hydraulic remote tool head

•

For

aluminium

and

copper lugs

from the Color-Keyed®line

from 6 to 400 mm2

•

Operates on standard 10,000 psi (= 690 bar) hydraulic pumps

•

Length: 368 mm

•

Weight: 4kg

•

Output pressure: 12 ton

•

Coupler: Pioneer, female

Product Ref.: TBM8-750M-1

•

Self-contained hydraulic tool

•

For

aluminium

and

copper lugs

from the Color-Keyed®line

from 6 to 400 mm2

•

Length: 538 mm

•

Weight: 5.9kg

•

Output pressure: 12 ton

•

Operating pressure: 9800 psi = 676 bar

Crimping tools

• The SMART tools are designed to give you a uniform high quality

compression connection over a wide connector range

•

It easily installs copper and aluminium lugs from 6 mm2to

400 mm2without changing dies

•

With its built-in intelligence, the tool will sense the barrel

diameter and apply the correct amount of compression force

•

Die selection mistakes are virtually eliminated

•

The tool embosses a T&B mark on the connector for positive

verification that the correct tool was used

•

Tools are made from forged steel, suited to bench or fieldwork.

Their “C”-shaped heads, light weight and compact size make

them easy to use in almost any application

Tool and die selection chart

Crimping tools

395

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.2

Copper wire size Nest identification Nest TBM8 TBM5 TBM14M

USA Conversion to colour-code

identification

TBM8S TBM5-S TBM15i

metric cross-section die-code die product die product die product

[mm

] references references references

8 AWG 8.4 Red 21 13461 13454 15520

6 AWG 13.3 Blue 24 13461 13454 15522

4 AWG 21.1 Grey 29 13461 13454 15527-CK

2 AWG 33.6 Brown 33 13461 13454 15528

1 AWG 42.4 Green 37 13462 13455 15513-CK

1/0 AWG 53.5 Pink 42H 13462 13455 15508

2/0 AWG 57.4 Black 45 13462 13455 15526

3/0 AWG 85.0 Orange 50 13462 13455 15530

4/0 AWG 107.2 Violet 54H 13463 13456 15511

250 kcmil 126.7 Yellow 60 13463 13456 15510-CK

300 kcmil 152.0 White 66 13465 15534

350 kcmil 177.3 Red 71H 13466 15514-CK

400 kcmil 202.7 Blue 76 13467 15512

500 kcmil 253.4 Brown 87H 13468 15506

600 kcmil 304.0 Green 94H 15611

700 kcmil 354.7 Pink 99H 15505

750 kcmil 380.0 Black 106H 15515-CK

1000 kcmil 506.7 – 125H 15603

1500 kcmil 760.1 –

2000 kcmil 1013.4 Black

For American cable size conversion, see table page 427

Note: This table is based on sizes of copper cable. In the case of aluminium cables, the correspondence between the cable size and the connector colour

code (and therefore the appropriate die) may be different. Please contact your Sales Office for more information on the different possibilities of applications.

396

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Dragon Tooth®

Insulation piercing

connectors to splice,

tap and terminate

magnet wire

5.3

397

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

TERMINATION SYSTEMS

5.1 STA-KON®- CRIMP TERMINALS 338

5.2 COLOR-KEYED®- POWER CABLE CONNECTORS 382

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH®- MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS 396

Insulation piercing connectors 400

Overview 400

Splices 401

Ring terminals 408

Fork terminals 413

Disconnect terminals 414

Taps 416

Modular connectors 417

Washers 419

Crimping tools 420

Hand tools 420

Air-operated tools 421

Auto-feed tools for connectors on strip 422

Hydraulic tools 423

Connectors, tool and die selection chart 425

5.4 SHIELD-KON®- SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS 428

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Dragon Tooth®

The insulation

piercing connector

The Dragon Tooth®insulation piercing connectors for

magnet wire penetrate the insulation and oxide layers to

make a reliable electrical contact, eliminating the need for

stripping, brazing, welding or other methods of joining

magnet wire.

In the conventional methods, different techniques are used to

remove the insulating varnish: scratching, brushing, burning-off,

dissolving. These methods are all costly and time consuming, and

they generally lead to a risk of damage to the conductors and to

a risk of injury of the operator. Health and environmental conside-

rations can also be an issue.

398

399

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Dragon Tooth®

Insulation piercing connectors

to splice, tap and terminate

magnet wire

The tough, high temperature insulation on magnet wire used by

electrical motor and transformer manufacturers creates problems

in splicing and terminating. The durability of magnet wire insulation

has made dip-soldering or brazing extremely difficult without

stripping the insulation.

Another splicing and terminating challenge involves the use of

aluminium for magnet applications. A manufacturer connecting

aluminium magnet wire to copper is faced with the problem of

the different coefficients of thermal expansion of the two metals,

galvanic corrosion, cold flow and the rapid formation of oxide film

on the wire surface.

Thomas & Betts offer a solution for a highly reliable connection

method for magnet wire, which eliminates welding, no longer re-

quires removal of insulation and which can be installed in seconds.

No special operator skills are needed. The connector and matching

tooling do the entire job. To meet the essential requirements of

magnet wire connections, Thomas & Betts offer the insulation

piercing Dragon Tooth®compression connector.

The result is a gas-tight, permanent connection with an excep-

tionally low contact resistance, capable of maintaining contact

integrity throughout the life of the connection.

Dragon Tooth®connectors transform the perpendicular compres-

sion force, which would normally contribute to conductor creep,

into distributive forces that effectively resist cold flow.

These connectors are made of copper alloy, tin plated, with a

number of teeth on the inner surface. When the connector is

compressed onto an insulated magnet wire, the sharp hardened

teeth penetrate the insulation and the oxide and bite into the

conductor. An electrically sound, low-resistance connection is

established as a result of the combination of high pressures at the

tip and edges of the teeth and the sliding action between the

teeth and the conductor

400

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Overview

Thomas & Betts Dragon Tooth®connectors and installing tools are

designed to splice, tap and terminate copper magnet wire from

32 AWG to 460,000 CMA (0,03 to 120 mm2) and aluminium

magnet wire from 20 AWG to 460,000 CMA (0,5 to 120 mm2)in

motor and transformer applications.

• Can be installed in seconds

• Requires minimal training for installation.

• Made of copper alloy, tin plated, with a number of teeth on the

inner surface

• Splices and taps have an open side permitting easy access to wire

and makes internal coil tapping possible (mid-span tapping and

splicing)

• For aluminium to copper, aluminium to aluminium, or copper to

copper magnet wire connections

• Ring terminals with bolt holes to accommodate M3 through M12

studs

• Male and female 6.35 mm x 0.8 mm disconnects

• Splices and fork terminals accommodate wire sizes 24 AWG

(0.21 mm2)to12AWG(3.3mm

2) in a variety of combinations,

including combining magnet wire with stripped wire lead.

For solid or stranded wire 20 AWG (0.52 mm2) to 4/0 AWG

(107.2 mm2)

• Larger connectors accommodate circular mil range from 50,000

to 460,000 CMA (25 to 120 mm2)

• Transition washers with teeth to penetrate aluminium and copper

oxides, enabling copper to aluminium connections to be made in

a bolted joint without the use of inhibiting compounds

Transition washers also accommodate the difference in thermal

expansion between copper and aluminium, and enhance the

efficiency of bolted grounding connections

• Connector and matching tooling do the entire job

How to select a connector

1. Define the total cross-section (CMA) of the conductors

2. In the Ordering Information tables, refer to either Round Wire

column, or Rectangular column, depending on the type you are

using, and check any limitations, (such as max. wire i.e.

width/height). If there are limitations, you may have to make a

selection from next larger size.

3. Select the appropriate tool and die

Formula for calculating Circular Mil Area (CMA)

For square or rectangular wire:

Thickness x Width x 1.273 x 106= CMA (for dimensions in inch)

Thickness x Width x 1.973 x 103= CMA (for dimensions in mm)

For round wire:

Diameter2x10

6= CMA (for diameter in inch)

Diameter2x1.55x10

3= CMA (for diameter in mm)

Insulation piercing connectors

Splice

Parallel Splice

Tap

Termination

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

401

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

220004 4.7 2.8 0.8 0.23 - 0.87 0.20 - 1.00** – – 13676A

220001 8.7 4.4 2.4 0.64 - 3.30 0.40 - 1.45** 0.60 - 1.00 0.60 - 2.30 13678

220006 11.9 6.4 2.4 1.30 - 6.24 1.30 - 2.05 1.30 - 2.05 1.30 - 4.10 13696

220002-TB 8.7 6.4 2.4 1.00 - 3.30 0.50 - 1.40** 0.50 - 1.00 0.50 - 2.30 13679

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** Not recommended for aluminium magnet wire finer than 0.4 mm

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

402

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width Hand Power

min - max min - max min - max tool tool***

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

22L004 3.8 2.8 1.3 0.23 - 0.87 0.20 - 1.00** – – ERG1804

22L001 8.1 4.1 2.5 0.20 - 2.10 0.50 - 1.45** 0.50 - 1.25 0.50 - 2.50 ERG1801

11903A

22L002 8.1 6.4 2.5 1.00 - 3.30 0.50 - 1.40** 0.50 - 1.25 0.50 - 2.80 ERG1802

11904A

22L006 11.5 6.4 3.3 1.30 - 6.24 1.30 - 2.05 1.30 - 1.50 1.30 - 4.10 ERG1806

13500

22L008 17.8 12.7 3.8 6.50 - 15.50 1.00 - 1.30 1.00 - 1.60 1.60 - 9.53 – 13100A, 13400

22L009 17.8 14 5.6 18.30 - 43.60 1.30 - 2.58 2.00 - 4.60 2.00 - 9.50 – TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** Not recommended for aluminium magnet wire finer than 0.4 mm

*** Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

403

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

E9809

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

210214S 15.9 9.5 4.3 2.00 - 10.52 1.63 (a) - 2.58 2.00 - 2.30 2.00 - 4.57 13100A, 13400

204210S 17.5 13.5 6.3 5.20 - 26.60 2.05 (b) - 6.54 (c) 2.50 - 4.10 2.50 - 6.35 TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

(a) Four wires max

(b) Six wires max

(c) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and sizes of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9800 PSI minimum

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

404

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

min-max min-max min-max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

204210SH 17.5 13.5 11.9 (5.20 - 26.60) x2 2.05 (a) - 6.5 (b) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6 13100A, 13400

TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

(a) Six wires max each barrel

(b) Conductors larger than 13 mm

require special dies

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

405

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

22L009H 17.8 13.8 9.7 (18.25 - 33.5) x 2 1.3 - 4.6 2.0 - 4.5 2.0 - 9.7 13100A, 13400

TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size Thickness Width

min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm]

220015 38.1 22.5 (a) 25 - 58 2.5 - 4.4 7.6 - 15.9 13100A

220019** 38.1 22.5 (a) 55 - 88 4.4 - 8.3 7.6 - 15.9 TBM15i

220023 44.5 22.5 (a) 55 - 115 4.4 - 8.3 7.6 - 15.9

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** Not UL recognised

(a) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and sizes of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9.800 psi min.

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

5.3

406

Splices

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

407

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

314118S 16.0 9.7 3.3 1.65 - 6.25 1.45 - 1.83 1.27 - 1.52 1.27 - 4.57 13100A, 13400,

TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size Thickness Width

min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm]

220016 79.5 22.5 (a) (25.0 - 58.0) x 2 2.5 - 4.4 7.6 - 15.9 13100A

220020 79.5 22.5 (a) (55.0 - 88.6) x 2 2.5 - 4.4 7.6 - 15.9 TBM15i

220024 92.2 22.5 (a) (55.0 - 116.0) x 2 2.5 - 4.4 7.6 - 15.9

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications.

Connectors may be suitable for other wire sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with

the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability for the intended purpose.

E9809

(a) Crimping dies may not bottom

Connector height will depend on number and sizes of wires in barrel

Pump must deliver 9800 PSI minimum

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Splices

Insulation piercing connectors

408

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Ring terminals

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

size** min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

210219 8 9.5 14.3 31.0 10.3 4.3 2.1 - 10.5 1.63 (a) - 2.58 2.0 - 2.3 2.0 - 4.5

210217 10 9.5 14.3 31.0 10.3 4.3 2.1 - 10.5 1.63 (a) - 2.58 2.0 - 2.3 2.0 - 4.5

210216

9.5 14.3 31.0 10.3 4.3 2.1 - 10.5 1.63 (a) - 2.58 2.0 - 2.3 2.0 - 4.5 13100A

204217 10 13.5 15.5 40.1 12.7 6.4 5.2 - 26.6 2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.35 13400

204212

13.5 15.5 40.1 12.7 6.4 5.2 - 26.6 2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.35 TBM15i

314125*** 10 9.7 14.2 31.0 10.3 6.9 1.7 - 6.2 1.45 - 1.83 1.27 - 1.52 1.27 - 4.57

314123***

9.7 14.2 35.7 10.3 6.9 1.7 - 6.2 1.45 - 1.83 1.27 - 1.52 1.27 - 4.57

(a) Four wires max

(b) Six wires max

require special dies

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

*** Not UL recognised

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

E9809

Ring terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

409

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

E9809

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

size** min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

210214-1

9.5 14.3 35.7 17.5 4.3 2.0 - 10.5 1.6 (a) - 2.58 2.0 - 2.3 2.0 - 4.6

210214-2

9.5 14.3 35.7 17.5 4.3 2.0 - 10.5 1.6 (a) - 2.58 2.0 - 2.3 2.0 - 4.6

210214-3

9.5 14.3 35.7 17.5 4.3 2.0 - 10.5 1.6 (a) - 2.58 2.0 - 2.3 2.0 - 4.6 13100A

204210-1

13.5 15.5 40.1 20.6 6.3 5.2 - 26.6 2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6 13400

204210-2

13.5 15.5 40.1 20.6 6.3 5.2 - 26.6 2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6 TBM15i

204210-3

13.5 15.5 40.1 20.6 6.3 5.2 - 26.6 2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6

204210-5

13.5 15.5 40.1 20.6 6.3 5.2 - 26.6 2.05 (b) - 6.5 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6

(a) Four wires max

(b) Six wires max

require special dies

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

410

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Ring terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

size** min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

204210-1H

13.5 15.5 40.1 20.6 11.9 (5.2 - 26.6) x 2 2.05 (b) - 6.54 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6 13100A,13400

204210-3H

13.5 15.5 40.1 20.6 11.9 (5.2 - 26.6) x 2 2.05 (b) - 6.54 (c) 2.5 - 4.1 2.5 - 6.6 TBM15i

(b) Six wires max

require special dies

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

Ring terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

411

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud size** A B C D E* wire size Thickness Width

min-max min-max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm]

220017

22.4 38.1 70.1 26.9 (a) 25.3 - 58.2 2.5 - 4.4 7.6 - 15.9

220018

22.4 38.1 70.1 26.9 (a) 25.3 - 58.2 2.5 - 4.4 7.6 - 15.9

220021 (b)

22.4 38.1 70.1 26.9 (a) 55.7 - 88.7 4.4 - 6.4 7.6 - 15.9 13100A

220022 (b)

22.4 38.1 70.1 26.9 (a) 55.7 - 88.7 4.4 - 6.4 7.6 - 15.9 TBM15i

220025

22.4 38.1 70.1 26.9 (a) 55.7 - 116.8 4.4 - 8.3 7.6 - 15.9

220026

22.4 38.1 70.1 26.9 (a) 55.7 - 116.8 4.4 - 8.3 7.6 - 15.9

(a) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and size of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9.800 psi min.

(b) Not UL approved

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

412

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Ring terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud size** A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width Hand Power

min - max min - max min - max tool tool

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

22R061 6 4.1 8.1 19.8 7.6 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.51 - 1.45 (a) 0.51 - 1.27 0.51 - 2.54

22R081 8 4.1 8.1 19.8 7.6 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.51 - 1.45 (a) 0.51 - 1.27 0.51 - 2.54 ERG1801 11903A

22R101 10 4.1 8.1 19.8 7.6 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.51 - 1.45 (a) 0.51 - 1.27 0.51 - 2.54 11904A

22R086 8 6.4 11.5 23.1 7.6 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.27 - 4.06 ERG1806 13500

22R106 10 6.4 11.5 23.1 7.6 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.27 - 4.06

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging (a) 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion rectangular wire size, copper only

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud size** A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width Hand Power

min - max min - max min - max tool tool

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

11903A

22R146

6.4 11.5 24.2 10.7 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.27 - 4.06 ERG1806 11904A

13500

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

Ring terminals

Insulation piercing connectors

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Fork terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

413

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud size** A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width Hand Power

min - max min - max min - max tool tool

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

22F061 6 4.1 8.1 19.8 7.6 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.51 - 1.45 (a) 0.51 - 1.27 0.51 - 2.54

22F081 8 4.1 8.1 19.8 7.6 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.51 - 1.45 (a) 0.51 - 1.27 0.51 - 2.54 ERG1801 11903A

22F101 10 4.1 8.1 19.8 7.6 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.51 - 1.45 (a) 0.51 - 1.27 0.51 - 2.54 11904A

22F066 6 6.4 11.4 23.1 7.6 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.27 - 4.06 13500

22F086 8 6.4 11.4 23.1 7.6 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.27 - 4.06 ERG1806

22F106 10 6.4 11.4 23.1 7.6 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.27 - 4.06

(a) 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent rectangular wire size, copper only

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

414

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Disconnect terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. Male tab Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

size A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width Hand Power

min - max min - max min - max tool tool

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

11903A,

22LM01*** 6.35 x 0.8 4.1 8.1 19.3 6.4 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.50 - 1.45*** 0.51 - 1.27 0.5 - 2.5 ERG1801 11904A

22LM06 6.35 x 0.8 6.4 11.5 23.0 6.4 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.3 - 4.1 ERG1806 13500

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

*** 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent wire size, copper only

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

Disconnect terminals

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

415

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. For male Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

tab

size A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width Hand Power

min - max min - max min - max tool tool

[mm x mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

11903A

22LF01*** 6.35 x 0.8 4.1 8.1 20.1 6.4 2.5 0.2 - 2.1 0.50 - 1.45*** 0.51 - 1.27 0.5 - 2.5 ERG1801 11904A

22LF06 6.35 x 0.8 6.4 11.5 23.0 6.4 3.3 1.3 - 6.2 1.29 - 2.05 1.27 - 2.03 1.3 - 4.1 ERG1806 13500

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

*** 0.51 - 0.64 mm diameter and equivalent wire size, copper only

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

416

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Taps

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

E9809

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

Stud size** A B C D E* wire size wire range Thickness Width

min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

204T14

41.2 31.0 17.8 12.7 5.6 5.2 - 26.6 2.58 - 4.1 2.3 - 2.9 2.3 - 8.1 13100A

204T38

41.2 31.0 17.8 12.7 5.6 5.2 - 26.6 2.58 - 4.1 2.3 - 2.9 2.3 - 8.1 TBM15i

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

** USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

Modular connectors

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

417

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

E9809

Product Ref. Dimensions Combined Round Rectangular wire range Tooling

A D E* wire size** wire range Thickness Width

min - max min - max min - max

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm

] [mm] [mm] [mm]

2.0 - 3.8 (upper half) 2.0 - 12.4 (upper half) 13100A

210214MT 16.0 19.1 (a) 10.1 - 53.2 1.8 - 4.62 6.4 max. (lower half) 19.1 max. (lower half) 13400, TBM15i

2.5 - 6.8 (upper half) 2.5 - 23.4 (upper half)

204210MT 23.8 26.2 (a) 45.6 - 108.9 2.6 - 5.84 6.4 max. (lower half) 26.2 max. (lower half) 13400

* Reference dimension (crimped height): see installing die illustration for gauging

(a) Crimping dies may not bottom. Connector height will depend on number and size of wires in barrel. Pump must deliver 9.800 psi min.

** combined wire size is for the whole connector (including upper half and lower half)

Use selection chart to determine appropriate die set (pages 425 and 426)

Pages 420 to 424 for tooling specifications

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

418

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Modular connectors

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

Product Ref. USA Dimensions Description

Stud size* A B1 B2 C1 C2 D E

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

210MT14

25.4 36.3 52.1 15.9 20.6 - 2.0 Screw-on clip for connectors 210214MT

210MT38

25.4 36.3 52.1 15.9 20.6 - 2.0 Screw-on clip for connectors 210214MT

204MT14

25.4 36.8 55.4 23.2 23.2 28.6 2.5 Screw-on clip for connectors 204210MT

204MT38

25.4 36.8 55.4 23.2 23.2 28.6 2.5 Screw-on clip for connectors 204210MT

* USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

NOTE: Wire sizes and combinations shown have been tested to and meet or exceed Thomas & Betts specifications. Connectors may be suitable for other wire

sizes or combinations. Thomas & Betts sells these connectors with the understanding that the user will perform necessary tests to determine their suitability

for the intended purpose.

E9809

210MT14

210MT38

204MT14

204MT38

Washers

Teeth on the transition washers penetrate aluminium and copper

oxides, enabling copper to aluminium connections to be made in a

bolted joint without the use of inhibiting compounds. Transition

washers also accommodate the difference in thermal expansion

between copper and aluminium, and enhance the efficiency of

bolted grounding connections.

Technical Information

Material Copper alloy

Plating Tin plated

Colour Metallic

Insulation piercing connectors

419

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. USA stud size* Metric equivalent stud size A B Recommended installing torque

[mm] [mm] [Nm]

FPW14

M6 6.9 17.3 5.5 - 9

FPW516

M8 8.6 25.4 14 - 18

FPW38

M10 10.9 25.4 18 - 27

FPW12

M14 14.2 31.8 44 - 61

FPW58

M16 17.3 35.6 61 - 82.5

* USA stud size: see page 427 for metric conversion

Plain steel washer

Lug or bus bar

Steel bolt & nut

Transition washer

Lugorbusbar

420

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Hand tools

These manually operated tools are suitable for prototyping and limited

production usage. They are equipped with a Shure-Stake™ mecha-

nism, which requires full closure of the dies before release. Appro-

priate to crimp butt splices, parallel splices, taps and terminations.

Dies are self-contained.

Product Ref. ERG811 and ERG18XX series

• Ergonomic fixed die tool

• Incorporates the ergonomically designed Comfort Crimp™ tool

handles which distribute the force more evenly across the hand

• Shure-Stake™ mechanism ensures a complete crimp cycle before

the tool releases

• Rubberised thermoplastic handles combine maximum friction

with a soft, comfortable feel that reduces muscle tension

• Two-piece movable die nest provides easy connector removal

Crimping tools

Product Ref. Tool gauging Connector

[mm]

ERG1801 1.75 max. 22,F,L,R-1 Series

ERG1802 1.93 max. 22L002

ERG1804 0.86 max. 22L004

ERG1806 2.41 max. 22,F,L,R-6 Series

ERG811 2.62 max. 214420

Air-operated tools

Product Ref. 11903A and 11904A

This pneumatic operated hydraulic crimping tool is available in hand

or foot actuated models, with open “C” yoke design.

• The 3 interchangeable dies can crimp the 22xxx1, 22xxx2 and

22xxx6 series terminals and need to be ordered separately

•Product Ref. 11903A: hand-actuated tool (also requires one

Product Ref. 11913 air hose).

•Product Ref. 11904A: foot-actuated tool (also requires two

Product Ref. 11913 air hoses and one Product Ref. 11930 foot

valve).

•

Material: Steel with backed enamel paint finish

•

Overall length: 276 mm

•

Diameter: 57 mm

•

Operating Pressure: 90 - 100 PSI (6.2-6.9 bar)

•

Weight: 1.4 kg

Accessories

•Product Ref. 11913: 2.43 m long air hose with 1/4 NPT male &

female fittings

•Product Ref. 11930: foot valve for 11904A

Product Ref.: 13500

• Heavy-duty air operated tool installs a wide range of

Dragon Tooth®connectors.

• High-speed installation

• 3 interchangeable dies to be ordered separately

• Bench mounted for stability and operator control

• Compact size, all metallic construction

• Includes hoses, foot pedal and air treatment system

• Equipped with Shure-Stake™ mechanism ensuring full crimp

cycle before release

•

Height: 305 mm

•

Base: 203 mm x 203 mm

•

Weight: 7.7 kg

•

Operating Pressure: (85 - 90 PSI) 5.9-6.2 bar

11903A, 11904A and 13500 die selection chart

Crimping tools

421

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Product Ref. Colour code Connector Die gauge

max. min.

[mm] [mm]

13201 Pink 22XXX1 SERIES 1.68 1.57

13202 Brown 22XXX2 SERIES 1.83 1.73

13206 Yellow 22XXX6 SERIES 2.29 2.18

422

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Auto-feed tools for connectors on strip

Pneumatic bench mounted foot operated tool for crimping copper

or aluminium magnet wire and copper lead wire, not solder dipped

or bonded.

• Operates on min. 85 psi, 6.0 bar air supply

• Foot pedal contains T&B Shure-Stake™ control mechanism which

ensures a full compression each time

• Insulation piercing connectors are fed on a continuous reel

mounted strip

• Dies are self-contained. Includes foot valve, hoses and air treat-

ment system

Crimping tools

Product Ref. Connector Connector Tool Tool Tool Tool

product ref. qty per reel weight width depth height

[kg] [mm] [mm] [mm]

13676A 220004 9000 8.6 127 356 279

13678 220001 3000 12.7 152 457 356

13679 220002-TB 3000 12.7 152 457 356

13696 220006 2500 14.5 152 457 406

See page 401 for more information about the connectors on strip.

Hydraulic tools

Product Ref.: 13100A

• 14 Ton hydraulic head

• Output: 14 tons (nominal)

• Hydraulic operating pressure: 10,000 psi max., 690 bar

• Length (with coupling): 292 mm

• Width: 108 mm

• Weight (without dies): 4.5 kg

• Dies delivered separately

Product Ref.: TBM15i

• 15 Ton hydraulic head

• New longer, slimmer profile allows easier access into tight spaces

• Wider jaw opening eases crimping of larger connectors

• Available with an insulated head

• Supplied in a carrying case in steel

• Output force: 15 tons (nominal)

• Operating pressure: 10,000 psi (nominal), 690 bar

• Weight: 7 kg (without dies)

• Dies delivered separately

Installing dies for 13100A and TBM15i tool heads

• Material: alloy steel

• For the TBM15i, the 15500TB adapter is required

• The die Nr 13713 is for the TBM15i tool head only

(no adapter required)

• The die Nr 13713B is for the 13100A tool head only

13100A and TBM15i die selection chart

Crimping tools

423

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

15500-TB Adapter

13713

TBM15i

Product Ref. Colour For Gauge Gauge

code connector max. min.

[mm] [mm]

13670B Red 210xxx series 4.42 4.11

13671B Blue 204xxx series 6.25 5.94

13673B Green 204xxxH series 11.94 11.79

13681B Yellow 210214MT 4.47 4.17

13683B White 22L008 2.84 2.46

13684B Yellow 22L009 4.93 4.55

13686B Orange 22L009H 9.50 9.12

13689B Purple 204Txx series 5.18 4.80

13713 220015 to 220026 2.79 2.03

13713B 220015 to 220026 2.92 2.16

13670B, 13671B, 13673B 13681B 13683B, 13684B, 13686B 13689B 13713 13713B

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Hydraulic tools

Product Ref.: 13400

• 12 Ton hydraulic head

• Output: 12 tons (nominal)

• Hydraulic operating pressure: 10.000 psi max., 690 bar

• Length (with coupling): 368 mm

• Width:84mm

• Weight (without dies): 6.8 kg

• Dies delivered separately

Installing dies for 13400

• Material: alloy steel

Crimping tools

Product Colour For Gauge Gauge

Ref. code connector max. min.

[mm] [mm]

13670A Red 210xxx series 4.42 4.11

13671A Blue 204xxx series 6.25 5.94

13673 Green 204xxxH series 11.94 11.79

13681 Yellow 210214MT 4.47 4.17

13682 Brown 204210MT 7.65 7.34

13683 White 22L008 A: 2.74 A: 2.59

B: 3.10 B: 2.90

13684 Yellow 22L009 4.83 4.65

13685 Black 314xxx series 3.45 3.15

13686 Orange 22L009H 9.37 9.22

13686

13670A, 13671A, 13673,

13683, 13684, 13685

13681, 13682

424

13400 die selection chart

Connectors, tool and die selection chart

Crimping tools

425

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Hand tools Pneumatic tools Auto-feed tool for 14 ton 12 ton 15 ton

(fixed die) 11903A, 11904A magnet wire on hydraulic head hydraulic head hydraulic head

13500 strip 13100A 13400 TBM15i

TERMINALS TOOL DIE TOOL DIE DIE DIE + ADAPTOR

204210MT – – – – 13682 –

204210S – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204210SH – – – 13673B 13673 13673B with 15500TB

204210-1 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204210-1H – – – 13673B 13673 13673B with 15500TB

204210-2 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204210-3 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204210-3H – – – 13673B 13673 13673B with 15500TB

204201-5 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204211 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204212 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204217 – – – 13671B 13671A 13671B with 15500TB

204MT14 – – – – – –

204MT38 – – – – – –

204T14 – – – 13689B – 13689B with 15500TB

204T38 – – – 13689B – 13689B with 15500TB

210214MT – – – 13681B 13681 13681B with 15500TB

210214S – – – 13670B 13670A 13670B with 15500TB

210214-2 – – – 13670B 13670A 13670B with 15500TB

210214-3 – – – 13670B 13670A 13670B with 15500TB

210216 – – – 13670B 13670A 13670B with 15500TB

210217 – – – 13670B 13670A 13670B with 15500TB

210219 – – – 13670B 13670A 13670B with 15500TB

210MT14 – – – – – –

210MT38 – – – – – –

214420 ERG811 11956 – – – –

220001 – – 13678 – – –

220002-TB – – 13679 – – –

220004 – – 13676A – – –

220006 – – 13696 – – –

220015 – – – 13713B – 13713

220016 – – – 13713B – 13713

220017 – – – 13713B – 13713

220018 – – – 13713B – 13713

220019 – – – 13713B – 13713

220020 – – – 13713B – 13713

220021 – – – 13713B – 13713

220022 – – – 13713B – 13713

220023 – – – 13713B – 13713

220024 – – – 13713B – 13713

220025 – – – 13713B – 13713

220026 – – – 13713B – 13713

(continued on next page)

426

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.3

Connectors, tool and die selection chart

Crimping tools

Hand tools Pneumatic tools Auto-feed tool for 14 ton 12 ton 15 ton

(fixed die) 11903A, 11904A magnet wire on hydraulic head hydraulic head hydraulic head

13500 strip 13100A 13400 TBM15i

TERMINALS TOOL DIE TOOL DIE DIE DIE + ADAPTOR

22F061 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22F066 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22F081 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22F086 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22F101 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22F106 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22L001 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22L002 ERG1802 13202 – – – –

22L004 ERG1804 – – – – –

22L006 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22L008 – – – 13683B 13683 13683B with 15500TB

22L009 – – – 13684B 13684 13684B with 15500TB

22L009H – – – 13686B 13686 13686B with 15500TB

22LF01 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22LF06 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22LM01 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22LM06 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22R061 ERG1801 13201 – – – –

22R106 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

22R146 ERG1806 13206 – – – –

314118S – – – 13685B 13685 13685B with 15500TB

314123 – – – 13685B 13685 13685B with 15500TB

314125 – – – 13685B 13685 13685B with 15500TB

Unit conversion tables

AWG round wire size to diameter and cross-section

Crimping tools

427

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Wire size Nominal Nominal Cross- CMA

AWG diameter diameter section circular mils

[inch] [mm] [mm

] [cmil]

4/0 0.4600 11.684 107.219 211600

3/0 0.4096 10.404 85.011 167800

2/0 0.3648 9.266 67.432 133100

1/0 0.3249 8.252 53.488 105600

1 0.2893 7.348 42.409 83690

2 0.2576 6.543 33.624 66360

3 0.2294 5.827 26.655 52620

4 0.2043 5.189 21.149 41740

5 0.1819 4.620 16.766 33090

6 0.1620 4.115 13.289 26240

7 0.1443 3.665 10.551 20820

8 0.1285 3.264 8.387 16510

9 0.1144 2.906 6.632 13090

10 0.1019 2.588 5.262 10380

11 0.0907 2.304 4.168 8230

12 0.0808 2.052 3.308 6530

13 0.0720 1.829 2.627 5180

14 0.0641 1.628 2.082 4110

Wire size Nominal Nominal Cross- CMA

AWG diameter diameter section circular mils

[inch] [mm] [mm

] [cmil]

15 0.0571 1.450 1.652 3260

16 0.0508 1.290 1.308 2580

17 0.0453 1.151 1.040 2050

18 0.0403 1.024 0.823 1620

19 0.0359 0.912 0.653 1290

20 0.0320 0.813 0.519 1020

21 0.0285 0.724 0.412 812

22 0.0253 0.643 0.324 640

23 0.0226 0.574 0.259 511

24 0.0201 0.511 0.205 404

25 0.0179 0.455 0.162 320

26 0.0159 0.404 0.128 253

27 0.0142 0.361 0.104 202

28 0.0126 0.320 0.080 159

29 0.0113 0.287 0.065 128

30 0.0100 0.254 0.051 100

31 0.0089 0.226 0.040 79

32 0.0080 0.203 0.032 64

American bolt sizes

US Min. hole diameter Matching bolt in

Bolt size [mm] [inch] metric size

2 2.337 0.092 M2

4 2.946 0.116 M2.5

6 3.632 0.143 M3

8 4.292 0.169 M4

10 4.978 0.196 M4

1/4 6.655 0.262 M6

5/16 8.204 0.323 M8

3/8 9.855 0.388 M8

7/16 11.506 0.453 M10

1/2 13.106 0.516 M12

5/8 16.510 0.650 M16

3/4 19.685 0.775 M18

5.3

AWG = American Wire Gauge

1inch

= 645.16 mm

1mm

= 0.00155 inch

1mm

= 1973.51 cmil

1inch

= 1 273 230 cmil

1 cmil = 1 circular mil = 0.0005067 mm

1 kcmil = 1000 cmil = 0.5067 mm

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

Shield-Kon®

Solderless connectors

for grounding shielded

and coaxial cables

428

5.4

429

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

TERMINATION SYSTEMS

5.1 STA-KON®- CRIMP TERMINALS 338

5.2 COLOR-KEYED®- POWER CABLE CONNECTORS 382

5.3 DRAGON TOOTH®- MAGNET WIRE TERMINALS 396

5.4 SHIELD-KON®- SHIELDED CABLE CONNECTORS 428

One-piece connector 432

Installation methods and procedures 432

Connectors 433

Selection gauge 434

Accessories: the RSK-FLAG connectors 434

Ergonomic hand tools 435

Two-piece connectors - Hexagonal Range 436

Installation methods 437

Connector and die selection 438

Tooling 439

Two-piece connectors - Circular Range 442

Installation method 442

Connector and die selection 443

Tooling 444

430

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Shield-Kon®, the Shield

termination solution

The Shield-Kon®solution from Thomas & Betts involves a

crimp technique for shield termination on shielded cables,

with a proven reliability that has led to a specification for

the aeronautical and space technology industry and for

military applications (MIL-F-21608).

Wherever shielded cables and wires are fitted, there is the problem

of finding a permanent, repeatable, safe and quick connection of

the braided shield.

Conventional connection methods use soldering, which is more

time-consuming and more expensive, and can often result in

damage to the dielectric or to the internal shield conductor

caused by heat. Moreover, the use of lead-based soldering methods

can be in conflict with the latest European regulations.

431

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

The reliability of Shield-Kon®

terminals has led to a specification

for the aeronautical and

space technology industry and

for military applications

(MIL-F-21608).

Thomas & Betts offer two solutions:

The one-piece Shield-Kon®connector, which is wrapped

around the shield during the crimping process.

This solderless, wraparound connector terminates shielded cable

in seconds with uniform precision. It’s particularly well suited for

production work in aircraft, aerospace, and electronic industries

where size and weight are of importance.

Once crimped, it provides a compact, lightweight, low-resistance,

high-strength connection, which meets and exceeds the per-

formance requirements of MIL-F-21608.

The connector works equally well on braided, wrapped, or foil

shields and has the added advantage of being able to be used as

a mid-span termination.

Only four sizes, which can be easily identified by the colour of

their insulation, are needed to cover a range of shielding diameters

from 1.27 mm to 7.62 mm.

The two-piece Shield-Kon®connector, which consists of two

sleeves, between which the shielded braid and the drain

wire are compressed.

The Shield-Kon®two-piece shield termination system consists of

two cylindrical sleeves: an inner sleeve with a smaller diameter,

and an outer sleeve that has a larger diameter but is shorter and

less hard than the inner sleeve. All inner and outer sleeves are

colour-coded according to their size.

The conductors of the cable are inserted through the inner sleeve,

whereas the shield (braided or foiled) and the drain wire are

inserted between the two sleeves. The crimp operation is done

by compressing the outer sleeve with a tool, while the inner sleeve

ensures a mechanical protection to the inner conductors.

432

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Installation methods and procedure

One-piece connector

Step 2

Select the appropriate connector

according to the size of the

shielded cable (see page 433).

Place the drain wire around the

trap hook and the shielded wire

into the bottom of the connector.

When inserting the shielded cable and grounding wire, care must be

taken to ensure that their insulation is overlapped by the connector’s

Polyester insulation film.

100% insulation is possible after crimping when the stripped length of

outer jacket (visible shielding) is 11 mm maximum.

If there is no common

dielectric for several interior

cables but the gaps are

filled by textile threads or

something similar, care

should be taken to ensure

that the insulating thickness of the individual cables is not less than

0.38 mm for PVC, and not less than 0.25 mm for Teflon. If this

insulation thickness falls below this value, fold-back method 1

should be used.

Mid-Span method

Insulation

Shield Cable

Insulation

Shield Cable

11 mm

Insulation

Shield Cable

Insulation

Shield

Cable

Standard method

Fold-back method 1

Fold-back method 2

Allows installation anywhere

along the cable.

Use the standard method

when the shielded cable or

the inner conductors are

embedded in a dielectric.

Fold-back method 2 should

be used if the cable shield is

applied spirally or if a foil

shield is being used.

Step 1

Prepare shielded wire and drain

wire insulation as shown.

If two earth wires are required in a

Shield-Kon

connection, twist

both conductors before insertion

into the connector.

Shield Conductors

Jacket 11 mm

Insulation

Butt insulating jackets against metal edge

Connector opening faces away from tool

Installation methods Installation procedures

Step 3

Select the appropriate die set for

the crimp tool, according to the

size of the shielded cable (see page

435) and mount the dies on the

tool. Insert the connector (with the

shielded cable and the drain wire)

between the dies of the tool.

Squeeze the tool handles firmly to

crimp the connector around the

shielding and the drain wire.

Connectors

• Compact, low profile connector

• One piece “Wrap-around” design

• Inventory savings: only 4 sizes

• Transparent insulation, easily inspected

• MIL specified MIL-F-21608, industry approved technology

• NO HEAT OR POWER REQUIRED to install

• No damage to inner conductor

• Less installation time required

• Uniform, precise connection every time

• Low installed cost

• Mid-span termination possible, eliminating the need to demount

a cable already installed

Technical Information

Material Copper, conform to CDA No. 110

Plating Tin, electro-plated (thickness 3 to 8 m),

in accordance with MIL-T-10727A

Insulation Polyester film, colour coded for size

identification

Temperature -65°C to +125°C

MIL-F-21608 specifications

Voltage drop 9 mV max. at 1 Ampere after environmen-

tal exposure

Insulation 500 VRMS at 60 Hz for one minute

dielectric strength

Corrosion resistance 48 hours in 5% salt fog

Pullout strength 67 N min. with 0.25 mm

drain wire and

85N min. with 0.5 mm² drain wire

Vibration 0.76 mm double amplitude between 10

and 55Hz for 6 hours on each of two axis

One-piece connector

433

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

15.0-16.3mm

2.8 mm 2.8 mm

Ground wire

trap

Insulation

Product Ref. Colour Shield diameter Acceptable drain Quantity Installation

range wire size** tool*

[mm] [pieces]

RSK101 1000

Red 1.27 - 2.28 1 or 2 pieces 0.25mm

RSK5101 100

RSK201 1000

Blue 2.29 - 3.65 1 or 2 pieces 0.25mm

RSK5201 or 1 piece 0.5mm

100 ERG740

RSK301 1000

Yellow 3.66 - 5.12 1 or 2 pieces 0.25mm

RSK5301 or 1 piece 0.5mm

100

RSK401 500

Green 5.13 - 7.62 1 or 2 pieces 0.5mm

RSK5401 or 1 piece 0.75mm

100

(*) See page 435 for tooling specifications and for die selection

(**) Alternatively, a special accessory (RSK-flag) can be used in place of the drain wire, with the yellow and the green connectors

434

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Selection gauge

Product Ref.: RSK-LEHRE

The choice of the appropriate connector and die set mainly depends on

the size of the shielded cable.

The selection can be done very quickly with the RSK-LEHRE gauge.

1. Remove the outer jacket from the shielded cable, making the shield-

ing visible

2. Insert this stripped end of the cable into the slots located around the

gauge. The correct slot will be found when the cable can slide only

in the upper part of the slot. If the cable can slide completely to the

bottom of the slot, you should try with the smaller adjacent slot.

3. Once the appropriate slot is found, the corresponding RSK connec-

tor is defined by the colour of the strip around the slot, whereas the

corresponding die set is given by the number marked below the slot

(add prefix “D” to this number)

4. The table on page 433 summarises the different combinations of

connector / die set, as well as the size of drain wire that can be used

One-piece connector

• The RSK-FLAG connector is inserted into the one-piece Shield-Kon

connector and replaces the drain-wire

• Easy & direct connection of the RSK-FLAG to a piece of earthed

equipment thanks to the installation hole

• Available in 3 sizes of hole

• To be used with the RSK-301 (yellow) or RSK-401 (green) connectors

• Material: Electrolytic copper

• Plating: Zinc alloy

Product Ref. Termination screw size Weight Quantity

ØA [g/100] [pieces]

RSK-FLAG-B3 M3 75 1000

RSK-FLAG-B4 M4 75 1000

RSK-FLAG-B5 M5 75 1000

Accessories: the RSK-FLAG connectors

One-piece connector

Ergonomic hand tools

Product Ref.: ERG740

• Robust construction: metallic frame, partially covered with plastic

• Dies are easily interchangeable (to be ordered separately)

• Parallel action crimp

• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the

tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the

crimping cycle

• Supplied in a plastic case with: 1 tool, 1 bench-mount stand for

easier use in volume production, 1 gauge (Product Ref. RSK-LEHRE)

for instant selection of the die and the connector to be used

• Dimensions of tool (L x W x H): 210 x 155 x 25 mm

• Weight of tool: 470 g

• Dimensions of plastic case (L x W x H): 245 x 210 x 55 mm

• Weight of plastic case with content: 930 g

Product Ref.: ERG740-01

• Same as ERG740, but in addition, supplied with 4 metal dies

(D-101A, D-201D, D-301G, D-401K)

• Dimensions of plastic case (L x W x H): 245 x 210 x 55 mm

• Weight of plastic case with content: 1200 g

Metal Dies for ERG740

• For mass production and medium to high volumes

• Made of hardened steel, does not wear

• The Product Ref. is engraved on the upper part and on the lower

part of the die set and the die is marked with a dot having the

same colour as the corresponding connector

• Packaging: 1 die set in a cardboard box with Euro slot

• Weight: approx. 75 g

• Packaging size (L x W x H): 45 x 45 x 70 mm

One-piece connector

435

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Product Ref. Colour Shield diameter For connector

[mm]

D-101A Red 1.27 - 1.79 RSK 101

D-101B Red 1.80 - 2.28 RSK 101

D-201C Blue 2.29 - 2.55 RSK 201

D-201D Blue 2.56 - 3.00 RSK 201

D-201E Blue 3.01 - 3.34 RSK 201

D-201F Blue 3.35 - 3.65 RSK 201

D-301G Yellow 3.66 - 4.13 RSK 301

D-301H Yellow 4.14 - 4.71 RSK 301

D-301J Yellow 4.72 - 5.12 RSK 301

D-401K Green 5.13 - 5.86 RSK 401

D-401L Green 5.87 - 6.36 RSK 401

D-401M Green 6.37 - 7.00 RSK 401

D-401N Green 7.01 - 7.62 RSK 401

ERG740 die selection chart

436

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Overview

Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range

In the “Hexagonal Range” (diameters of dielectric between 1.1 mm

and 9.4 mm), the outer sleeve is crimped with a hand tool and the

result is a hexagonal-shaped crimp.

The choice of the appropriate combination of inner sleeve, outer sleeve

and crimp tool / die will depend on the diameter of the dielectric.

However, a direct correlation with the diameter of the dielectric is

not possible, as several different inner sleeves can be combined with

the same outer sleeve (according to the type of shield).

With the directions shown below, a measuring instrument (calliper)

is all that is required to make the right selection in 3 steps:

1. Selection of the inner sleeve (GSB)

• Strip the outer insulator and remove the shield

• Measure the maximum value of the diameter of the dielectric

(diameter without shield) by gently rotating the cable. When

doing so, it should be possible to turn the cable easily between

the jaws of the calliper

• Add 0.13 mm to the measured value. The sum will give the Inner

Diameter (I.D.) of the GSB inner sleeve

• In the table, select the GSB inner sleeve having this I.D. or the

nearest larger I.D

2. Selection of the outer sleeve (GSC)

Normal method:

• Slide the selected inner sleeve underneath the shield of the cable

• Measure the maximum diameter with the shield over the inner

sleeve

• Add 0.8 mm to the measured value. The sum will give the Inner

Diameter (I.D.) of the GSC sleeve

• In the table, select the GSC sleeve having this I.D. or the nearest

larger I.D.

Quick method:

In most cases, a quicker method can be used to define the correct

GSC outer sleeve:

• Once the appropriate GSB inner sleeve is found, the table will give

the Outer Diameter (O.D.) of this GSB sleeve

• Add 1.5 mm to this O.D. and the sum will give the Inner Diameter

(I.D.) of the GSC sleeve

• In the table, select the GSC sleeve having this I.D. or the nearest

larger I.D.

3. Selection of the die

The Product Ref. for the appropriate die is given in the table here-

after, in the same row as the GSC sleeve that has just been defined

and in the column of the chosen tool.

Installation methods

Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range

437

Thomas & Betts •

www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Method 1: Standard

A.After stripping the shield (12.7 mm in

length), slip the outer sleeve over the outer

insulation. If this is too big, slip the outer

sleeve on, after method described in Fig. 3.

B. Widen the braided shield by gently rotating

the inner conductor, then slip the inner

sleeve under the braided shield.

C.Position the inner sleeve so that about

1.6 mm protrudes beyond the end of the

braided shield.

D.Slip the drain wire (0.25–0.5 mm

)under

the outer sleeve (from the front or behind)

and slip the outer sleeve over the braided

shield.

E. Position the outer sleeve and ensure that

the ends of all wires in the braided shield

and drain wire are covered.

Crimp both sleeves with the correct tool

and tool die. Finished.

Method 2:

A.After stripping the shield (12.7 mm in

length), slip the inner sleeve over the outer

insulation.

B. Widen the braided shield by gently rotating

the inner conductor.

C.Fold back the braided shield over the inner

sleeve and slip the outer sleeve over the

braided shield

D.Slip the drain wire (0.25–0.5 mm

) under

the outer sleeve (from the front or behind)

and slip the outer sleeve over the braided

shield.

E. Position the outer sleeve and ensure that

the ends of all wires in the braided shield

and drain wire are covered.

Crimp both sleeves with the correct tool

and tool die. Finished.

Method 3:

A.After stripping the shield (25 mm in

length), slip the inner sleeve over the

braided shield

B. Widen the braided shield by gently rotating

the inner conductor.

C.Fold back the braided shield over the inner

sleeve and slip the outer sleeve over the

braided shield

D.Slip the drain wire (0.25–0.5 mm

) under

the outer sleeve (from the front or behind)

and slip the outer sleeve over the braided

shield.

E. Position the outer sleeve and ensure that

the ends of all wires in the braided shield

and drain wire are covered.

Crimp both sleeves with the correct tool

and tool die. Finished.

Three installation methods are possible in the hexagonal range, for a quick, neat and accurately completed termination...at a greatly reduced

production cost.

GSC outer sleeve Shielding

Outer insulator

GSB inner sleeve Shielding

Outer insulator

GSB inner sleeve

Outer insulator

GSB inner sleeve

GSC outer sleeve GSC outer sleeve

12.7 mm 25 mm

12.7 mm

438

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Connector and die selection

The Thomas & Betts hexagonal compression (for diameters of

dielectric up to 9.4 mm) is a reliable method for grounding, termi-

nating and insulating shielded and coaxial cable. It has literally

hundreds of millions of installations in communications, aerospace,

electronic, telephone, radio and TV applications.

• Material: Hard bronze (inner sleeve), Soft bronze (outer sleeve)

• Finish***: Tin plated (per MIL-T-10727A)

• Length: 7.9 mm (inner sleeve), 6.4 (outer sleeve)

• Standard packaging quantity: 1000 pcs. For 100 pcs packaging,

add the code ‘5” in the Product Reference just after the “GSB” or

“GSC” code. Example: GSC275 = 1000 pcs packaging, GSC5275

= 100 pcs packaging

Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range

Product Colour Inner Outer Product Colour Inner Outer Hand Nest Hand tool*

Ref. code diameter Ref. code diameter tool number WT440/WT540

GSB [mm] [mm] GSC [mm] [mm] ERG2000KE MIL - Spec.

INNER SLEEVES OUTER SLEEVES DIES

GSB 046 Silver 1.17 1.90 GSC 101 Silver 2.56 3.16 D-419403 19 4419

GSB 058 Yellow 1.47 2.10 GSC 128 Blue 3.25 3.86 D-419403 00 4400

GSB 063 Red 1.60 2.23 GSC 149 Purple 3.78 4.54 D-419403 01 4401

GSB 071 Green 1.87 2.44 GSC 156 Yellow 3.96 4.90 D-419403 02 4402

GSB 080 Blue 2.00 2.63 GSC 175 Blue 4.45 5.46 D-419403 03 4403

GSB 090 Orange 2.20 2.90 GSC 187 Orange 4.75 5.76 D-406410 06 4406

GSB 096 Purple 2.44 3.02 GSC 194 Red 4.93 5.74 D-406410 06 4406

GSB 101 Yellow 2.56 3.16 GSC 199 Silver 5.05 5.97 D-406410 06 4406

GSB 109 Red 2.76 3.36 GSC 205 Yellow 5.20 6.22 D-406410 08 4408

GSB 115 Silver 2.92 3.70 GSC 219 Green 5.56 6.35 D-406410 08 4408

GSB 124 Green 3.14 3.68 GSC 225 Purple 5.71 6.50 D-406410 09 4409

GSB 128 Silver 3.25 3.86 GSC 232 Orange 5.90 6.70 D-406410 10 4410

GSB 134 Orange 3.40 4.00 GSC 261 Yellow 6.63 7.54 D-411414 11 4411-SK

GSB 149 Blue 3.78 4.54 GSC 275 Silver 6.98 7.77 D-411414 12 4412

GSB 156 Red 3.96 4.90 GSC 281 Purple 7.14 8.40 D-411414 14 4414

GSB 165 Silver 4.20 4.92 GSC 287 Blue 7.29 8.30 D-411414 14 4414

GSB 175 Green 4.44 5.46 GSC 297 Green 7.54 8.50 D-411414 14 4414

GSB 187 Yellow 4.75 5.76 GSC 312 Yellow 7.92 9.20 D-415417 15 4415

GSB 194 Blue 4.93 5.76 GSC 327 Silver 8.30 9.45 D-415417 16 4416

GSB 205 Orange 5.20 6.22 GSC 348 Orange 8.84 9.98 D-415417 17 4417

GSB 219 Silver 5.56 6.35 GSC 359 Purple 9.12 10.13 D-450451 50 5450

GSB 225 Yellow 5.71 6.50 GSC 375 Yellow 9.53 10.31 D-450451 51 5451

GSB 232 Red 5.90 6.70 GSC 405 Red 10.28 11.50 D-452 52 5452

GSB 250 Green 6.35 7.14 GSC 415 Blue 10.54 11.76 D-452 52 5452

GSB 261 Blue 6.63 7.54 GSC 425 Silver 10.80 12.06 D-454 54 5454

GSB 266 Silver 6.75 7.54 GSC 460 Silver 11.68 12.95 ERG5456** 56 5456

GSB 275 Orange 6.98 7.77 GSC 500 Green 12.70 13.97 ERG5457** 57 5457

GSB 281 Yellow 7.14 8.40

GSB 287 Silver 7.29 8.30

GSB 297 Red 7.54 8.50

GSB 312 Purple 7.92 9.20

GSB 348 Orange 8.84 10.20

GSB 375 Blue 9.52 10.30

* Dies 4419 and 4400 to 4417 are for the hand tool WT440. Dies 5450 to 5457 are for the hand tool WT540

** Note: Product Ref. ERG-5456 and ERG-5457 are complete hand tools with pre-mounted die set

*** For Nickel plated terminals, add suffix NP to the Product Reference. Example: GSB128NP, GSC128NP

Tooling

Product Ref.: WT440 and WT540

• MIL-specified parallel action hand tool

• A versatile tool, one frame with a selection of interchangeable

dies covers the whole range of shield diameters in the Hexagonal

Range

• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the

tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the

crimping cycle

• Packaging: box containing 1 frame (dies to be ordered separately)

• Length: 203 mm (WT440), 264 mm (WT540)

• Weight: 450 g (WT440), 540 g (WT540)

Dies for WT440 and WT540

• Interchangeable dies with single nest

• Hexagonal crimp

• Material: alloy steel

• Finish: black oxide

• 44xx series dies (for WT440 tool): crimping range (outer sleeves):

from GSC101 to GSC348

• 54xx series (for WT540 tool): crimping range (outer sleeves): from

GSC359 to GSC500

• 54xx series dies are marked with the die number and a colour-

coded dot

• Go/no-go gauges are available for inspection

Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range

439

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Dies for WT440 tool

Product

Ref.

Dim. A across flats Colour

code

For

connector

Go / no-go

gauge

Tooling

(+/- 0.10) [mm]

4419 2.67 - GSC101 4419-G

4400 3.25 - GSC128 4400-G

4401 3.84 - GSC149 4401-G

4402 4.06 - GSC156 4402-G

4403 4.52 - GSC175 4403-G

4406 5.00 - GSC187, GSC194, GSC199 4406-G

4408 5.41 - GSC205, GSC219 4408-G

4409 5.54 - GSC225 4409-G WT440

4410 5.87 - GSC232 4410-G

4411-SK 6.48 - GSC261 4411-G

4412 6.81 - GSC275 4412-G

4414 7.37 - GSC281, GSC287, GSC297 4414-G

4415 7.85 - GSC312 4415-G

4416 7.98 - GSC327 4416-G

4417 8.23 - GSC348 4417-G

5450 8.71 Purple GSC359 5450-G

5451 9.12 Yellow GSC375 5451-G

5452 9.75 Red GSC405, GSC415 5452-G WT540

5454 10.90 Silver GSC425 5454-G

5456 11.53 Silver GSC460 5456-G

5457 12.07 Green GSC500 5457-G

Dies for WT540 tool

WT440 and WT540 die selection chart

440

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Tooling

Product Ref.: ERG2000KE

• Ergonomic hand tool

• A versatile tool, one frame with a selection of interchangeable

dies covers a wide range of shield diameters in the Hexagonal

Range

• Most dies have several nests (identified with a number) to allow

the crimp of several GSC outer sleeves with the same die set.

• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the

tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the

crimping cycle

• Length: 252 mm, Weight: 460 g

• Packaging: cardboard box containing 1 frame (dies to be ordered

separately )

Dies for ERG2000KE

• Interchangeable dies (hexagonal crimp), with single or multiple nest

• Material: alloy steel

• The dies are marked with the die number

• Each nest is marked with a number to identify the GSC outer

sleeves that can be crimped (see table)

• Crimping range (outer sleeves): from GSC101 to GSC425

• Packaging: 1 die set in a cardboard box with Euro slot

• Weight: approx. 50 g

• Packaging size (L x W x H): 45 x 45 x 70mm

Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range

Product Ref. Nest nr. For connector Dimension of the nest Gauge dimensions

Ø Go Ø No-go

[mm] [mm] [mm]

D-419403 19 GSC101 HEX 2.68 2.63 2.73

00 GSC128 HEX 3.24 3.19 3.29

01 GSC149 HEX 3.80 3.75 3.85

02 GSC156 HEX 4.03 3.98 4.08

03 GSC175 HEX 4.50 4.45 4.55

D-406410 6 GSC187, GSC194, GSC199 HEX 5.00 4.95 5.05

8 GSC205, GSC219 HEX 5.36 5.31 5.41

9 GSC225 HEX 5.56 5.51 5.61

10 GSC232 HEX 5.84 5.79 5.89

D-411414 11 GSC261 HEX 6.46 6.41 6.51

12 GSC275 HEX 6.78 6.73 6.83

14 GSC281, GSC287, GSC297 HEX 7.32 7.27 7.37

D-415417 15 GSC312 HEX 7.74 7.69 7.79

16 GSC327 HEX 7.86 7.81 7.91

17 GSC348 HEX 8.32 8.27 8.37

D-450451 50 GSC359 HEX 8.66 8.61 8.71

51 GSC375 HEX 9.10 9.05 9.15

D-452 52 GSC405, GSC415 HEX 9.72 9.67 9.77

D-454 54 GSC425 HEX 10.88 10.83 10.93

D-419403 D-406410 D-411414 D-415417 D-450451 D-452 D-454

ERG2000KE die selection chart

Tooling

Product Ref.: ERG5456

• Fixed die, ergonomic hand tool

• Designed to crimp the GSC460 outer sleeve

• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the

tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the

crimping cycle

• Length: 252 mm

• Weight: 460 g

• Packaging: cardboard box containing 1 tool with pre-mounted

die set

Product Ref.: ERG5457

• Fixed die, ergonomic hand tool

• Designed to crimp the GSC500 outer sleeve

• Shure-Stake™ mechanism: once pressing has commenced, the

tool can be re-opened only after successful completion of the

crimping cycle

• Length: 252 mm

• Weight: 460 g

• Packaging: cardboard box containing 1 tool with pre-mounted

die set

Two-piece connector - Hexagonal Range

441

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

442

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Installation method

The “Circular Range”, for Multiple or Overall shielded cables, refers to

larger diameters of dielectric (between 9.5 and 36 mm) and owes its

name to the circular shape of the crimp.

The Shield-Kon®Connector System for multiple-conductor shielded

cable is based on the principle of cold swaging. It uses a two-piece

compression connector, which is colour-coded to match the proper

die. The connector consists of a hard brass collector inner sleeve

(ring) and a soft copper compression outer sleeve (ring). Each set of

rings and matching installing die will connect a minimum of 5 shield-

ing braids with one ground wire. The maximum number of braids is

limited only by the space between the inner and outer rings.

The design advantages are:

1. Positive selection of inner and outer rings and installing die by a

complete colour-coded system.

2. A more reliable grounding termination because only one ground

wire connection is made - conventional daisy chain jumper

method is eliminated.

3. Smaller, more compact bundle is easy to inspect.

4. Only one ground wire is required, however additional ground

wires may be used if needed.

5. Smooth insulator protects conductor insulation.

6. With one stroke of the tool, the interlace die will produce a 360°

compression uniformly securing all individual shields around the

connector.

Installation method:

1. After overall insulation is removed to expose shielded cables, each

conductor must be freed from the shielding braid. The braid is

then folded back until all conductors are freed.

2. Flattened shielding braids are evenly distributed around the periphery

of the GSB inner ring.

3. Position the GSC outer ring over the flattened shielding braid,

locating it over the centre of the GSB inner ring. Braid may be

trimmed even with the edge of the outer compression ring before or

after compression. Ground wire or wires may be inserted between

the outer ring and the shield prior to compression.

Two-piece connector - Circular Range

Connector and die selection

The choice of the appropriate combination of inner ring, outer ring

and crimp tool / die will depend on the overall diameter of the inner

conductors (underneath the shield)

In the case of the Circular range, there is a direct correlation between

the diameter of the inner conductors and the inner and outer rings.

With the directions shown below, a measuring instrument (calliper) is

all that is required to make the right selection.

Selection of the GSB inner ring

• Measure the maximum value of the overall diameter of the inner

conductors (underneath the flattened shield) by gently rotating

the cable. When doing so, it should be possible to turn the cable

easily between the jaws of the calliper

• Add 0.13 mm to the measured value. The sum will give the Inner

Diameter (I.D.) of the GSB inner ring

• In the table, select the GSB inner ring having this I.D. or the nearest

larger I.D

Selection of the GSC outer ring and of the die

Once the appropriate GSB inner ring is found, the table hereafter

immediately gives the corresponding GSC outer ring and the appro-

priate die for the 13640 hydraulic head.

Two-piece connector - Circular Range

443

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Product Colour Inner Outer Product Colour Inner Outer Hydraulic crimp head

Ref. code diameter Ref. code diameter 13640

GSB [mm] [mm] GSC [mm] [mm] MIL-Spec.

INNER SLEEVES OUTER SLEEVES DIES

GSB 430 Red 10.92 12.70 GSC 590 Red 14.99 17.02 GS590

GSB 550 Blue 13.97 15.75 GSC 710 Blue 18.03 20.07 GS710

GSB 670 Silver 17.02 19.05 GSC 840 Silver 21.34 23.37 GS840

GSB 810 Brown 20.57 22.35 GSC 1010 Brown 25.65 27.61 GS1010

GSB 920 Green 23.37 25.40 GSC 1130 Green 28.70 30.73 GS1130

GSB 1040 Pink 26.42 28.45 GSC 1250 Pink 31.75 33.78 GS1250

GSB 1122 Orange 28.50 30.28 GSC 1332 Orange 33.83 35.87 GS1332

GSB 1224 Purple 31.09 32.87 GSC 1440 Purple 36.58 38.61 GS1440

GSB 1353 Yellow 34.37 36.14 GSC 1563 Yellow 39.70 41.73 GS1563

GSB 1425 Red 36.20 39.24 GSC 1670 Red 42.42 44.45 GS1670

Standard packaging quantity: 50 pcs

Technical Information Inner sleeve

Material Copper alloy ASTM B135

Finish Electro tin plated (per MIL-T-10727A)

Length 15.2 mm

Technical Information Outer sleeve

Material Copper ASTM B188

Finish Electro tin plated (per MIL-T-10727A)

Length 11.2 mm

444

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

Tooling

Product Ref.: 13640

• Hydraulic tool head

• For all 2-piece Shield-Kon®terminals in the circular range

• Quickly interchangeable steel dies (to be ordered separately)

• 3.5 ton nominal pressure (output)

• Pioneer coupling, for quick assembly

• Requires a 9800 PSI (approx. 676 bar) operating service pressure

(input)

• Length: 400 mm approx.

• Weight: 5.5 kg approx.

Dies for 13640

• Interchangeable dies with single nest

• Circular crimp

• Material: alloy steel

• Finish: black oxide

• Marked with the die number and a colour-coded dot

• Crimping range (outer sleeves): from GSC590 to GSC1670

• Go/no-go gauges are available for inspection

13640 die selection chart

Two-piece connector - Circular Range

Product Gauge Ø Colour code For Go / no-go

Ref.

min. max. connector gauge

[mm] [mm]

GS590 14.91 15.16 Red GSC590 GS590-G

GS710 17.96 18.21 Blue GSC710 GS710-G

GS840 21.26 21.51 Grey GSC840 GS840-G

GS1010 24.59 24.84 Brown GSC1010 GS1010-G

GS1130 27.66 27.91 Green GSC1130 GS1130-G

GS1250 30.71 30.96 Pink GSC1250 GS1250-G

GS1332 32.54 32.79 Orange GSC1332 GS1332-G

GS1440 35.13 35.38 Purple GSC1440 GS1440-G

GS1563 38.40 38.66 Yellow GSC1563 GS1563-G

GS1670 41.00 41.25 Red GSC1670 GS1670-G

Tooling

A small selection of pumps to operate the 13640 head is shown

below (please contact your Sales Office for availability of other types

of pumps).

Product Ref.: 13810E

• Hydraulic pump, electrical power

• Service pressure (output): 10.000 psi (690 bar)

• Motor power: 1 1/2 HP - 12 Amp

• Voltage & frequency: 230V - 50 Hz

• Capability: 3800 cc / min at 200 psi (13.8 bar) 1000 cc / min at

8000 psi (552 bar)

• Reservoir volume: 7.6 l

• Coupling: Pioneer fitting

• Dimensions (L x W x H): 275 x 381x 522 mm

• Weight: 27 kg without oil

• The Pump 13810E also requires one 13611 hand switch or one

13612 foot switch and one 13613 hydraulic hose

Product Ref.: 13606

• Hydraulic pump, foot (or hand) activated

• Service pressure (output): 10.000 psi (690 bar)

• Over-pressure security valves

• Coupling: Pioneer fitting

• Dimensions (L x W x H): 597 x 133 x 165 mm

• Weight: 10.4 kg

• The pump 13606 also requires one 13613 hydraulic hose

Product Ref.: 13611

• Hand switch

Product Ref.: 13612

• Foot switch

Product Ref.: 13613

• Hydraulic hose 1.82 m long, with Pioneer couplings

Product Ref.: 21061

• Hydraulic oil (0.95l can)

Two-piece connector - Circular Range

445

Thomas & Betts • www.tnb-europe.com

5.4

13611

13613

13612

13606

13810E

Mise En

102283-Catalog 102283-Catalog 102283-Catalog 786210 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation